ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORP /VA/
10KSB, 1998-04-01
SHORT-TERM BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: AMERICAN ASSET MANAGEMENT CORP, NT 10-K, 1998-04-01
Next: DIGITAL RECORDERS INC, NT 10-K, 1998-04-01



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934



For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
Commission file number 0-17832



                         Allstate Financial Corporation
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Virginia                                                           54-1208450
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

2700 S. Quincy Street, Arlington, VA                 22206
(Address of principal executive offices)           (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (703)931-2274

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: Common
Stock - No par value



     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K (ss.229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,  and
will not be  contained,  to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive
proxy or information  statements  incorporated  by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-KSB or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. X

     Revenues for year ended December 31, 1997, were $10,005,843.

     The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non affiliates as of
March 20, 1998 was $5,169,746  computed by reference to the closing market price
at which the stock was traded on March 20, 1998.

     Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 2,319,451 (March 20,
1998)

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE.

                                      NONE.

                                        1

<PAGE>



                                     PART I

   This Form 10-KSB may contain certain "forward-looking statements" relating to
the  Company  (defined  in Item  1(a)  Business  -  Consolidation  below)  which
represent the Company's  current  expectations  or beliefs,  including,  but not
limited  to,  statements  concerning  the  Company's  operations,   performance,
financial  condition and growth. For this purpose,  any statements  contained in
this Form 10-KSB that are not statements of historical  fact may be deemed to be
forward-looking  statements.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,
words  such as  "may",  "will",  "expect",  "believe",  "anticipate",  "intend",
"could",  "estimate",  or "continue", or the negative or other variation thereof
or comparable terminology are intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.
These statements by their nature involve  substantial  risks and  uncertainties,
such as credit losses, dependence on management and key personnel,  seasonality,
and  variability  of quarterly  results,  ability of the Company to continue its
growth strategy,  competition, and regulatory restrictions relating to potential
new activities, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. Should one or
more of these  risks or  uncertainties  materialize  or  should  the  underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, actual outcomes and results could differ materially
from those indicated in the forward looking statements.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Item 1. Business


(a) Consolidation

      This Form 10-KSB filing includes Allstate Financial Corporation,  Allstate
Factors (a division  of Allstate  Financial  Corporation)  and its wholly  owned
subsidiaries.  Other than Lifetime Options, Inc., a Viatical Settlement Company,
which curtailed purchasing policies in 1997, none of the Company's  subsidiaries
is currently  engaged in any business which could have a material  effect on the
Company's and its subsidiaries'  consolidated  operations or financial position.
Accordingly,  unless the context  requires or otherwise  permits,  references in
this Form 10-KSB to "Company" or "Allstate" shall be references only to Allstate
Financial Corporation.


(b) Nature of Business

      The  Company  is a  specialized  commercial  finance  company  principally
engaged in providing  small- to  medium-sized,  high risk growth and  turnaround
companies, including debtors-in-possession,  with capital through the discounted
purchase of their  accounts  receivable.  The Company also makes advances to its
clients  collateralized  by inventory,  equipment,  real estate and other assets
(collectively,  "Collateralized  Advances").  On occasion, the Company will also
provide  other  specialized   financing  structures  which  satisfy  the  unique
requirements  of the  Company's  clients.  In  addition,  the  Company  provides
financial  assistance to clients in the form of  guaranties,  letters of credit,
credit  information,  receivables  monitoring,  collection  service and customer
status information. The Company was incorporated on July 22, 1982 under the laws
of the Commonwealth of Virginia.


                                        2

<PAGE>



      In May 1997 the Company established a new division,  Allstate Factors. The
Allstate Factors division is engaged in traditional  "non-recourse" factoring of
accounts  receivable  in which the  factor  typically  assumes  the risk that an
account debtor may become insolvent.  The Company expects that Allstate Factors'
clients  typically  will have lower  risks of default and will  generate  higher
volumes of accounts  receivable  than the Company's  traditional  clients,  and,
therefore,   will  broaden  the  Company's  sources  of  revenue  and  diversify
significantly the risk profile of the Company's portfolio.

      The Company  typically  enters into an accounts  receivable  factoring and
security agreement with each client. When making a Collateralized  Advance,  the
Company  enters  into  such  additional  agreements  with  the  client  and,  if
appropriate,  third parties, as the Company deems necessary or desirable,  based
on the type(s) of collateral  securing the Collateralized  Advance.  The Company
purchases accounts receivable from its clients at a discount from face value and
usually  requires  the  client's  customer  to make  payment  on the  receivable
directly to the Company.  The Company  almost always  reserves the right to seek
payment  from the client in the event the  client's  customer  fails to make the
required payment.  To secure all of a client's  obligations to the Company,  the
Company  also  takes a lien on all  accounts  receivable  of the  client (to the
extent not purchased by the Company) and, whenever  available,  blanket liens on
all of the client's  other assets (some or all of which liens may be subordinate
to other liens). When making a Collateralized Advance, the Company almost always
takes a first  lien  on the  specific  collateral  securing  the  Collateralized
Advance.  The Company may on occasion make Collateralized  Advances secured by a
subordinate lien position, but only if management of the Company determines that
the equity  available  to the Company in a  subordinate  position is adequate to
secure the Collateralized  Advance.  The Company almost always requires personal
guaranties  (either  unlimited or limited to the validity and  collectibility of
purchased  accounts  receivable)  from each  client's  principals.  Although the
Company obtains as much collateral as possible and usually retains full recourse
rights against its clients, clients (and account debtors) may fail and there can
be no assurance that the collateral  obtained and the recourse  rights  retained
(together  with personal  guaranties)  will be sufficient to protect the Company
against loss.

      In addition to providing  clients with capital,  the Company  believes its
services enable its clients to realize improved terms on, and broader access to,
the  purchase of goods and  services.  The Company  also  believes  its services
benefit its clients by reducing  certain of their accounts  receivable,  credit,
collection and bookkeeping  responsibilities.  The Company  believes that it can
generally achieve shorter average  collection times than clients  themselves and
that the Company's  contacts with a client's customers can identify problems the
client would not have discovered and addressed  until a later time.  Through its
services,  the Company can help clients to be more responsive to their customers
and to manage their businesses more efficiently. In addition, clients can devote
less manpower and resources to monitoring and collecting the accounts receivable
purchased by the Company,  thus allowing them to redirect  their efforts  toward
the management, growth and profitability of their businesses.


  Lifetime Options, Inc., a Viatical Settlement Company

      During 1997, Lifetime Options, Inc. a Viatical Settlement Company
("Lifetime Options"), which provided financial assistance to individuals

                                        3

<PAGE>



facing life threatening illness by purchasing their life insurance policies at a
discount from face value, curtailed purchasing policies.

      See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -  General.

  Selected Financial Data

      The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company and
its subsidiaries as of, and for each of the last five years ended:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------                    
                                                 1997           1996         1995           1994        1993
                                               --------        -------     --------        -------     -----                    
                                                            (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<S>                                            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>    
Total Revenue                                  $10,006        $12,405      $12,997        $12,030     $10,850

Net Income (Loss)                                1,034         (1,041)         481            148         457

Net Income (Loss)
   per Share (basic) 1                             .45          ( .45)         .16            .05         .15

Net Income (Loss)
   per Share (dilutive) 2                          .44          ( .45)         .16            .05         .15

Finance Receivables, net                        33,847         35,407       32,671         27,503      24,674

Total Assets                                    46,919         45,979       44,881         41,851      36,583

Shareholders' Equity 3                          23,564         22,527       25,730         28,121      27,974


<FN>

     1  Calculated  based  on  basic  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  of
2,318,092 in 1997,  2,328,308 in 1996, 2,966,330 in 1995, 3,102,328 in 1994, and
3,116,460 in 1993.

     2 Calculated  based on dilutive  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  of
2,324,624 in 1997,  2,328,308 in 1996,  2,966,337 in 1995, 3,104,728 in 1994 and
3,117,660 in 1993.

     3  Shareholder's  equity at December 31, 1995 was reduced by treasury stock
valued at $2,871,901  acquired by the Company in September  1995.  Shareholder's
equity at December 31, 1996 was reduced by additional  treasury  stock valued at
approximately   $2,100,000   acquired  by  the  Company  in  January  1996.  See
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources.
</FN>
</TABLE>



(c) The Company's Clients

     The  Company's  clients  are small- to  medium-sized,  high risk growth and
turnaround  companies  with  annual  revenues  typically  between  $600,000  and
$100,000,000.  The Company's  clients do not typically  qualify for  traditional
bank or  asset-based  financing  because  they are  either  too new,  too small,
undercapitalized  (over-leveraged),  unprofitable or otherwise unable to satisfy
the requirements of a bank or traditional asset-based lender. Accordingly, there
is a significant  risk of default and client  failure  inherent in the Company's
business.

     The following  table  indicates  the  composition  of the  Company's  Gross
Finance  Receivables  (as defined below under "(d) The  Company's  Services") by
type of client business as of December 31, 1997 and 1996.


                                        4

<PAGE>

                                                            


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Gross Finance                    Gross Finance
              Business of Client                    Receivables       Percent       Receivables        Percent
              ------------------                   -------------      -------      --------------     ---------                    
                                                   (In thousands)                   (In thousands)

<S>                                 <C>                <C>              <C>            <C>                <C>  
Importer and Distributor of:
   Computer components and software 1                  $11,564          26.7%          $ 9,457            22.0%
   Plastic bags                                          4,745          11.0                --             --
   Tapes                                                 2,094           4.8                --             --
   Carpets                                               1,446           3.3                --             --
   Food industry (ice cream sandwiches)                    587           1.3                --             --
   Motor engineers                                         394           0.9                --             --
   Jewelry boxes                                           433           1.0               639             1.5
Importer, manufacturer and distri-
   butor of apparel wear, accessories
   and other durable goods                               6,318          14.6             7,461            17.4
Provider of publishing, direct mail
   and advertising                                       4,880          11.3             3,822             8.9
Life insurance contracts                                 3,456           8.0             5,368            12.5
Contractors for construction and
   construction supply                                   3,200           7.4             3,623             8.4
Provider of trucking and air freight                     1,040           2.4             3,098             7.2
Provider of uniform sales & rentals                      1,036           2.4             3,676             8.6
Legal claims receivable                                    732           1.7             1,324             3.1
Recreational and health club
   facilities                                              400           0.9              3,658            8.5
Provider of engineer and health temps                      380           0.9                233            0.5
Other                                                      606           1.4                605            1.4
                                                           ---           ---                ---            ---
         Total                                         $43,311           100%           $42,964            100%
                                                       =======           ===            =======            === 
<FN>
     1 Does not reflect  participation of others of $2,208,957 and $1,000,000 at
December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>




     The table above  reflects the  composition  of the Company's  Gross Finance
Receivables  by client  industry at the dates  indicated.  Because the Company's
major clients tend to change  significantly  over time (as more fully  described
below),  this table is not likely to reflect the  composition  of the  Company's
Gross Finance Receivables by client industry at other future points in time.

     From time to time,  a single  client or single  industry  may account for a
significant portion of the Company's Gross Finance  Receivables.  As of December
31, 1997 two  clients  (MGV  International,  Inc.  ("MGV")  and United  Plastics
International,  Inc.  ("UPI")) each accounted for more than 10% of the Company's
Gross Finance Receivables.  Computer components and software accounted for 26.6%
of Gross  Finance  Receivables  at December 31, 1997 and 22.0% of Gross  Finance
Receivables at December 31, 1996. One company (MGV)  accounted for more than 10%
of the  Company's  total income in 1997. In order to reduce  concentration,  the
Company has  arranged for a  participant  in the MGV  facility.  At December 31,
1997, the participation was $2,209,000 versus


                                        5

<PAGE>



$1,000,000 at December 31, 1996.  Although the Company carefully monitors client
and industry concentration,  there can be no assurance that the risks associated
with client or industry  concentration  could not have a material adverse effect
on the Company.

     Historically,   the  Company  has  not   expected  to  maintain  a  funding
relationship  with a client for more than two years;  the Company  expected that
its client  would  ultimately  qualify  for more  competitively  priced  bank or
asset-based  financing within that time period.  Therefore,  the Company's major
clients have tended to change significantly over time. Today,  however,  because
the Company is, where  necessary and  appropriate,  offering lower rates than it
has historically  and making  Collateralized  Advances,  it is possible that the
duration  of  the  Company's  funding  relationships  with  its  clients  may be
extended.  Although the Company has  historically  been  successful in replacing
major clients, the loss of one or more major clients and an inability to replace
those clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(d) The Company's Services

     The Company offers an interrelated package of financial services that meets
a variety of the funding and business needs of its clients.

  Gross Finance Receivables

     The Company's  principal funding activities consist of purchasing  accounts
receivable  ("Factored  Accounts  Receivable") and the making of  Collateralized
Advances and  Overadvances  Secured by General Liens (as defined below).  "Gross
Finance  Receivables"  consist of Factored Accounts  Receivable,  Collateralized
Advances,  Overadvances  Secured by General Liens, Life Insurance  Contracts and
Non-Earning Receivables. See (f) Asset Quality.

  Factored Accounts Receivable

     The Company's  primary  funding  activity is the  discounted  purchase of a
client's  accounts  receivable,  typically  at an initial  advance to the client
equal to 70% to 90% of the face amount of the accounts receivable purchased. The
remaining 10% to 30% of the face amount of the accounts receivable  purchased is
initially  allocated  to: (i) earned but  unpaid  discount  or (with  respect to
Allstate Factors) commission  (recorded as income simultaneous with the purchase
of the  account  receivable);  (ii)  unearned  discount  (recorded  as income at
periodic intervals after the purchase of the account receivable depending on the
timing of  payment);  (iii)  (with  respect to  Allstate  Factors)  interest  on
outstanding  advances  (recorded  as  income  at the end of each  month in which
advances are outstanding) and (iv) credit balances of factoring clients.


  Collateralized Advances


                                        6

<PAGE>



     In addition  to the  purchase of  accounts  receivable,  the Company  makes
Collateralized  Advances.  Prior to making any such  advance,  the Company,  the
client  and,  where  appropriate,  third  parties,  enter  into such  additional
agreements,  and the Company makes such  additional  public filings (if any), as
the Company  deems  necessary  or desirable  based on the type(s) of  collateral
securing the Collateralized  Advance.  The Company also conducts such additional
due  diligence  as is  appropriate  with  respect  to the client and the type of
collateral  against  which an  advance  is to be  made.  Collateral  values  are
determined by independent  appraisers and are reviewed periodically to determine
whether  loan-to-value ratios have been maintained.  When making  Collateralized
Advances  against  inventory  and  certain  types  of  equipment,   the  Company
frequently  engages  a third  party,  at the  client's  expense,  to  assist  in
monitoring  the  collateral.   Collateralized  Advances  entail  different,  and
possibly  greater,   risks  to  the  Company  than  the  factoring  of  accounts
receivable.  Management believes, however, that these risks can be mitigated and
the potential  benefits to the Company  therefore  outweigh the potential risks.
See Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of
Operations - Provision for Credit Losses.

  Overadvances Secured by General Liens

     The Company may advance funds to selected  clients in excess of the amounts
which would be available in  accordance  with the advance  formulae set forth in
the  agreements  between the Company and its client.  Such  advances are usually
secured by equity (i.e.,  credit balances due the client and unearned discounts)
in the client's existing  portfolio of Factored Accounts  Receivable,  equity in
other of the client's assets, and other forms of collateral,  including property
pledged by the client's  principal(s) or accounts  receivable  generated through
the use of the proceeds of such secured  advances (such advances,  collectively,
"Overadvances  Secured by General  Liens").  Earned  discounts  on  Overadvances
Secured by General Liens are usually greater than on other types of advances and
are  usually  required  to be paid in cash no less  frequently  than  monthly in
arrears. The principal amount thereof is typically required to be repaid in full
(either in  installments  or in a single,  lump sum payment) in as little as one
week or as long as six months in accordance with a written agreement between the
Company and its client.

     Amounts  outstanding for various  categories of finance  receivables at the
end of the last five years are set forth in the table below.



                                        7

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             December 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1997         1996         1995         1994          1993
                                                     -------      -------      --------      -------       -------
                                                                           (In thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>    
Factored Accounts Receivable                         $30,417       $22,390      $25,170      $22,242       $22,275
Collateralized Advances                                7,236         8,809       10,842        7,215         2,495
Overadvances Secured by
  General Liens                                        1,373         1,850        1,407          279         1,340
Life Insurance Contracts                               3,456         5,368        5,156        6,241         2,605
Non-Earning Receivables                                  829         4,547        1,589        3,587         3,411
                                                         ---         -----        -----        -----         -----

Gross Finance Receivables                             43,311        42,964       44,164       39,564        32,126

Less: Unearned Discount                               (5,275)      (4,278)       (4,847)      (4,724)       (3,044)
Less: Allowance for Credit Losses
   (including $275,000 allocated
   to life insurance contracts
   at December 31, 1997)                              (1,980)      (2,279)       (2,351)      (2,511)       (2,120)
Less: Participation                                   (2,209)      (1,000)         -            -             -
                                                      ------       ------                                      
Finance Receivables, Net                             $33,847      $35,407       $36,966      $32,329       $26,962
                                                     =======      =======       =======      =======       =======
</TABLE>

     As reflected in the table, Gross Finance  Receivables  include  Non-Earning
Receivables.  Non-Earning  Receivables  are  classified as such when the Company
stops  accruing  earned  discounts  on Gross  Finance  Receivables  (other  than
Non-Earning Receivables).  Under certain circumstances, the Company may classify
as "Other  Receivables"  (as  defined  below  under "(f) Asset  Quality")  Gross
Finance  Receivables on which the Company has stopped accruing earned discounts.
Non-Earning  Receivables may be reclassified as "Other Assets" (as defined below
under  "(f)  Asset  Quality")  on the  Company's  balance  sheet if the  Company
repossesses (or is in the process of reposessing)  the collateral  securing such
receivables. See (f) Asset Quality.


  Credit Services

      For a fee,  the Company may use its credit  standing to assist a client by
obtaining a letter of credit from a bank or issuing its own letter of  guaranty.
These  forms of credit  enhancement  are  typically  used by  clients to acquire
finished goods to fill pre-existing orders. The Company generally provides these
services when the client:  (i) has a buyer for its products;  (ii) has taken the
required steps to sell the resulting account receivable to the Company on agreed
upon terms; and (iii) has provided  additional  collateral to the Company to the
extent  the  Company  deems  necessary.   In  the  typical  credit   enhancement
transaction, the Company maintains control over the goods from the time they are
shipped until the time they are delivered to the ultimate purchaser.

      The table below sets forth the  Company's  outstanding  commitments  under
guaranties and letters of credit as of the end of each of the last five years.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                                                December 31,
                          ----------------------------------------------------- 
                           1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                          -----       ----     ------       ----     -------
                                               (In thousands)
Commitments under
  guaranties and
  letters of credit        $220        $336      $727       $347      $1,794


  Client/Customer Information Services

      In  addition  to its  funding  activities,  the  Company:  (i) advises its
clients as to potential problems with customers;  (ii) provides its clients with
a  monthly  portfolio  analysis  which  includes  an aging of all open  accounts
receivable by customer;  and (iii)  supplies its clients with  information as to
the  creditworthiness of customers.  Although the Company's  agreements with its
clients do not require the Company to furnish these  services,  the  information
provided  can make it easier for a client to develop an accurate  picture of its
own financial position. In addition, this information assists the Company in its
accounts receivable monitoring activities.


(e) Management Information Systems

      The Company has developed  data  processing  capabilities  tailored to the
requirements of the Company's accounting, receivables collection, monitoring and
oversight  functions.  The  system  permits  the  Company  to  generate  payment
histories  and  analyses  with  respect to  clients'  customers,  to  accumulate
accounting  information  and other data useful for credit  analysis,  to produce
information  used  in  marketing,  and to  respond  to  account  and  management
inquiries.

  Year 2000 Compliance

      The  inability  of  computers,  software  and  other  equipment  utilizing
microprocessors  to recognize and properly process data fields  containing a two
digit  year is  commonly  referred  to as the Year 2000  Compliance  issue.  The
Company  has  identified  all   significant   applications   that  will  require
modifications  to ensure Year 2000 Compliance.  Internal and external  resources
are being used to make the required modifications and test Year 2000 Compliance.
In  addition,  the Company is in the process of  communicating  with others with
whom it does significant  business,  namely its clients, to determine their Year
2000  Compliance  readiness and the extent to which the Company is vulnerable to
any third  party Year 2000  issues.  The total cost to the Company of these Year
2000 compliance activities has not been and is not anticipated to be material to
its financial position or results of operations in any given year.





                                        9

<PAGE>



(f) Asset Quality

  Factored Accounts Receivable Portfolio

      The quality of  Factored  Accounts  Receivable  is the  Company's  primary
security  against  credit  losses  from  its  accounts   receivable   purchasing
activities.  The Company  generally does not purchase  accounts  receivable that
have aged  significantly,  except when the Company  first  establishes a funding
relationship with a client.  Even in those  circumstances,  the Company will not
purchase  an account  receivable  that is more than 90 days old  unless  special
circumstances  lead the  Company to  believe  that the  receivable  will be paid
within a reasonable time, generally not more than 60 days.

      As of December 31, 1997, the Company's Gross Finance Receivables  included
$30,417,522  of  Factored  Accounts  Receivable  on  which  approximately  3,400
entities were obligated.  There is considerable  variation from period to period
in the  composition  of  account  debtors  and the  amount  of their  respective
obligations to the Company.

      If the Company has not received payment on a Factored  Account  Receivable
within 90 days  after  its  acquisition  or if at any time  prior to 90 days the
Company determines that it is unlikely to receive payment,  the Company requires
the client to repay the amount the Company has advanced on the  receivable  plus
the  amount of  discount  earned.  If after 90 days  follow up calls to  account
debtors lead the Company to believe that a Factored  Account  Receivable will be
paid  within a  reasonable  period of time,  the Company  may  "repurchase"  the
receivable.  In that event, the earned discount owed on the original purchase of
the  account  receivable  is  collected  from  the  client  at the  time  of the
repurchase and earned discounts  thereafter accrue as if the account  receivable
were a new Factored Account Receivable.

      From time to time, a single account debtor or several  account debtors may
be obligated on a significant  portion of the Company's Gross Factored  Accounts
Receivable.  As of December 31, 1997, one account debtor accounted for more than
10% of the Company's gross Factored Accounts  Receivables.  Although the Company
carefully  monitors  account debtor  concentration  and regularly  evaluates the
creditworthiness  of account  debtors,  there can be no  assurance  that account
debtor concentration could not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

  Collateralized Advances Portfolio

      As of December 31, 1997, the Company's Gross Finance Receivables  included
$7,236,040 of Collateralized Advances.  Collateralized Advances secured by fixed
assets  (e.g.,  equipment  or real  estate)  are  scheduled  to be repaid  based
typically  on  a 36  month  amortization  schedule  (although  the  amortization
schedule in certain  circumstances  may be  significantly  longer)  with a final
balloon   payment   due  not  more  than  one  year  after  the  making  of  the
Collateralized  Advance. If at the time the balloon payment is due the Company's
funding  relationship  with the client is  extended,  the Company  will  usually
continue the amortization  with a new balloon payment due not more than one year
after the renegotiated contract date. Collateralized Advances secured by current
assets (e.g.  inventory) are subject to a daily or weekly borrowing base formula
and come due in a single,  lump sum  payment  not more  than one year  after the
making of the initial advance.  If at the time such payment is due the Company's
funding relationship with the client is extended,

                                       10

<PAGE>



the Company will typically extend the maturity of the lump sum payment.  See
(d) The Company's Services - Collateralized Advances and Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -
Provision for Credit Losses.

  Overadvances Secured by General Liens

      As of December 31, 1997, the Company's Gross Finance Receivables included
$1,372,526 of Overadvances Secured by General Liens.  See (d) The Company's
Services - Overadvances Secured by General Liens.

  Life Insurance Contracts

      As of December 31, 1997, the Company's Gross Finance Receivables  included
Life  Insurance  Contracts  in the face  amount of  $3,455,858  as  compared  to
$5,368,266  at December  31,  1996.  The life  insurance  policies  purchased by
Lifetime Options are  underwritten by highly rated insurance  companies (and, in
many cases, backed by state guaranty funds).

  Non-Earning Receivables

      As of December 31, 1997, the Company's Gross Finance Receivables included
$828,850 of Non-Earning Receivables. See (g) Credit Loss Policy and
Experience.

  Other Receivables

      As of December  31, 1997,  included on the  Company's  balance  sheet were
$2,988,927 of "Other  Receivables"  compared to $4,094,975 at December 31, 1996.
Other Receivables  consist primarily of amounts  receivable by the Company where
the  source  of  payment  is  expected  to be from  legal  proceedings  or other
collection efforts  instituted  against a client's  customer,  guarantors and/or
other third parties. Other Receivables typically arise from the reclassification
of Gross Finance Receivables. At the time of reclassification, Other Receivables
are stated at a value estimated by management  based on management's  assessment
of the likelihood of payment or success on the merits,  the ability of the third
party(ies) to pay and other discretionary  factors. In addition,  at the time of
reclassification,  the accrual of earnings is usually  suspended or discontinued
for  financial  statement  purposes.   Write-downs,  if  any,  at  the  time  of
reclassification  are charged against the allowance for credit losses. The costs
of  carrying  and  collecting  Other  Receivables  are  generally   expensed  in
operations during the period in which they are incurred.  Management's estimates
of the value of Other  Receivables  are  typically  reviewed  quarterly,  and as
adjustments become necessary, the effects of the change in estimates are charged
against the allowance for credit losses.  Other Receivables are subject to legal
and other collection processes and contingencies over which the Company does not
have exclusive  control.  Accordingly,  the amounts which the Company ultimately
receives  in  payment  of Other  Receivables  could  differ  significantly  from
management's  estimates.  See (g) Credit  Loss Policy and  Experience  below and
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Provision for Credit Losses.



                                       11

<PAGE>



  Other Assets

      As of December  31, 1997,  included on the  Company's  balance  sheet were
$4,203,727 of other assets.

                                                         December 31,
                                              --------------------------------
                                                  1997               1996
                                              ----------           -----------
    Other Assets include:
      Commercial property held for sale
        and receivables secured by
        mortgages                              $3,941,160           $1,883,768
      Condominium not used in
         trade or business                        232,575              232,575
     Deferred loan costs                           29,992                 -
                                                   ------                  
                                               $4,203,727           $2,116,343
                                               ==========           ==========

    At the date of  acquisition,  Other  Assets are  recorded at fair value less
estimated  selling  costs.  Write-downs to fair value at the date of acquisition
are  charged  against  the  allowance  for  credit  losses.  Also at the date of
acquisition,  the accrual of earnings is usually  suspended or discontinued  for
financial  statement  purposes.  Subsequent  to  acquisition,  Other  Assets are
adjusted  to the lower of cost or fair  value less  estimated  costs to sell and
adjustments,  if any,  are charged  against  the  allowance  for credit  losses.
Operating expenses  pertaining to Other Assets are expensed in operations during
the period in which they are incurred.

    The amounts  ultimately  recovered  by the Company  from Other  Assets could
differ materially from the amounts used in arriving at the net carrying value of
the assets  because of future  market  factors  beyond  the  Company's  control,
adversarial  actions  taken  by the  client  or  other  owner  of  the  property
foreclosed or changes in the Company's  strategy for recovering its  investment.
See (g) Credit  Loss  Policy and  Experience  and  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Provision for Credit
Losses and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow - Supplement Schedule of Noncash
Activities.

(g) Credit Loss Policy and Experience

    The Company  regularly reviews its Gross Finance  Receivables  portfolio and
other extensions of credit to determine the adequacy of its allowance for credit
losses.

    Credit loss experience,  the adequacy of underlying  collateral,  changes in
the character and size of the Company's  receivables  portfolio and management's
judgement  are factors used in  determining  the provision for credit losses and
the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  credit   losses.   Other  factors  given
consideration  in  determining  the adequacy of the  allowance  are the level of
related  credit  balances of factoring  clients and the current and  anticipated
impact of economic  conditions on the  creditworthiness of the Company's clients
and account  debtors.  To mitigate the risk of credit loss,  the Company,  among
other things:  (i)  thoroughly  evaluates the collateral to be made available by
each client;  (ii) usually collects its Factored  Accounts  Receivable  directly
from  account  debtors,   which  are  frequently   (though  not  always)  large,
creditworthy  companies or governmental  entities;  (iii) purchases,  or takes a
first priority security interest in, all accounts receivable of each client;

                                       12

<PAGE>



(iv) takes,  whenever  available,  blanket  liens on all of its  clients'  other
assets and,  when making  Collateralized  Advances,  it employs what  management
believes to be conservative loan-to-value ratios based on auction or liquidation
value appraisals performed by independent appraisers; (v) almost always requires
personal  guaranties  (either unlimited  guaranties or guaranties limited to the
validity and  collectibility of Factored Accounts  Receivable) from its clients'
principals;  and (vi)  actively  monitors  its  portfolio  of Factored  Accounts
Receivable,  including the  creditworthiness of account debtors and periodically
evaluates the value of other collateral securing Collateralized Advances.

    Collateralized Advances entail different, and possibly greater, risks to the
Company than the factoring of accounts  receivable.  Risks  associated  with the
making of Collateralized Advances (but not the factoring of accounts receivable)
include,   among  others,   that  (i)  certain  types  of  collateral   securing
Collateralized Advances may diminish in value (possibly precipitously) over time
(sometimes  short  periods  of  time),  (ii)   repossessing,   safeguarding  and
liquidating collateral securing  Collateralized Advances may require the Company
to  incur  significant  fees  and  expenses  some  or all of  which  may  not be
recoverable,  (iii) clients may dispose of (or conceal) the collateral  securing
Collateralized  Advances and (iv) clients or natural  disasters  may destroy the
collateral  securing  Collateralized  Advances.  The Company  attempts to manage
these risks,  respectively,  by (i) engaging  independent  appraisers  to review
periodically  the  value  of  collateral  securing  Collateralized  Advances  at
intervals  established  by  management  based  on  the  characteristics  of  the
underlying collateral,  (ii) employing  conservative  loan-to-value ratios which
management  believes  should  generally  enable  the  Company  to  recover  from
liquidation  proceeds most of the fees and expenses  incurred in connection with
repossessing,  safeguarding and liquidating collateral, (iii) using its internal
field  examiners  to inspect  collateral  periodically  and,  when  appropriate,
engaging  independent  collateral  monitoring  firms  to  implement  appropriate
collateral  control systems including bonding certain of the client's  employees
and  (iv)  requiring  clients  to  maintain  appropriate  amounts  and  types of
insurance issued by insurers acceptable to the Company naming the Company as the
party to whom loss is paid.  Although  management  believes that the Company has
(or third parties  acting on behalf of the Company have) the requisite  skill to
evaluate,   monitor  and  manage  the  risks   associated  with  the  making  of
Collateralized Advances, there can be no assurance that the Company will in fact
be successful in doing so.

    Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  clients (and account  debtors) may fail and
the collateral  available to the Company (together with personal guaranties) may
prove  insufficient to protect the Company  against loss. See Legal  Proceedings
and Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of
Operations - Provision for Credit Losses.


(h) Competition

    The  Company  competes  (at  least  in  part)  against  banks,   traditional
asset-based  lenders  and  small  independent  finance  companies.  The  Company
anticipates  that  competition  will remain intense  through all of 1998 and may
continue to exert downward pressure on pricing, especially in the Company's core
factoring  business.  In order to remain  competitive,  the  Company  is,  where
necessary and appropriate, offering lower rates than it has

                                       13

<PAGE>



historically.  The Company  believes that its ability to respond  quickly and to
provide specialized,  flexible and comprehensive  financial  arrangements to its
clients enables it to compete effectively. Although the Company has historically
been successful in replacing major clients, competition resulting in the loss of
one or more major clients and an inability to replace those clients could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.


(i) Expansion Strategy

    The  Company's  strategy for 1998 is to further  penetrate its target market
by: (i)  developing  additional,  active  referral  sources while  continuing to
cultivate existing sources;  (ii) identifying and marketing to new niche markets
that are currently  under-serviced  by competitors  where the Company can obtain
higher  yields  on new  business;  (iii)  expanding  its  marketing  efforts  by
establishing a direct presence in certain  geographic areas of the country which
are  under-serviced  by either  competitors or the Company;  (iv) developing and
expanding its Allstate  Factors  division;  and (v)  developing new products and
programs to meet the  changing  needs of its targeted  market.  The Company also
intends to attempt to retain  existing  clients as long as  possible by offering
new products and providing the best service possible at competitive prices.


(j) Employees

    The Company currently has 47 full-time employees, of whom 25 are employed in
providing accounts  receivable and credit services (including 3 certified public
accountants), 9 are employed in marketing (including 2 in administrative support
positions), 5 are in executive positions (including two CPA's and one attorney),
4 are in legal  (including 2 attorneys) and 4 are in general office  capacities.
The Company  believes that a substantial  increase in the volume of its business
would  require  only a  relatively  modest  increase in  personnel.  None of the
Company's  employees are unionized and  management  considers its relations with
employees to be excellent.


Item 2.  Properties

    The Company's offices occupy  approximately 8,000 square feet of space in an
office  building in Arlington,  Virginia.  The Company's  lease on this property
expires in December  2001. The cost of renting this office space was $172,000 in
1997 compared to $191,000 in 1996. The Company  believes that its present office
facilities  are  adequate  but  may  need to be  expanded  in the  near  term to
accommodate  the Company's  continued  growth.  The Company has a right of first
refusal to acquire an  additional,  contiguous  1,500 square feet at its present
site when that space becomes available.

    Commencing  November 1, 1997, the Company also occupied  approximately 2,500
square feet of space in an office  building in New York City.  The lease on this
property  expires in  October  2000.  The cost of renting  this space is $86,130
annually. The cost of renting this facility in 1997 was $14,355.




                                       14

<PAGE>



Item 3. Legal Proceedings

    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (L) Commitments and
Contingencies.


Item 4. Submission of Matters To A Vote Of Security Holders

    The Company's annual meeting of shareholders was held on November 18, 1997.


    The shareholders voted as follows:

                                 Number of           Number of          Number
                                 Votes for           of Votes          of Votes
                                 Election            Withheld          Abstained
                                 ----------          ----------        ---------

    David Campbell               2,148,828                9,890            -0-
    Leon Fishman                 1,660,460              498,258            -0-
    Craig Fishman                1,660,460              498,258            -0-
    Alan Freeman                 1,660,460              498,258            -0-
    Eugene Haskin                1,660,260              498,458            -0-
    Edward McNally               2,148,828                9,890            -0-
    William Savage               2,148,628               10,090            -0-
    James Spector                1,660,460              498,258            -0-
    Lindsay Trittipoe            2,148,828                9,890            -0-
    Lawrence Vecker              2,148,828                9,890            -0-












                      [THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                       15

<PAGE>



                                     Part II

Item 5. Market For The Registrant's Common Stock, Related
Stockholder Matters


     The Company's  common stock is traded on the NASDAQ  National Market System
(Symbol ASFN).

     The  following  table sets forth the range of  representative  high and low
bids for the  Company's  common  stock in the over the  counter  market  for the
period  indicated,  as  furnished  by the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc. These bids represent prices among dealers,  do not include retail
markups, markdowns or commissions, and may not represent actual transactions.

                                          Common Stock Bid Prices
                                      Fiscal year ended December 31,
                                      ------------------------------
                             1997              1996                1995
                         ------------     ---------------     --------------
                         High    Low      High       Low      High     Low

     First Quarter      6 3/8   5 1/2     6 7/8     5 1/2     7 3/16  5 9/16
     Second Quarter     6 1/8   5 5/8     6 1/2     5 1/2     8       6 1/4
     Third Quarter      6       5 1/8     5 13/16   5 1/2     7 1/2   5 1/2
     Fourth Quarter     7       4 7/8     7         5 1/2     6       5 6/16

     On March 10, 1998 there were  approximately 45 stockholders of record based
on  information  provided  by  the  Company's  transfer  agent.  The  number  of
stockholders  of record  does not  reflect the actual  number of  individual  or
institutional  stockholders of the Company because a significant  portion of the
Company's  stock is held in  street  name.  Based on the best  information  made
available  to the Company by the transfer  agent,  there are  approximately  555
holders of the Company's common stock.

   The  Company   currently  intends  to  retain  earnings  for  future  capital
requirements  and  growth.  The  Company  has not paid a  dividend  and does not
anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  to  holders  of its  common  stock  for the
foreseeable future.

     In January 1996 the Company consummated an exchange offer to holders of its
common stock.  See Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources.


Item 6.  Management's Discussion And Analysis of Financial
         Condition and Results of Operations


  General

     The Company's  principal  business is the  discounted  purchase of accounts
receivable,  usually on a full  notification,  full  recourse  basis (except for
Allstate  Factors which  typically  assumes the risk that an account  debtor may
become insolvent).  In addition, the Company also makes Collateralized Advances.
On occasion, the Company will also provide other specialized

                                       16

<PAGE>



financing  structures  which  satisfy the unique  requirements  of the Company's
clients.  The Company  also  provides  its  clients  with  letters of  guaranty,
arranges  for the  issuance of letters of credit for its  clients  and  provides
other related financial services.

     During the second quarter of 1997, the Company  established a new division,
Allstate Factors,  which is engaged in traditional  "non-recourse"  factoring in
which the factor  typically  assumes the risk that an account  debtor may become
insolvent. The Company minimizes the exposure associated with assuming such risk
by  refactoring  the  receivables  purchased  by Allstate  Factors  with a large
commercial factor that assumes the insolvency risk.

     The Company's  clients are small- to  medium-sized  businesses  with annual
revenues  typically  ranging between  $600,000 and  $100,000,000.  The Company's
clients do not typically  qualify for traditional bank or asset-based  financing
because   they  are   either   too  new,   too   small,   undercapitalized   (or
over-leveraged), unprofitable or otherwise unable to satisfy the requirements of
a bank or traditional,  asset-based lender. Accordingly,  there is a significant
risk of default and client  failure  inherent in the Company's  business.  For a
description of ways in which the Company  addresses these risks,  see (g) Credit
Loss Policy and Experience.

     Historically,   the  Company  has  not   expected  to  maintain  a  funding
relationship  with a client for more than two years;  the Company  expected that
its  clients  would  ultimately  qualify for more  competitively  priced bank or
asset-based  financing within that time period.  Therefore,  the Company's major
clients have tended to change significantly over time. Today,  however,  because
the Company is, where necessary and appropriate, offering lower rates and making
Collateralized  Advances,  it is possible  that the  duration  of the  Company's
funding  relationships with its clients may be extended. If the Company succeeds
in extending the duration of its funding  relationship  with its clients,  there
will not be a  corresponding  increase in  non-current  assets on the  Company's
balance  sheet.  This is because it is  anticipated  that the Company's  funding
relationships  with its clients will continue to renew no less  frequently  than
once a year.  Although the Company has historically been successful in replacing
major clients, the loss of one or more major clients and an inability to replace
those clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     Lifetime Options, Inc., a Viatical Settlement Company ("Lifetime Options"),
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company, was engaged in the business of buying
life insurance  policies at a discount from individuals  facing life threatening
illnesses. During 1997, Lifetime Options curtailed purchasing policies. Lifetime
Options  may elect to collect  policies as they mature or to sell some or all of
its policies.

     Other  than  Lifetime  Options,  none  of  the  Company's  subsidiaries  is
currently engaged in business which could have a material effect on the Company.




                                                            17

<PAGE>



  Results of Operations

     The following table sets forth certain items of revenue and expense for the
period indicated and the percentage relationship of each item to total revenue.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1997                     1996                   1995
                                                  ------------------     -------------------   ---------------------         
                                                  REVENUE    PERCENT      REVENUE    PERCENT      REVENUE   PERCENT
                                                  ---------  -------    ---------    -------    ----------  -------

<S>                                            <C>             <C>    <C>              <C>    <C>             <C>  
REVENUE:
  Earned Discounts .........................   $  7,436,630    74.3%  $ 10,025,779     80.8%  $ 10,932,331    84.1%
  Fees and Other Income ....................      2,569,213    25.7      2,378,782     19.2      2,065,015    15.9
                                                  ---------    ----      ---------     ----      ---------    ----
      TOTAL REVENUE ........................     10,005,843   100.0     12,404,561    100.0     12,997,346   100.0
                                                 ----------   -----     ----------    -----     ----------   -----


EXPENSES:
  Compensation and Fringe Benefits  ........      3,087,085    30.9      3,318,609     26.8      3,198,497    24.6
  General and Administrative Expenses ......      2,165,396    21.7      2,804,643     22.6      2,758,285    21.2
  Interest Expense .........................      1,170,152    11.7      1,606,561     12.9        983,718     7.6
  Provision of Credit Losses 1..............      1,593,555    15.9      5,878,167     47.4      4,981,646    38.4
  Commissions ..............................        349,157     3.5        449,225      3.6        263,100     2.0
                                                    -------     ---        -------      ---        -------     ---
      TOTAL EXPENSES .......................      8,365,345    83.7     14,057,205    113.3     12,185,246    93.8
                                                  ---------    ----     ----------    -----     ----------    ----

INCOME BEFORE TAXES ........................      1,640,498    16.3     (1,652,644)   (13.3)       812,100     6.2

INCOME TAXES ...............................        606,985     6.0       (611,500)    (4.9)       331,000     2.5
                                                    -------     ---       --------     ----        -------     ---

NET INCOME .................................   $  1,033,513    10.3%  $ (1,041,144)    (8.4)% $    481,100     3.7%
                                               ============    ====   ============     ====   ============     === 

NET INCOME PER SHARE (BASIC) ...............   $        .45           $      (0.45)           $       0.16
                                               ============            ============           ============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
   SHARES (BASIC) ..........................      2,318,092               2,328,308              2,966,330
                                                  =========               =========              =========

NET INCOME PER SHARE (DILUTIVE) ............   $        .44           $      (0.45)           $       0.16
                                               ============            ============             ==========

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
   SHARES (DILUTIVE) .......................      2,324,624               2,328,308              2,966,337
                                                  =========               =========              =========
<FN>
       1 For a discussion of this item of expense,  see Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operation  Provision  for
Credit Losses.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996

   Total Revenue.  Total revenue  consists of (i) earned discounts and (ii) fees
and other  income.  "Earned  discounts"  consist  primarily  of income  from the
purchase of accounts receivable and income from Collateralized  Advances.  "Fees
and other income" consist primarily of closing or application  fees,  commitment
or facility  fees,  interest,  other  related  financing  fees and  supplemental
discounts  paid by  clients  who do not  sell the  minimum  volume  of  accounts
receivable required by their contracts with the Company (including those clients
who prematurely  terminate their  agreements with the Company to move to a lower
cost source of funding).



                                       18

<PAGE>



   The following  table breaks down total revenue by type of transaction for the
periods indicated and the percentage relationship of each type of transaction to
total revenue.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the Year Ended December 31,
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------           
                                                          1997                                        1996
                                            ------------------------------------       ---------------------------------
                                                                  % of Total                                  % of Total
                                                  Revenue            Revenue                  Revenue            Revenue


<S>                                             <C>                    <C>                 <C>                     <C>  
Discount on Factored
  Accounts Receivable                           $5,103,750             51.0%               $ 5,777,660             46.6%
Earnings on Collateralized
  Advances                                       1,032,262              10.3                 2,522,856              20.3
Earnings on Purchased Life
  Insurance Policies                               172,231               1.7                   499,249               4.0
Other Earnings                                   1,128,387              11.3                 1,226,014               9.9
    Total                                        7,436,630              74.3                10,025,779              80.8
Fees and Other Income                            2,569,213              25.7                 2,378,782              19.2
    Total Revenue                              $10,005,843            100.0%               $12,404,561            100.0%
</TABLE>

    Total  revenue  decreased  19.3% in 1997 versus 1996,  from $12.4 million to
$10.0 million.  Within total revenue,  Earned  discounts from Factored  Accounts
Receivable  decreased  11.7% in 1997 as compared to 1996,  from $5.8  million to
$5.1 million. Average earned discounts from Factored Accounts Receivable in 1997
as a percentage of total  Factored  Accounts  Receivable  purchased in 1997 were
3.0%. The comparable  average percentage in 1996 was 3.34%, a decrease of 10.18%
in  1997.  This  reduction  reflects  the  downward  pressure  on  pricing  from
competition in the Company's core factoring  business.  In 1997 and 1996, earned
discounts  from  Factored  Accounts   Receivable   comprised  51.0%  and  46.6%,
respectively, of total revenue.

    The balance of the reduction in total revenue in 1997 was  attributable to a
lower  volume of,  and lower  earnings  from,  Collateralized  Advances.  Earned
discounts from Collateralized Advances decreased 59.1% in 1997 versus 1996, from
$2.5  million to $1.0  million.  While  outstanding  balance  of  Collateralized
Advances at  December  31,  1997 ($7.2  million)  decreased  only  [18.2%]  from
December 31, 1996 ($8.8 million),  a significant  portion of the  Collateralized
Advances  outstanding at December 31, 1997 were made in the second half of 1997.
Accordingly,  the Company only accrued earned  discounts on such advances during
the second half of 1997. In contrast,  the outstanding balance of Collateralized
Advances at  December  31, 1996 more  nearly  reflects  the average  outstanding
balance of  Collateralized  Advances  throughout 1996.  Accordingly,  throughout
1996,  the company  accrued  earned  discounts on a higher  average  outstanding
balance of Collateralized  Advances. The lower volume of Collateralized Advances
in 1997 was due in large part to stricter underwriting  standards established by
the company during 1997.

    Collateralized Advances currently bear interest at a rate, on average, of
approximately 2% per month.  Earned discounts from Collateralized Advances are

                                       19

<PAGE>



required to be paid in cash  monthly in arrears.  In 1997 and 1996,  earned
discounts from Collateralized Advances comprised 10.3% and 20.3%,  respectively,
of total revenue. See Provisions for Credit Losses below.

    Fees and other income  increased 8.0% in 1997 as compared to 1996, from $2.4
million to $2.6  million,  respectively.  In 1997 and 1996 fees and other income
comprised of 25.7% of total revenue and 19.2%, respectively.

    As of December 31, 1997 and 1996,  Factored Accounts  Receivable included on
the Company's balance sheet were $30.4 million and $22.4 million,  respectively,
(70.2% and 52.1%, respectively) of Gross Finance Receivables. As of December 31,
1997 and 1996,  Collateralized  Advances included on the Company's balance sheet
were  $7.2   million  and  $8.8   million,   respectively,   (16.7%  and  20.5%,
respectively) of Gross Finance Receivables.

    COMPENSATION AND FRINGE BENEFITS. Compensation and fringe benefits were $3.1
million  (30.9% of total  revenue) and $3.3 million  (26.8% of total revenue) in
1997 and 1996, respectively. Almost all of the 1997 decrease in compensation and
fringe benefits  (including  executive  compensation)  is the result of expenses
during 1996 associated with the severance of a key employee.

    GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE.  In 1997,  general and  administrative
expense was $2.2  million  (21.7% of total  revenue) as compared to $2.8 million
(22.6% of total revenue) in 1996.  Overall general and  administrative  expenses
were comparable in 1997 and 1996,  with the exception of  professional  fees. In
1997,  professional  fees  decreased to $548 thousand (5.5% of total revenue) as
compared to $1.2  million  (9.9% of total  revenue) in 1996.  Professional  fees
decreased, in part, due to the favorable resolution of certain legal proceedings
instituted  in prior  years.  Also  contributing  to the decrease in general and
administrative expense was a decrease in insurance expense offset by an increase
in  depreciation.  Insurance  decreased $119 thousand due to the decision by the
Company's Board of Directors not to renew its directors' and officers' liability
insurance   policy.   Depreciation   increased  by  $114  thousand  due  to  the
implementation  of a new computer  system late in 1996 and the  commencement  of
depreciation thereof.

    INTEREST  EXPENSE.  Interest  expense  was  $1.17  million  (11.7%  of total
revenue)  versus  $1.6  million  (13.0%  of total  revenue)  in 1997  and  1996,
respectively. The decrease in interest expense is attributable to (i) a decrease
in the average daily balance  outstanding  on the  Company's  revolving  line of
credit,  (ii) a  reduction  in the rate of  interest  charged  by the  Company's
primary  lenders  and (iii) the  collection  of  approximately  $5.7  million of
non-performing  receivables.  The  average  daily  outstanding  balance  on  the
Company's  revolving  line of credit was $4.7 million and $11.3 million for 1997
and 1996,  respectively,  and the average  interest  rate paid on the  Company's
revolving  line of credit was 8.8% during 1997 as compared to 9.0% during  1996.
Interest  expense related to the Company's  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes was
$473 thousand (4.7% of total  revenue) in 1997,  compared to $465 thousand (3.8%
of total revenue) in 1996.

                                       20

<PAGE>



    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES.  The provision for credit losses decreased $4.3
million in 1997,  from $5.9  million  (47.6% of total  revenue)  in 1996 to $1.6
million  (15.9% of total  revenue) in 1997. As disclosed in the  Company's  Form
10-QSB  for the period  ended June 30,  1996,  following  certain  events in the
second  quarter  of  1996,  management  determined  that  it was  necessary  and
appropriate to write off or write down nine non-performing assets totalling $4.2
million.  Prior to the write-offs and write downs, these assets were included in
Non-earning  Receivables,  Other  Receivables  and Other Assets on the Company's
balance  sheet.  The provision  for credit losses in the second  quarter of 1996
reflected  the amount  deemed  necessary by  management to enable the Company to
charge the allowance for credit losses for the foregoing write-offs and to leave
a  balance  in the  allowance  for  credit  losses  deemed  sufficient  to cover
potential future write-offs.

    The  following  table  provides  a  summary  of  the  Company's  Non-Earning
Receivables,  Other  Receivables and Other Assets and information  regarding the
allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          As of December 31,
                                              --------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1997       1996         1995        1994        1993
                                              --------    --------    --------     -------    --------    
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Non-Earning Receivables, Other Receivables
  and Other Assets Data:
- --------------------------------------------
Non-Earning Receivables ....................   $   829     $ 4,548     $ 1,589     $ 3,608     $ 3,411
Other Receivables ..........................     3,748       4,390       2,756       3,389       2,344
Other Assets (excluding miscellaneous) 1 ...     3,941       1,884       1,793       2,112       3,200
                                                 =====       =====       =====       =====       =====

Allowance for Credit Losses:
- --------------------------------------------
Balance, January 1 .........................   $ 2,579     $ 2,351     $ 2,511     $ 2,120     $ 1,223
Provision for credit
  losses ...................................     1,594       5,878       4,982       5,359       4,858
Receivables charged off ....................    (1,776)     (5,711)     (5,194)     (5,016)     (4,144)
Recoveries .................................       342          61          52          48         183
                                                   ---          --          --          --         ---
Balance, December 31 (including $275,000
   allocated to Life Insurance Contracts
   at December 31, 1997) ...................   $ 2,739     $ 2,579     $ 2,351     $ 2,511     $ 2,120
               === ====                        =======     =======     =======     =======     =======

Allowance for Credit Losses as a percent of:
- --------------------------------------------
Gross Finance Receivables ..................      6.32%       6.00%       5.32%       6.34%       6.60%
Non-Earning Receivables ....................    330.40%       56.7%     148.00%      69.60%      62.15%
Non-Earning Receivables, Other
  Receivables and Other Assets .............     32.16%       23.8%      38.30%      27.57%      23.67%

As a percent of the sum of Gross
  Finance Receivables, Other
  Receivables and Other Assets:
- --------------------------------------------
Non-Earning Receivables ....................      1.63%       9.24%       3.26%       8.01%       9.05%
Other Receivables ..........................      7.35%       8.92%       5.66%       7.52%       6.22%
Other Assets ...............................      7.73%       3.83%       3.68%       4.69%       8.49%
<FN>
     1  See Financial Statements - Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Activities.
</FN>
</TABLE>
      Certain reclassifications were made to the prior year amounts to conform
with the 1997 presentations. Of the balance in the allowance for credit
losses, the amount allocated to non-earning receivables, other receivables and
other assets was $1.055 million, $525 thousand, $1.459 million, $2.075 million
and $2.0 million on December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 1997 (as indicated in the
table),  $275,000  has  been  allocated  to life  insurance  contracts  owned by
Lifetime Options.


                                       21

<PAGE>





      Although the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses in an amount
deemed by management to be adequate to cover potential  losses, no assurance can
be given that the allowance will in fact be adequate or that an  inadequacy,  if
any, in the allowance could not have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
earnings in future periods.  Furthermore,  although management believes that its
periodic  estimates  of the  value of Other  Receivables  and Other  Assets  are
appropriate,  no  assurance  can be given  that the  amounts  which the  Company
ultimately  collects with respect to Other Receivables and Other Assets will not
differ significantly from management's  estimates or that those differences,  if
any,  could not have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  earnings  in
future periods. See (f) Asset Quality and (g) Credit Loss Policy and Experience.

      COMMISSIONS.  Commission expense was $349 thousand (3.5% of total revenue)
in 1997 as  compared  to $449  thousand  (3.6% of total  revenue)  in 1996.  The
decrease was largely due to the decrease of $2.6 million in earned  discounts in
1997  from  1996.   Additionally   more   business  was  generated  by  in-house
salespersons as compared to outside brokers.  These  salespersons earn a smaller
commission than outside brokers.

      LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES.  The Company's  principal funding sources
are the collection of purchased receivables, payments received on Collateralized
Advances, retained cash flow and external borrowings.

      As of  December  31,  1997 the Company  had  approximately  $10.8  million
available under a $25.0 million secured revolving line of credit.  (See notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements - Note F - Notes Payable).

      As of December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding
approximately  $4,974,000 and $4,978,000,  respectively,  in aggregate principal
amount of  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes issued in exchange for shares of the
Company's  common stock.  The  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  outstanding  at
December 31, 1997 and 1996 were issued in exchange for 785,475  shares of common
stock.  The Notes (i) mature on September 30, 2000; (ii) currently bear interest
at the rate of 9.5% per annum which rate may  fluctuate in  accordance  with the
prime  rate,  but may not fall below 8% nor rise above 10% per annum;  (iii) are
convertible  into  common  stock of the  Company at the rate of $7.50 per share;
(iv) are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness (as defined) of the Company and (v)
were issued pursuant to an indenture which contains certain  covenants which are
less restrictive than those contained in the Company's  secured revolving credit
facility.  Upon the occurrence of certain change of control  events,  holders of
the Notes have the right to have their Notes redeemed at par.

      At December 31, 1997, the Company had working capital of $23.9 million and
a ratio of current  assets to current  liabilities  of 2.31 to 1 as  compared to
December 31, 1996 working capital of $24.9 million and a ratio of current assets
to current  liabilities  of 2.35 to 1. As of December 31, 1997,  the Company had
conditional  commitments  of $57.9 million to purchase  accounts  receivable and
make Collateralized  Advances,  subject to the Company's  underwriting criteria.
Since many of those  commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the figure
of $57.9 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

                                       22

<PAGE>



      The Company believes that internally  generated funds and borrowings under
its current credit  facility will be sufficient to finance the Company's  future
funding  requirements  for the near term.  If,  however,  an  unexpectedly  high
portion of the Company's potential new business includes Collateralized Advances
(especially  Collateralized  Advances  secured by assets other than  equipment),
internally  generated funds and borrowings  under the Company's  existing credit
facility  may  not  be  sufficient  to  fund  such  new  business.   Under  such
circumstances  the Company would attempt to negotiate the borrowing  base in its
existing credit facility to allow the Company to borrow greater amounts from its
primary lender(s) and thereby support the growth in Collateralized  Advances. If
those  negotiations  were  unsuccessful,  there is no assurance that the Company
could attract sufficient capital to enable the Company to pursue its strategy of
making additional Collateralized Advances.


  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

      TOTAL  REVENUE.  Total revenue  consists of (i) earned  discounts and (ii)
fees and other income.  "Earned discounts" consist primarily of revenue from the
purchase of accounts  receivable  and life  insurance  policies  and income from
Collateralized Advances. "Fees and other income" consist primarily of closing or
application fees,  commitment or facility fees, other related financing fees and
supplemental  discounts  paid by clients who do not sell the  minimum  volume of
accounts receivable required by their contracts with the Company (including as a
result of "graduating" to a lower cost source of funding).

      The following  table breaks down total revenue by type of transaction  for
the  periods  indicated  and  the  percentage   relationship  of  each  type  of
transaction to total revenue.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   For the Year Ended December 31,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                              1996                              1995
                                   --------------------------       -------------------------
                                                   % of Total                     % of Total
                                    Revenue          Revenue             Revenue    Revenue


<S>                                  <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>  
Discount on Factored
    Accounts Receivable ..........   $ 5,777,660      46.6%          $ 6,155,374      47.4%
Earnings on Collateralized
    Advances .....................     2,522,856      20.3             2,930,731      22.5
Earnings on Purchased Life
    Insurance Policies ...........       499,249       4.0               947,731       7.3
Other Earnings ...................     1,226,014       9.9               898,495       6.9
   Total .........................    10,025,779      80.8            10,932,331      84.1
Fees and Other Income ............     2,378,782      19.2             2,065,015      15.9
   Total Revenue .................   $12,404,561     100.0%          $12,997,346     100.0%
</TABLE>

    Total revenue  decreased 4.6% in 1996 over 1995, from $13.0 million to $12.4
million.  Earned discounts from Factored Accounts  Receivable  decreased 6.1% in
1996 as compared to 1995, from $6.2 million to $5.8 million. Earned discounts

                                       23

<PAGE>



from Factored  Accounts  Receivable  in 1996 as a percentage  of total  Factored
Accounts Receivable  purchased in 1996 were 3.39%. The comparable  percentage in
1995 was 4.25%, a decrease of 20.2% from 1995 to 1996.  This reduction  reflects
the  downward  pressure  on  pricing  from  competition  in the  Company's  core
factoring  business.  In 1996 and 1995,  earned discounts from Factored Accounts
Receivable comprised 46.6% and 47.4%, respectively, of total revenue.

    Earned discounts from  Collateralized  Advances decreased 13.9% in 1996 over
1995, from $2.9 million to $2.5 million. In 1996 and 1995, earned discounts from
Collateralized  Advances  comprised  20.3%  and  22.5%,  respectively,  of total
revenue. These percentages reflect management's decision to pursue the making of
Collateralized  Advances,  in addition to the Company's core factoring business.
Collateralized  Advances  currently  bear  interest at a rate,  on  average,  of
approximately 2% per month.  Earned discounts from  Collateralized  Advances are
required to be paid in cash monthly in arrears. See Provisions for Credit Losses
below.

    Fees and other income increased 15.2% in 1996 as compared to 1995, from $2.1
million to $2.4  million,  respectively.  In 1996 and 1995 fees and other income
comprised of 19.2% of total revenue and 15.9%, respectively.

    As of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  Factored Accounts  Receivable included on
the  Company's  balance  sheet  were $22.4  million  (60.0%)  and $25.2  million
(64.5%), respectively, of Gross Finance Receivables. As of December 31, 1996 and
1995,  Collateralized Advances included on the Company's balance sheet were $8.8
million  (23.4%)  and $10.8  million  (27.8%),  respectively,  of Gross  Finance
Receivables.

    Compensation and Fringe Benefits. Compensation and fringe benefits were $3.3
million  (26.8% of total  revenue) and $3.2 million  (24.6% of total revenue) in
1996 and 1995, respectively.  The absolute dollar increase is chiefly the result
of small increases in several categories of compensation. Executive compensation
in 1996 was $1.1 million  (8.9% of total  revenue)  versus $1.0 million (7.9% of
total  revenue) in 1995.  Almost all of the 1996  increase in  compensation  and
fringe benefits  (including  executive  compensation)  is the result of expenses
associated  with the  severance  of a key  employee  and costs  associated  with
replacing  that  employee,  including  hiring a former  Company  executive on an
interim basis to help identify and train the severed employee's replacement.

    General and  Administrative  Expense.  In 1996,  general and  administrative
expense was $2.8  million  (22.6% of total  revenue) as compared to $2.8 million
(21.2% of total revenue) in 1995.  Overall general and  administrative  expenses
were flat between 1996 and 1995,  however,  an increase in professional fees was
offset by  decreases  in licenses  and taxes and  duplicating  expense.  In 1996
professional  fees rose to $1.2 million  (9.9% of total  revenue) as compared to
$1.1 million (8.3% of total revenue) in 1995.  Professional  fees increased,  in
part,  due to on-going  litigation  and,  in part,  to the final  resolution  of
certain legal  proceedings  instituted in prior years.  Also contributing to the
increase in general  and  administrative  expense was an increase in  directors'
fees attributable to an increase in the size of the Board and an increase in the
number of scheduled meetings of the Board.


                                       24

<PAGE>



    Interest Expense. Interest expense was $1.6 million (13.0% of total revenue)
versus $984 thousand (7.6% of total revenue) in 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
increase in interest  expense is  attributable to (i) an increase in the average
daily balance  outstanding  on the Company's  revolving  line of credit and (ii)
interest expense related to the Company's Convertible, Subordinated Notes issued
in September 1995 and January 1996. The average daily outstanding balance on the
Company's  revolving  line of credit was $11.3 million and $8.5 million for 1996
and 1995,  respectively  and the  average  interest  rate paid on the  Company's
revolving  line of credit was 9.0% during 1996 as compared to 9.7% during  1995.
Interest  expense related to the Company's  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes was
$465 thousand (3.8% of total revenue) in 1996, compared to $87 thousand (0.7% of
total  revenue) in 1995. The increase in 1996 is  attributable  to the length of
time and dollar amount outstanding of the Convertible Subordinated Notes.

    Provision for Credit  Losses.  The provision for credit losses  increased in
1996 from $5.0 million  (38.3% of total  revenue) in 1995 to $5.9 million (47.4%
of total  revenue) in 1996.  As disclosed in the  Company's  Form 10-QSB for the
period ended June 30, 1996,  following  certain  events in the second quarter of
1996,  management  determined that it was necessary and appropriate to write off
or write down nine  non-performing  assets  totaling $4.2 million.  Prior to the
write-offs   and  write  downs,   these  assets  were  included  in  Non-earning
Receivables,  Other Receivables and Other Assets on the Company's balance sheet.
The  provision  for credit  losses in the second  quarter of 1996  reflected the
amount  deemed  necessary  by  management  to enable  the  Company to charge the
allowance for credit losses for the foregoing  write-offs and to leave a balance
in the allowance for credit losses deemed  sufficient to cover potential  future
write-offs.

    The  table  on Page 21  provides  a  summary  of the  Company's  Non-Earning
Receivables,  Other  Receivables and Other Assets and information  regarding the
allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated.

The increase in Non-Earning  Receivables  and Other  Receivables at December 31,
1996 was attributable to two clients put on non-accrual  status in late November
1996.

      Although the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses in an amount
deemed by management to be adequate to cover potential  losses, no assurance can
be given that the allowance will in fact be adequate or that an  inadequacy,  if
any, in the allowance could not have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
earnings in future periods.  Furthermore,  although management believes that its
periodic  estimates  of the  value of Other  Receivables  and Other  Assets  are
appropriate,  no  assurance  can be given  that the  amounts  which the  Company
ultimately  collects with respect to Other Receivables and Other Assets will not
differ significantly from management's  estimates or that those differences,  if
any,  could not have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  earnings  in
future periods. See (f) Asset Quality and (g) Credit Loss Policy and Experience.

      Commissions.  Commission expense was $449 thousand (3.6% of total revenue)
in 1996 as compared to $263 thousand (2.0% of total revenue) in 1995.  The

                                       25

<PAGE>



increase  was the  result  of a  larger  portion  of Gross  Finance  Receivables
acquired in 1996 being generated by commissioned brokers and other professionals
to whom the Company paid referral fees.

      LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES.  The Company's  principal funding sources
are the  collection  of purchased  receivables,  retained cash flow and external
borrowings.

      As of December  31,  1996,  the Company had  approximately  $10.1  million
available  under a $25  million  secured  revolving  line of credit.  The credit
facility  contains a $5.0  million  sub-facility  for the issuance of letters of
credit,  a $2  million  sub-facility  (which  under  certain  circumstances  may
increase to $4 million)  the  proceeds of which may be used to make  advances to
clients secured by machinery and equipment and a $2.5 million  sub-facility  the
proceeds of which may be used by the Company to make advances to clients secured
by  inventory.  Borrowings  under the credit  facility bear interest at a spread
over the bank's base rate. The current  maturity date of this credit facility is
May 13, 1997. The Company is subject to covenants which are typical in revolving
credit facilities of this type. The Company is currently  discussing the renewal
of this credit facility with its lenders.

      As of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, the Company had outstanding
approximately  $4,978,000 and $2,838,000,  respectively,  in aggregate principal
amount of  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes issued in exchange for shares of the
Company's  common stock.  The  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  outstanding  at
December 31, 1995 were issued in exchange for 447,200 shares of common stock and
the Convertible  Subordinated Notes outstanding at December 31, 1996 were issued
in exchange for 785,475 shares of common stock  (including the 447,200 shares of
common  stock  exchanged  prior to December 31,  1995).  The Notes (i) mature on
September 30, 2000;  (ii)  currently bear interest at the rate of 9.5% per annum
which rate may  fluctuate in  accordance  with the prime rate,  but may not fall
below 8% nor rise above 10% per annum;  (iii) are convertible  into common stock
of the Company at the rate of $7.50 per share;  (iv) are  subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness  (as  defined) of the  Company  and (v) were issued  pursuant to an
indenture which contains certain covenants which are less restrictive than those
contained  in  the  Company's  secured  revolving  credit  facility.   Upon  the
occurrence of certain  change of control  events,  holders of the Notes have the
right to have their Notes redeemed at par.

      At December 31, 1996, the Company had working capital of $24.9 million and
a ratio of current  assets to current  liabilities  of 2.36 to 1 as  compared to
December 31, 1995 working capital of $26.0 million and a ratio of current assets
to current  liabilities  of 2.60 to 1. As of December 31, 1996,  the Company had
conditional  commitments  of $66.6 million to purchase  accounts  receivable and
make Collateralized  Advances,  subject to the Company's  underwriting criteria.
Since many of those  commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the figure
$66.6 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

      The Company believes that internally  generated funds and borrowings under
its current or a replacement  credit  facility will be sufficient to finance the
Company's future funding requirements for the near term. If, however, an

                                       26

<PAGE>



unexpectedly  high portion of the  Company's  potential  new  business  includes
Collateralized  Advances (especially  Collateralized  Advances secured by assets
other than  equipment),  internally  generated  funds and  borrowings  under the
Company's  existing  credit  facility  may not be  sufficient  to fund  such new
business.  Under such  circumstances  the Company would attempt to negotiate the
borrowing  base in its existing  credit  facility to allow the Company to borrow
greater  amounts from its primary  lender(s)  and thereby  support the growth in
Collateralized  Advances.  If those negotiations were unsuccessful,  there is no
assurance  that the  Company  could  attract  sufficient  capital  to enable the
Company to pursue its strategy of making additional Collateralized Advances.

IMPACT OF INFLATION

      Management  believes that  inflation has not had a material  effect on the
Company's income, expenses or liquidity during the past three years.

      Changes in interest rate levels do not generally  affect the income earned
by the Company in the form of discounts  charged.  Rising  interest rates would,
however,  increase the  Company's  cost of funds based on its current  borrowing
arrangements which are base rate or LIBOR adjusted credit facilities.


ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (PAGES 34-56)


ITEM 8.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES


      None.













                [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

                                       27

<PAGE>



                                    Part III

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS: COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF
THE EXCHANGE ACT

      A definitive  proxy  statement is expected to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on or about April 13, 1998. The information  required by
this item is set forth  under the caption  "Election  of  Directors",  under the
caption  "Executive  Officers" and under the caption  "Section 16(a)  Beneficial
Ownership  Reporting  Compliance"  in  the  definitive  proxy  statement,  which
information is incorporated herein by reference thereto.


ITEM 10.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

      The  information  required  by this  item is set forth  under the  caption
"Executive Compensation" in the definitive proxy statement, which information is
incorporated herein by reference thereto.


ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

      The  information  required  by this  item is set forth  under the  caption
"Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management"  in  the
definitive  proxy  statement,   which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference thereto.


ITEM 12.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      This  information  required  by this item is set forth  under the  caption
"Certain  Transactions" in the definitive proxy statement,  which information is
incorporated herein by reference thereto.


ITEM 13. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  1. Financial Statements:                                   Page Number

     The following Financial statements are submitted in Item 7.

     Independent Auditors' Report on Consolidated Financial
     Statements and Schedules                                        30

     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997
     and 1996                                                     31-32

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995                               33

     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for
     the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                34

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
     ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                       35-36

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the
     year ended December 31, 1997                                 37-60




                                       28

<PAGE>



        2. Financial Statement Schedules

        The  following  financial  statement  schedule  is filed as part of this
        report:

        Schedule IV Indebtedness of and to Related Parties - Not
        Current for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995  61

        Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted since they are
        either not  required or the  information  is included  elsewhere  in the
        financial statements or notes thereto.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          None.

(c)  Listing of Exhibits

EXHIBIT  3.  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

               Documents incorporated by reference - See Registration Statement
               on Form S-1 33-46748

EXHIBIT  4.  INSTRUMENTS DEFINING THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

             Documents incorporated by reference - See Registration Statement on
              Form S-1 33-46748

              Documents  incorporated by reference - See the Company's Quarterly
              Report on Form 10-QSB for the Quarter Ended September 30, 1995.

EXHIBIT 10.  MATERIAL CONTRACTS

             Documents incorporated by reference - See Registration Statement on
              Form S-1 33-46748

              Documents  incorporated  by reference - See the  Company's  Annual
              Report on Form 10-KSB for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995

              Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated
              as of May 28, 1997 by and among IBJ Schroder  Bank & Trust Company
              (as Agent and  Lender),  National  Bank of Canada (as  lender) and
              Allstate Financial Corporation.

              First  Amendment  to Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit and
              Security Agreement dated as of June 20, 1997.

              Agreement of Lease dated as of September 20, 1997 between Midtown
              Realty Company, LLC and Allstate Financial Corporation.

Exhibit 10.9 Employment Contracts

              Employment and Compensation Agreement with Francis B. Madden
              incorporated by reference to the Company's filing on Form 10-QSB
              for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1997.

              Employment and Compensation Agreement with Wade Hotsenpiller 
              incorporated by reference to the Company's filing on form 10-QSB
              for the Quarter Ended September 30, 1997.


Exhibit 21.  Subsidiaries of the Company

                                       29

<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Allstate Financial Corporation
Arlington, Virginia


      We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Allstate
Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  shareholders'  equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December  31,  1997.  Our
audits also included the  financial  statement  schedule  listed in the Index at
Item 13(a) 2. These financial  statements and financial  statement  schedule are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on
our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining on a test basis,  evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Allstate Financial Corporation
and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997,  and 1996,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles.
Also, in our opinion,  such financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered in
relation  to the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as a whole,
present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.


Deloitte & Touche, LLP



Washington, D.C.
February 20, 1998

                                       30

<PAGE>



                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                           December 31,
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                        1997             1996
                                                     -----------     -----------
                                     ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash .........................................     $ 4,200,050     $ 1,624,899
  Finance Receivables - Net ....................      33,847,276      35,407,327
  Receivables - Other - Net ....................       2,988,927       4,094,975

  Prepaid expenses .............................         127,741         154,434

  Income tax receivable ........................            --         1,150,289

  Deferred income taxes ........................       1,056,686         893,000
                                                       ---------         -------
         TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ..................      42,220,680      43,324,924

FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, Net .........         494,240         538,164

OTHER ASSETS ...................................       4,203,727       2,116,343
                                                       ---------       ---------
         TOTAL ASSETS ..........................     $46,918,647     $45,979,431
                                                     ===========     ===========


                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........     $   420,356     $   446,360
  Notes payable ................................      14,373,724      14,954,582
  Income Tax Payable ...........................         240,226            --
  Credit balances of factoring clients .........       3,285,974       3,004,873
                                                       ---------       ---------
         TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES .............      18,320,280      18,405,815


NONCURRENT PORTION OF NOTES PAYABLE:
  Convertible Subordinated Notes and Other
       Non-Current Notes .......................       5,034,327       5,047,079
                                                       ---------       ---------
         TOTAL LIABILITIES .....................      23,354,607      23,452,894
                                                      ----------      ----------



                                       31

<PAGE>



                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (Continued)


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (See Note L.)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, authorized 2,000,000 shares with
    no par value; no shares issued or outstanding      -                   -

  Common  stock,  authorized  10,000,000 
    shares  with no par  value;  3,102,328
    issued; 2,318,451 outstanding at
    December 31, 1997 and 2,317,919 outstanding
    at December 31, 1996, exclusive of
    shares held in treasury ..............            40,000             40,000

Additional paid-in-capital ...............        18,852,312         18,852,312

Treasury Stock 783,877 shares at
  December 31,1997 and 784,409 at
  December 31, 1996 ......................        (5,030,594)        (5,034,584)

Retained Earnings ........................         9,702,322          8,668,809
                                                   ---------          ---------
       TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ........        23,564,040         22,526,537
                                                  ----------         ----------
                                                $ 46,918,647       $ 45,979,431
                                                ============       ============























                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       32

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


                                                              Years Ended December 31,
                                                -------------------------------------------
                                                     1997         1996            1995
                                                  ----------   ------------    ------------

<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>         
REVENUE:
    Earned discounts ........................   $  7,436,630   $ 10,025,779    $ 10,932,331
    Fees and other revenue ..................      2,569,213      2,378,782       2,065,015
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------
             TOTAL REVENUE ..................     10,005,843     12,404,561      12,997,346
                                                  ----------     ----------      ----------
EXPENSES:
    Compensation and fringe benefits ........      3,087,085      3,318,609       3,198,497
    General and administrative ..............      2,165,396      2,804,643       2,758,285
    Interest expense ........................      1,170,152      1,606,561         983,718
    Provision for credit losses .............      1,593,555      5,878,167       4,981,646
    Commissions .............................        349,157        449,225         263,100
                                                     -------        -------         -------
             TOTAL EXPENSES .................      8,365,345     14,057,205      12,185,246
                                                   ---------     ----------      ----------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES ...........      1,640,498     (1,652,644)        812,100

INCOME TAXES (BENEFITS) .....................        606,985       (611,500)        331,000
                                                     -------       --------         -------

NET INCOME (LOSS) ...........................   $  1,033,513   $ (1,041,144)   $    481,100
                                                ============   ============    ============

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
    DILUTED .................................   $        .44   $       (.45)   $       0.16
                                                ============   ============    ============
    BASIC ...................................   $        .45   $       (.45)   $       0.16
                                                ============   ============    ============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING
    DILUTED .................................      2,324,624      2,328,808       2,966,337
                                                   =========      =========       =========
    BASIC ...................................      2,318,092      2,328,308       2,966,330
                                                   =========      =========       =========
</TABLE>
















                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       33

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995


                                                      Additional
                                   Common              Paid in                Treasury               Retained
                                   Stock               Capital                 Stock                 Earnings               Total
                                 -----------        ----------------        -------------         --------------
<S>                                 <C>                <C>                                            <C>                <C>       
Balance - January 1,
1995                                $40,000            $18,852,312                                    $9,228,853         28,121,165
    Exchange of
    Convertible
    Subordinated Notes
    for 447,200 shares
    of common stock                                                            (2,871,901)                               (2,871,901)
    Net Income                         -                      -                      -                   481,100            481,100
                                  ----------          ------------            ------------            -----------       ------------
Balance - December 31,
1995                                $40,000            $18,852,312            $(2,871,901)            $9,709,953        $25,730,364
    Exchange of
    Convertible
    Subordinated Notes
    for 338,275 shares
    of common stock                       -                      -             (2,170,683)                     -         (2,170,683)
    Conversion of
    Convertible
    Subordinated Notes
    to 1,066 shares of
    common stock                          -                      -                   8,000                     -              8,000
    Net (Loss)                            -                      -                      -               (1,041,144)      (1,041,144)
                                  ----------          ------------            ------------            -----------       ------------
Balance - December 31,
1996                                $40,000            $18,852,312            $(5,034,584)            $8,668,809        $22,526,537
    Conversion of
    Convertible
    Subordinated Notes
    to 532 shares of
    common stock                          -                      -                   3,990                     -              3,990
    Net Income                            -                      -                      -                 1,033,513       1,033,513
                                  ----------          ------------            ------------            -----------       ------------
Balance - December 31,              $40,000            $18,852,312             $(5,030,594)            $9,702,322        $23,564,040
                   ===              =======            ===========             ===========             ==========        ===========
1997                                                   
</TABLE>


                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       34

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                              Years Ended December 31,
                                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                1997                  1996                  1995
                                                                           ------------         -------------         --------------

<S>                                                                         <C>                 <C>                   <C>          
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income (Loss) .............................................          $ 1,033,513         $  (1,041,144)        $     481,100
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
      to cash provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation - net ..........................................              222,124               107,664               100,093
     Provision for credit losses .................................            1,593,555             5,878,167             4,981,646
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Decrease/(Increase) in other receivables ...................            1,106,048            (1,978,133)              463,457
      Decrease/(Increase) in prepaid expenses ....................               26,693                50,389                (6,732)
      Increase in Income Tax Payable .............................              240,226                  --                    --
      Decrease/(Increase) in other assets ........................           (2,087,384)              461,955               397,760
      (Decrease)/Increase in accounts payable
         and accrued expenses ....................................              (26,004)              153,758               (11,236)
      (Increase) in deferred income tax asset ....................             (163,686)                 --
      Decrease/(Increase) in income tax receivable ...............            1,150,289              (428,208)              (93,958)
                                                                              ---------              --------               ------- 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES ........................            3,095,374             3,204,448             6,328,130
                                                                              ---------             ---------             ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Purchase of finance receivables,
      including repurchases and life insurance
      contracts ..................................................         (201,026,991)         (199,191,058)         (172,311,795)
   Collections of finance receivables,
      including repurchases and life insurance
      contracts ..................................................          200,993,487           195,019,127           162,572,708
   Increase/(Decrease) in credit balances
      of factoring clients .......................................              281,101               631,144               668,691
   Purchase of furniture, fixtures and equipment .................             (178,200)             (108,199)             (158,691)
                                                                               --------              --------              -------- 

NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES .................               69,397            (3,648,986)           (9,229,087)
                                                                                 ------            ----------            ---------- 


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from line of credit
      and other borrowings .......................................          100,490,490            58,584,464            72,153,625
   Principal payments on line of credit
      and other borrowings .......................................         (101,080,100)          (57,246,639)          (70,228,402)
   Treasury Stock Acquisition costs ..............................                  (10)              (22,683)              (33,901)
                                                                                    ---               -------               ------- 

NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES .................             (589,620)            1,315,142             1,891,322
                                                                               --------             ---------             ---------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ..................................            2,575,151               870,604            (1,009,635)

CASH, Beginning of year ..........................................            1,624,899               754,295             1,763,930
                                                                              ---------               -------             ---------

CASH, End of year ................................................         $  4,200,050           $ 1,624,899         $     754,295
                                                                           ============           ===========         =============
</TABLE>


                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       35

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (continued)



                                                                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  1997                1996                  1995
                                                                               ---------           ----------            ---------


<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>                   <C>       
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
    Interest paid ................................................            $1,121,272            $1,605,196            $1,014,406
                                                                              ==========            ==========            ==========

    Taxes paid ...................................................            $  460,000            $   14,321            $  408,958
                                                                              ==========            ==========            ==========


SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH ACTIVITIES:

    Transfer of finance and other
       receivables to other assets ...............................            $2,401,026            $2,004,423            $  267,750
                                                                              ==========            ==========            ==========

    Issuance of Convertible Subordinated
       Notes in exchange for common stock ........................            $     --              $2,148,000            $2,838,000
                                                                              ==========            ==========            ==========

    Issuance of Common Stock in Exchange
       for Subordinated Notes ....................................            $    3,990            $    8,000            $     --
                                                                              ==========            ==========            ==========
</TABLE>
























                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       36

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The accounting and reporting policies of Allstate Financial Corporation and
its subsidiaries  (collectively,  the "Company")  conform to generally  accepted
accounting  principles and the general  practices within the financial  services
industry.  Those policies that materially  affect the determination of financial
position,  results  of  operations,  and cash  flows are  summarized  below.  In
preparing its financial statements, management is required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the
dates  shown in the  consolidated  balance  sheet and the  statement  of income.
Actual results could differ  significantly  from those estimates.  In the normal
course of business,  the Company  encounters  economic  risks.  Economic risk is
comprised of interest  rate risk,  credit risk,  and market risk.  Interest rate
risk is the risk that unfavorable  discrepancies will occur between the rates of
interest earned by the Company on its receivables  portfolio at its own costs of
borrowing  funds  in the  market.  Credit  risk is the  risk of  default  on the
Company's  loan  portfolio  that  results  from  the  borrowers'   inability  or
unwillingness  to make  contractually  required  payments.  Market risk reflects
changes in the value of collateral underlying loans receivable and the valuation
of the Company's real estate owned.

     The  determination  of the  allowance for loan losses is based on estimates
that are  susceptible to  significant  changes in the economic  environment  and
market conditions.  Management  believes that, as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
the allowance  for loan losses is adequate  based on the  information  currently
available.  A worsening  or  protracted  economic  decline  could  increase  the
likelihood  of losses due to credit and market  risks and could  create the need
for substantial additions to the allowance for loan losses.

CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all material intercompany
transactions.  No segment of its  business,  other than  factoring  and  general
financing is significant in relation to the Company's  consolidated total assets
and revenues.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain amounts related to 1996 have been  reclassified to conform with the
1997 presentation.

Finance Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses


                                       37

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

     Finance Receivables consist of factored accounts receivable, Collateralized
Advances  (as  defined  below),  overadvances  secured  by general  liens,  life
insurance  contracts and non-earning  receivables.  Factored accounts receivable
are  stated  at the face  amount  outstanding,  net of  unearned  discounts,  an
allowance for credit losses,  and  participations.  Advances  collateralized  by
inventory,   equipment,   real   estate   and  other   property   (collectively,
"Collateralized  Advances") and overadvances secured by general liens are stated
at the aggregate  principal amount outstanding plus accrued earnings,  net of an
allowance for credit losses. Life insurance contracts are stated at the purchase
price paid for the contracts plus accrued earnings, net of an allowance based on
management's  estimate of the present value of the discounted cash flow from the
portfolio of life insurance contracts. Non-earning receivables are stated at the
amount advanced by the Company plus earnings  accrued to the time the accrual of
earnings is  suspended,  net of an allowance for credit  losses.  If the Company
determines  that it is not likely to  recover  from any source the amount of its
initial advance and the earned but unpaid discount,  then the Company  increases
the allowance for credit losses or reduces the carrying value of the non-earning
receivable to its  estimated  fair value and makes a charge to its allowance for
credit  losses  in an  amount  equal to the  difference  between  the  Company's
investment in the non-earning receivable and its estimated fair value.

     The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  maintained  at a level  which,  in
management's  judgment,  is sufficient to absorb losses  inherent in the finance
receivable portfolio. The allowance for credit losses is based upon management's
review and evaluation of the finance receivables  portfolio.  Factors considered
in the  establishment  of the allowance for credit losses  include  management's
evaluation  of  specific  finance   receivables,   the  adequacy  of  underlying
collateral,   historical  loss  experience,   expectations  of  future  economic
conditions and their impact on particular industries and individual clients, and
other  discretionary  factors.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is based on
estimates  of potential  future  losses,  and ultimate  losses may vary from the
current  estimates.  These  estimates  are typically  reviewed  quarterly and as
adjustments become necessary, the effects of the change in estimates are charged
against  the  allowances  for credit  losses in the period in which they  become
known. Finance receivables may be reclassified on the Company's balance sheet as
"other  receivables"  or "other assets" when, in  management's  opinion,  such a
reclassification  most  accurately  reflects the  character  of the asset.  This
usually  occurs within three to twelve  months after the client stops  factoring
with the Company. At the time of any such reclassification,  the Company usually
suspends  or  discontinues  the  accrual of  earnings  for  financial  statement
purposes.  If at any time the Company  determines  it is not likely to recover a
finance receivable in full, the receivable is appropriately written down against
the allowance.  Finance  Receivables are fully charged off against the allowance
when the Company has exhausted its

                                       38

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

efforts  against the  client's  customer,  the client,  guarantors,  other third
parties and any additional collateral retained by the Company.

     Effective  January 1, 1995,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting By Creditors for Impairment of
a Loan."  This  statement  required  the  Company to  measure  the value of each
impaired  loan based on the  present  value of its  expected  future  cash flows
discounted at the loan's effective  interest rate or, as a practical  expedient,
the loan's  observable  market price or the fair value of the  collateral if the
loan is collateral  dependent.  Effective  January 1, 1995, the Company  adopted
SFAS  No.  118,  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan - Income
Recognition  and  Disclosures."  This  Statement  amends  SFAS No. 114, to allow
creditors to use existing  methods for  recognizing  interest income on impaired
loans.


PURCHASED LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS

     Lifetime  Options,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,  provided
financial   assistance  to  individuals  facing   life-threatening   illness  by
purchasing their life insurance policies at a discount from face value.  Because
most  of  the  life  insurance   policies  purchased  by  Lifetime  Options  are
underwritten by highly rated insurance  companies (and, in many cases, backed by
state guaranty  funds),  the management of Lifetime Options believes that credit
risk  is not  material.  During  1997,  Lifetime  Options  curtailed  purchasing
policies. This decision enabled management to better focus on the Company's core
commercial  finance business at a time when competition had reduced yields,  and
medical  advances  have  created a certain  degree of  uncertainty,  in Lifetime
Options'  business.  In connection  with  curtailing  its  operations,  Lifetime
Options sold some of the life insurance policies in its portfolio.


OTHER RECEIVABLES

     Other receivables consist primarily of amounts due to the Company where the
source of payment is expected to be from legal  proceedings or other  collection
efforts instituted  against a client's  customer,  guarantors and/or other third
parties.  Other receivables typically arise from the reclassification of finance
receivables. At the time of reclassification,  other receivables are stated at a
value estimated by management based on management's assessment of the likelihood
of payment or success on the  merits,  the ability of the third party to pay and
other discretionary factors. Also, at the time of reclassification,  the accrual
of  earnings  is usually  suspended  or  discontinued  for  financial  statement
purposes. Write-downs, if any, at the time of

                                       39

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

reclassification   are  charged   against  the  allowance  for  credit   losses.
Management's  estimates  of the fair value of other  receivables  are  typically
reviewed  quarterly  and as  adjustments  become  necessary,  the effects of the
change in estimates are charged  against the allowance  for credit  losses.  The
costs of carrying and collecting  other  receivables  are generally  expensed in
operations  during the period in which they are incurred.  Other receivables are
subject to legal and other collection processes and contingencies over which the
Company does not have  exclusive  control.  Accordingly,  the amounts  which the
Company  ultimately  receives  in  payment  of other  receivables  could  differ
significantly from management's estimates.


FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

     Furniture,  fixtures and  equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is
computed using straight line and accelerated  methods over the estimated  useful
lives of the related assets.


OTHER ASSETS

     At the date of  acquisition,  other  assets are recorded at fair value less
estimated  selling  costs.  Also at the  date of  acquisition,  the  accrual  of
earnings is usually suspended or discontinued for financial  statement purposes.
Write-downs  to fair value at the date of  acquisition  are charged  against the
allowance for credit losses. Subsequent to acquisition, the asset is adjusted to
the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell and adjustments, if
any, are charged  against the allowance for credit  losses.  Operating  expenses
pertaining  to other  assets are expensed in  operations  in the period in which
they are incurred.  Gains or losses on the disposition of other assets are first
reflected in the allowance for credit losses. Any gain which exceeds the amount,
if any, previously written-off is reflected in current income.

     The amounts  ultimately  recovered  by the Company  from other assets could
differ materially from the amounts used in arriving at the net carrying value of
the assets  because of future  market  factors  beyond  the  Company's  control,
adversarial  actions  taken  by the  client  or  other  owners  of the  property
foreclosed or changes in the Company's strategy for recovering its investment.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In accordance  with the  requirements  of SFAS No. 107,  "Disclosure  About Fair
Value of Financial Instruments", which requires the disclosure of fair value

                                       40

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

information about financial  instruments when it is practicable to estimate that
fair value and excessive costs would not be incurred,  the following methods and
assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments:

     Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  -- The  carrying  amounts  for  cash and cash
     equivalents approximates fair value.

     Finance  Receivables,  Commitments  and Other  Receivables  -- The carrying
     amount of receivables  approximate fair value because of the short maturity
     of these instruments.

     Notes payable which are primarily  adjustable  rate notes,  are recorded at
     book values, which approximate the respective fair values.


UNEARNED AND EARNED DISCOUNTS ON FACTORED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     At the time of purchase,  the unearned  discount is deducted  from the face
amount of the account  receivable  purchased  and is recorded as a reduction  to
such receivable.  Unearned discounts are recognized as income in accordance with
the respective terms of the accounts receivable factoring and security agreement
between the Company and each of its clients. The factoring agreement contains an
earnings  schedule  detailing  the discount the Company is entitled to charge at
various time intervals  (typically a uniform  discount  during the first 30 days
following  the  purchase  and an  incrementally  higher  discount  every 15 days
thereafter).  The  Company  recognizes  discounts  on the first day of each time
interval.  The Company's method of recognizing  earned discounts does not differ
materially  from the  interest  method.  At the time an  account  receivable  is
purchased,  a due date is set by  management  based on the  anticipated  payment
date. This  anticipated  payment date is used to identify past due  receivables.
The  accrual  of earned  discounts  is  discontinued  when,  in the  opinion  of
management,  the collection of additional  earnings from the client's  customer,
the  client,  guarantors  or  collateral  held,  if any, is  unlikely.  Accounts
receivable  which  have  been  identified  as past due may  continue  to  accrue
earnings if, in the opinion of  management,  collection of the earnings from the
client's customer, the client, guarantors or collateral held, if any, is likely.

     When accounts receivable are placed on non-accrual status, earned discounts
theretofore  accrued in the current  year are  charged  against  current  year's
earnings if, in the opinion of  management,  the  collection of such earnings is
unlikely.  Earned discounts  accrued in prior years are charged to the allowance
for credit losses if, the opinion of management, the collection of such earnings
is unlikely.

                                       41

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)


EARNED DISCOUNTS ON COLLATERALIZED ADVANCES AND OVERADVANCES SECURED BY
GENERAL LIENS

     Earned discounts on Collateralized Advances accrue typically on the average
outstanding  amount of the  advance  during  each  calendar  month (or  fraction
thereof).  Earned  discounts  on  overadvances  secured by general  liens accrue
typically on the outstanding amount of the overadvance during successive 15- day
intervals.  In both cases, accrued earnings are typically required to be paid in
full no less frequently than monthly in arrears.


FEES AND OTHER INCOME

     Fee income includes  application  fees, letter of credit and guaranty fees,
and  commitment or facility fees received from clients.  Commitment and facility
fees are deferred and recognized  over the term of the commitment or facility on
a straight  line basis.  Application  fees are paid by clients to the Company to
cover the cost of  performing  credit  investigations  and field reviews and are
recognized  when received.  Letter of credit and guaranty fees are usually for a
sixty- to  ninety-day  period  and are  recognized  when the letter of credit or
letter of guaranty is issued.

     Other income  includes  supplemental  discounts  (i.e.,  early  termination
fees), interest income and miscellaneous income.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  recognizes  the amount of taxes  payable or  refundable in the
current  year and  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  for the  future  tax
consequences  of events that have been  recognized  in the  Company's  financial
statements or tax returns. In addition, the Company will reduce any deferred tax
assets by the  amount of any tax  benefit  that  more  than  likely  will not be
realized.


RECENTLY IMPLEMENTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In March 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board Issued SFAS No.
128, "Earnings Per Share". See Note K.

     In September 1996, SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing
of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" was issued.  SFAS No.
125 provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing

                                       42

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

       of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities, based on a
financial-components  approach  that  focuses on control.  Under this  approach,
after a  transfer  of  financial  assets,  financial  and  servicing  assets are
recognized if controlled or liabilities  are  recognized if incurred.  Financial
and  servicing  assets are removed from the balance  sheet when control has been
surrendered  and  liabilities  are removed when  extinguished.  SFAS No. 125 was
effective and adopted on January 1, 1997 and will be applied prospectively.  The
adoption  of this  Statement  did not have a  material  impact on the  Company's
financial position or results of operations.


NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In February 1997, The FASB issued SFAS No. 129, Disclosure of Information
about Capital Structure. SFAS No. 129 consolidates the existing guidance from
several other pronouncements relating to an entities capital structure.

     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income.
This   pronouncement   establishes   standards  for  reporting  and  display  of
comprehensive income and its components (revenue, expenses, gains and losses) in
a full set of general purpose  financial  statements.  SFAS No. 130 is effective
for financial statements beginning after December 15, 1997.

     Additionally,  in June of 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  Disclosures
about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information.   SFAS  No.  131
establishes  standards for the way that public  enterprises  report  information
about operating  segments in the annual  financial  statements and requires that
those  enterprises  report  selected  information  about  operating  segments in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas and major
customers.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for financial  statements  beginning after
December 15, 1997.

     The implementation of these statements will only impact the presentation of
certain  components of the Company's  financial  statements and related footnote
disclosures.



                                       43

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

B. RECEIVABLES

     Finance receivables net consist of the following:

                                                            December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                      1997              1996
                                                 ------------      -------------

Factored accounts receivable ...............     $ 30,417,522      $ 22,390,229
Collateralized Advances ....................        7,236,040         8,808,455
Overadvances and accrued earnings
  collateralized by general liens ..........        1,372,526         1,849,778
Life Insurance Contracts ...................        3,455,868         5,368,266
Non-Earning Receivables ....................          828,850         4,547,893
                                                      -------         ---------

     Gross Finance Receivables .............       43,310,806        42,964,621
Less:  Participation .......................       (2,208,959)       (1,000,000)
Less:  Unearned discount ...................       (5,274,640)       (4,278,322)
Less: Allowance for Credit Losses -
     (including $275,000 allocated to
     Lifetime Options at December 31,
        1997 and $0 at December 31, 1996)...       (1,979,931)       (2,278,972)
                                                   ----------        ---------- 
     Finance receivables, net ..............     $ 33,847,276      $ 35,407,327
                                                 ============      ============


Factored  accounts  receivable  usually  become due within a maximum of 90 days.
After this time,  the  Company  either  requires  the client to repay the amount
advanced on the  receivable  plus the earned  discount  under the full  recourse
provisions of its  agreements  or,  depending on an analysis of  collectibility,
extends the payment  terms of the  receivable  through a process  referred to as
"repurchasing" the receivable.  If at any time the Company determines that it is
unlikely  to receive  payment  on a factored  account  receivable,  the  Company
retains  the right to require  its  clients to repay the amount the  Company has
advanced on the receivable plus the amount of discount earned.

      Collateralized  Advances secured by fixed assets (e.g.,  equipment or real
estate) are  typically  required to be repaid  based on a 36 month  amortization
schedule  (although the amortization  schedule in certain  circumstances  may be
significantly  longer) with a final  balloon  payment due not more than one year
after  the  making of the  Collateralized  Advance.  If at the time the  balloon
payment is due the Company's  funding  relationship with the client is extended,
the Company  will  typically  renegotiate  the balloon  payment.  Collateralized
Advances  secured by current  assets (e.g.  inventory) are subject to a daily or
weekly  borrowing  base  formula and come due in a single,  lump sum payment not
more than one year after the making of the initial such Collateralized

                                       44

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

Advance.  If at the time such payment is due the Company's funding  relationship
with the client is extended,  the Company will typically  extend the maturity of
the lump sum payment.

      Overadvances  secured by general  liens are  required to be repaid in full
(either in  installments  or in a single,  lump sum payment) in as little as one
week or as long as six months in accordance with a written agreement between the
Company and its client.

Other receivables consist of the following:

                                                            December 31,
                                                    --------------------------- 
                                                       1997              1996
                                                   -----------      -----------
Third party receivables in collection ........     $ 3,747,587      $ 4,389,580
Miscellaneous ................................             340            5,395
Less: Allowance for credit losses ............        (759,000)        (300,000)
                                                      --------         -------- 
                                                   $ 2,988,927      $ 4,094,975
                                                   ===========      ===========

All receivables are pledged as collateral  under a revolving line of credit (See
Footnote F).

    Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows:

    BALANCE, January 1, 1995                 $ 2,510,778

         Provision for credit losses           4,981,646
         Receivables charged off              (5,193,525)
         Recoveries                               52,069
                                                  ------

    BALANCE, December 31, 1995                 2,350,968

         Provision for credit losses           5,878,167
         Receivables charged off              (5,711,065)
         Recoveries                               60,902
                                                  ------

    BALANCE, December 31, 1996                 2,578,972

         Provision for credit losses           1,593,555
         Receivables charged off              (1,775,586)
         Recoveries                              341,990
                                                 -------

    BALANCE, December 31, 1997               $ 2,738,931
                                             ===========



                                       45

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

    The  allowance  for credit  losses is  classified  in the  balance  sheet as
follows:

                                                      December 31,
                                          ----------------------------------
                                               1997                 1996
                                           ----------            -----------

         Gross Finance Receivables         $1,979,931             $2,278,972
         Other Receivable                     759,000                300,000
                                              -------                -------
                                           $2,738,931             $2,578,972
                                           ==========             ==========

     Impairment of loans having  recorded  value of $4,759,528 and $3,396,661 at
December  31,  1997 and 1996  have  been  recognized  in  conformity  with  FASB
statements No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as amended
by FASB  statement No. 118,  Accounting by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan -
Income Recognition and Disclosures.  The average recorded investment in impaired
loans during 1997,  1996, and 1995 was $4,078,095,  $3,396,661,  and $3,307,474,
respectively.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  related  to these  loans was
$1,055,294,  $525,000,  and  $1,549,500  at December 31, 1997,  1996,  and 1995,
respectively.  The Company  suspended  the  recording of income from these loans
once deemed impaired.

C. FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

      The  Company's  investment  in  property  and  equipment  consists  of the
following:
                                                            December 31,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                      1997               1996
                                                  ----------          ---------

       Furniture , fixtures and equipment         $1,145,785          $ 993,039
       Automobiles                                   156,810            149,141
       Less: Accumulated depreciation               (808,355)          (604,016)
                                                    --------           -------- 
                                                  $  494,240          $ 538,164
                                                  ==========          =========

     The  furniture,  fixtures and equipment  are pledged as collateral  under a
revolving line of credit (see Note F). Also,  the Company  pledged an automobile
as collateral under a capital lease.


                                       46

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

D. OTHER ASSETS

      Other assets consist of:
                                                             December 31,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                      1997              1996
                                                  ----------        -----------
    Commercial property held for sale and
          receivables secured by mortgages        $3,941,160        $1,883,768
    Condominium, not used in trade or
          business                                   232,575           232,575
    Deferred loan costs                               29,992
                                                      ------        -----------
                                                  $4,203,727        $2,116,343
                                                  ==========        ==========

    Included in  commercial  property held for sale are certain  properties  for
which the Company does not hold title.  Rather,  the Company holds  mortgages on
these  assets  in  which  the  client  or other  obligor  has no  equity  in the
collateral  at its current  estimated  fair value.  Proceeds for  repayment  are
expected to come only from the sale of the collateral,  and either the client or
other obligor has abandoned control of the asset or it is doubtful the client or
other obligor will rebuild  equity in the  collateral or repay the receivable by
other means in the  foreseeable  future.  At December 31, 1997, one property was
under contract for an aggregate selling price of $750,000.


E. CREDIT BALANCES OF FACTORING CLIENTS

      At  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  credit  balances  of  factoring  clients
consist of: (i) a holdback  reserve of $1,740,046 and $1,246,756,  respectively,
which is payable to clients upon the collection of factored accounts receivable,
(ii) a factors  reserve of $428,067  in 1997 and -0- in 1996  (which  represents
amounts due to factoring  clients  subject to contractual  limitation) and (iii)
cash collateral of $1,117,861 and $1,758,117 respectively.




                                       47

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

                                F. NOTES PAYABLE

      Notes payable consist of:
                                                              December 31,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                         1997           1996
                                                      ----------     ----------
Notes  payable -  related  parties;
    interest  payable  at 1/4%  over  prime due
    December 31, 1999 and on demand;
    unsecured                                           $156,216      $164,969
Notes payable; interest payable
    at 1/4% over prime due December 31,
    1999 and on demand, unsecured                         21,827        21,827
Convertible  Subordinated  Notes
    due September 30, 2000 - interest at 1.25%
    over prime; unsecured; total authorized
    amount - $5,000,000                                4,974,000     4,978,000
Revolving line of credit - interest
    at .25% over the base rate or 2.25%
    over LIBOR; collateralized by finance
    receivables and personal
    property;  total line - $25,000,000               14,250,081    14,825,012
Capitalized Lease - Payable over 24 months;
    final payment due April, 1998,
    collateralized by automobile.                          5,927        11,853
                                                           -----        ------

                                                     $19,408,051   $20,001,661
                                                     ===========   ===========

At December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the prime rate was 8.50%,  8.25% and 8.50%,
respectively.

These notes payable are classified on the balance sheet as follows:

                                                           December 31,
                                               -------------------------------- 
                                                   1997                1996
                                               -----------         -----------

Current portion of notes payable               $14,373,724         $14,954,582
Noncurrent portion of notes payable -
    Convertible Subordinated Notes and
    Other Notes                                  5,034,327           5,047,079
                                                 ---------           ---------
                                               $19,408,051         $20,001,661
                                               ===========         ===========

    The  majority  of the notes  payable  to  related  parties  arose  from cash
advances made to the Company prior to 1990 and are due to individuals related to
the former principal owners of the Company. Interest expense on notes

                                       48

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

payable to related  parties for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
was $15,187, $15,400, and $16,200, respectively.

    Aggregate  annual  principal  payments  on notes  payable for the five years
subsequent to December 31, 1997 are as follows:

              Twelve Months Ending December 31,
              ---------------------------------
                           1998                    $14,373,724
                           1999                         60,327
                           2000                      4,974,000
                           2001                          -
                           2002                          -
                                                   -----------
                                                   $19,408,051
                                                   ===========

      As of  December  31,  1997 the Company  had  approximately  $10.8  million
available under a $25.0 million secured revolving line of credit.  The revolving
line of credit contains  various sub facilities  which limit its use. The entire
facility is available  for the  purchase of accounts  receivable;  however,  the
Company may borrow only (i) $5.0  million  secured by machinery  and  equipment,
(ii) $2.5 million  secured by  inventory,  and (iii) issue up to $5.0 million of
Letters of Credit.  Borrowings  under the credit  facility  bear  interest  at a
spread  over the  bank's  base rate or a spread  over  LIBOR,  at the  Company's
election.  The Company is subject to  covenants  which are typical in  revolving
credit  facilities  of this  type.  The  current  maturity  date of this  credit
facility is May 27, 2000.

      Bank  commitment fee expense for the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996
and 1995 was $27,828, $38,400, and $41,900, respectively.

      As of December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding
approximately  $4,974,000 and $4,978,000,  respectively,  in aggregate principal
amount of  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes issued in exchange for shares of the
Company's common stock  (currently held by the Company as treasury  stock).  The
Convertible  Subordinated  Notes were issued in exchange  for 785,475  shares of
common stock.  The  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes (i) mature on September 30,
2000,  (ii) currently  bear interest at a rate of 9.5% per annum,  which rate of
interest  fluctuates  with the prime  rate,  but may not fall  below 8% nor rise
above 10% per annum,  (iii) are convertible  into common stock of the Company at
$7.50 per share,  (iv) are  subordinated  in right of  payment to the  Company's
obligations  under its secured  revolving  credit  facility  and (v) were issued
pursuant  to an  indenture  which  contains  certain  covenants  which  are less
restrictive  than those  contained in the  Company's  secured  revolving  credit
facility.  Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events,  the holders
of the  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  have  the  right to have  their  notes
redeemed at par. During 1997 and 1996, $4,000 and $8,000 of Convertible

                                       49

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

Subordinated  Notes were  converted into 532 and 1,066 shares of common stock of
the Company, respectively.

G. STOCK OPTION AND BENEFIT PLANS

     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This Statement gives the Company
the option of either: 1) continuing to account for stock options and other forms
of stock  compensation paid to employees under the current accounting rules (APB
No.  25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued to  Employees")  while  providing  the
disclosures  required under SFAS No. 123, or 2) adopting SFAS No. 123 accounting
for all stock  compensation  arrangements.  The Company continues to account for
stock  options  under APB No. 25 and  provides  the  additional  disclosures  as
required by SFAS No. 123.

      The Company has reserved 275,000 shares of common stock for issuance under
its qualified stock option plan. Options to purchase common stock are granted at
a price equal to the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant or 110%
of fair market value of the stock at the date of grant for  stockholders  owning
10% or more of the combined  voting stock of the Company.  The  following  table
summarizes qualified stock option transactions from 1995 through 1997.
                                            Total              Option Price
                                           Options               Per Share
                                          ---------          ----------------

   Outstanding, January 1, 1995             94,437            $5.75 to $14.00
      Granted                                1,200            $5.38 to $ 7.69
      Forfeited                            (53,470)           $5.88 to $14.00
                                           ------- 

   Outstanding, December 31, 1995           42,167            $5.37 to $14.00
      Granted                              116,100            $5.62 to $ 6.75
      Forfeited                            (24,867)           $5.43 to $14.00
                                           -------  

   Outstanding, December 31, 1996          133,400 1          $5.37 to $14.00
      Granted                                1,200            $5.62 to $ 6.75
      Forfeited                               (800)           $5.43 to $14.00
                                              ---- 

   Outstanding, December 31, 1997           133,800
                                            =======

   Exercisable, December 31, 1997            49,301
                                             ======
- --------
       1 In December 1997, the expiration date on 15,000 stock options issued in
December 1992 was extended from December 1997 to June 15, 1998. No  compensation
was  recorded  since the  exercise  price was in excess of the market price when
extended.

                                       50

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)


        The Company has  reserved  150,000  shares of common  stock for issuance
under its non-qualified  stock option plan. Options to purchase shares of common
stock are granted at a price equal to the fair value of the stock at the date of
grant  except in the case of  options  granted to  directors,  in which case the
minimum  price is the  greater  of $7.00  and 110% of fair  value at the time of
grant. The following table summarizes  non-qualified  stock option  transactions
from 1995 through 1997:

                                               Total           Option Price
                                              Options            Per Share
                                             ---------       ---------------
                                                       
        Outstanding, January 1, 1995            8,668        $7.13 to $14.00
           Granted                             10,000        $5.60
           Forfeited                           (6,668)       $7.13
                                               ------        

        Outstanding, December 31, 1995         12,000        $5.60 to $14.00
           Granted                             23,000        $7.00
           Forfeited                          (10,000)       $5.60
                                              -------       

        Outstanding, December 31, 1996         25,000        $7.00 to $14.00
           Granted                             44,000        $7.00
           Forfeited                              -          $5.60
                                              -------

        Outstanding, December 31, 1997         69,000        $5.60 to $14.00
                                               ======

        Exercisable, December 31, 1997         69,000
                                               ======


        The table below summarizes the stock option activity for both plans:

                                           1997           1996          1995
                                         -------         -------       -------

        Outstanding at January 1         158,400          54,167       103,105
           Granted                        45,200         139,100        11,200
           Exercised                        --                --            --
           Forfeited                        (800)        (34,867)      (60,138)

        Outstanding at December 31       202,800         158,400        54,167

        Exercisable at December 31       118,301          40,794        34,231



                                       51

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

     The weighted average fair value at date of grant for options granted during
1997 and 1996 was $2.29 and  $2.37,  respectively.  The fair value of options at
date of grant was  estimated  using the  Black-Scholes  model  with an  expected
option  life of 3.1  years and 3.9  years in 1997 and  1996,  and the  following
weighted average assumptions,  respectively, for 1997 and 1996: dividend yield -
none either year; interest rate - 6.86% and 6.25%;  volatility 38.00% and 42.00%
for the respective year.  Weighted average option exercise price information for
years 1997, 1996 and 1995:


        Per Share                           1997            1996           1995
                                          ------          -------         ------
        Outstanding at January 1           $6.45           $8.64          $8.56
           Granted                         $6.16           $5.96          $5.67
           Exercised                         --              --             --
           Forfeited                       $6.22           $7.79          $7.68
        Outstanding at December 31         $6.24           $6.45          $8.64

        Exercisable at December 31         $7.04          $10.50          $9.10


Proforma Disclosure

     The  Company's  net income  would have been reduced by $74,712 or $0.03 per
share  basic and  dilutive  for 1997 in  stock-based  compensation  cost for the
Company's  qualified and  non-qualified  stock option plans if the plan had been
determined  based on the fair  value at the  grant  dates for  awards  under the
plans.  The Company's net loss would have been increased by $49,000 or $0.02 per
share basic and  dilutive  for 1996  compared  to a  reduction  of net income of
$2,000 with no change in the earnings per share in 1995. The proforma  effect on
net income for 1996 and 1995 is not representative of the proforma effect on net
income in future  years  because  it does not take into  consideration  proforma
compensation expense related to grants made prior to 1995.

     Effective  January 1, 1990,  the Company  adopted the  "Allstate  Financial
Corporation  401(k) Retirement Plan" (the Plan) for the benefit of the Company's
employees.  The Plan  provides for the deferral of up to 15% of a  participating
employee's  salary,   subject  to  certain  limitations,   and  a  discretionary
contribution  by  the  Company.  The  Company's  contribution  is  allocated  to
participating   employees   based  on  relative   compensation.   The  Company's
contribution  for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 was $45,704,
$45,751, and $34,563, respectively.



                                       52

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

H. INCOME TAXES

      The tax provision consists of:
                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            1997          1996           1995
Federal:
  Current ..........................    $ 765,405      $(591,200)      $276,500
  Deferred .........................     (160,100)       (65,900)        16,000
                                         --------        -------         ------
                                          605,305       (657,100)       292,500
                                          -------       --------        -------

State:
  Current ..........................        5,266        (20,300)        38,500
  Deferred .........................       (3,586)        65,900           --
                                           ------         ------             
                                            1,680         45,600         38,500
                                            -----         ------         ------

    TOTAL ..........................    $ 606,985      $(611,500)      $331,000
                                        =========      =========       ========


Tax Expense at Statutory Rate ......    $ 557,770      $(561,900)      $276,100
Increase (Decrease)
  Resulting from:
  State Income Taxes,
    Net of Federal Income
    Tax Effect .....................         --          (15,800)        24,500
  Non-deductible expense ...........       20,100         25,200         19,100
  Other ............................       29,115        (59,000)        11,300
                                           ------        -------         ------
                                        $ 606,985      $(611,500)      $331,000
                                        =========      =========       ========

Effective Tax Rate .................        37.0%          37.0%          40.8%
                                            ====           ====           ==== 




                                                          December 31,
                                                 ---------------------------
                                                    1997              1996
                                                 ---------         --------

      Deferred tax asset:
        Allowance for credit losses              $1,056,686         $893,000
                                                 ==========         ========




                                       53

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

I. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

      Certain  members  of the  immediate  families  of Eugene  Haskin  and Leon
Fishman, directly or through trusts, have provided financing to Lifetime Options
through unsecured loans with interest payable monthly at an annual interest rate
of 1/4% over the prime rate. One-quarter percent over the prime rate is the same
rate paid by the Company to its unaffiliated, bank lenders.

      Lifetime Options' total  indebtedness to members of Mr. Haskin's immediate
family was $15,146 at December 31, 1997 and 1996. During 1997 and 1996, Lifetime
Options  paid   aggregate   interest  on  these  loans  of  $1,451  and  $1,427,
respectively.

      Lifetime  Options'  total   indebtedness  to  members  of  Leon  Fishman's
immediate  family was $38,071 at December 31, 1997,  and $46,823 at December 31,
1996. During 1997 and 1996,  Lifetime Options paid aggregate  interest of $3,875
and $4,229, respectively.

      Rental  payments of $24,000 were received by the Company in 1997, 1996 and
1995,  respectively,  from Leon Fishman, the Company's current Vice Chairman and
former President, for the personal use of a condominium owned by a subsidiary of
the Company.


J.    FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CREDIT
      CONCENTRATIONS

      The Company is a party to financial  obligations  with  off-balance  sheet
risk in the  normal  course  of  business  to meet  the  financing  needs of its
clients. These financial obligations include conditional commitments to purchase
receivables,   obligations   under   guaranties   issued  by  the   Company  and
reimbursement  obligations  under  letters of credit  issued  for the  Company's
account. These obligations involve, to varying degrees,  elements of credit risk
in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet.

      The Company's maximum exposure to credit loss under financial  obligations
with off-balance sheet risk is represented by the contractual or notional amount
of these  obligations.  The  Company  uses the same  credit  policies  in making
conditional  commitments  and incurring  contingent  obligations  as it does for
on-balance sheet  obligations.  These commitments have fixed expiration dates or
other  termination  clauses and usually  require payment of a fee by the client.
Since many of the  commitments  may expire  without being drawn upon,  the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily  represent future cash  requirements.  The
Company receives collateral to secure letters of credit and guaranties.

                                       54

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

      Financial  obligations whose contract or notional amounts represent credit
risk are as follows:
                                                            December 31,
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                         1997          1996
                                                    -----------     -----------
      Conditional Commitments to purchase
         receivables                                $57,948,000     $66,641,000
      Standby letters of credit and guaranties      $   219,927     $   336,230


      For the year ended  December  31,  1997,  gross  earnings  from one client
accounted  for 35% of the Company's  total earned  discounts as compared to 1996
where two clients accounted for 31% of the Company's total earned discounts.  At
December 31, 1997 and 1996,  two clients each accounted for more than 10% of the
Company's outstanding gross finance receivables.


K. NET INCOME PER SHARE

      In March 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share".  SFAS No. 128  supersedes  APB No. 15 to conform
earnings  per share with  international  standards  as well as to  simplify  the
complexity  of the  computation  under APB No. 15.  SFAS No. 128  requires  dual
presentation  of basic and diluted  earnings per share on the face of the income
statement.  Basic  earnings  per share  excludes  dilution  and is  computed  by
dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average  number
of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects
the potential  dilution  that could occur if  securities  or other  contracts to
issue common stock were exercised or converted  into common stock.  SFAS No. 128
is effective for both interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 1997.
The basic and  dilutive  earnings per share are  reflected  in the  statement of
operations.

      The  following  table  details  the  calculation  of the basic and diluted
Earnings per share.


                                       55

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)


                                          Income (Loss)    Shares     Per-Share
                                          (Numerator)   (Denominator)   Amount
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
Basic EPS:
 Net Income available to common          $   481,100      2,966,330     $0.16
                                                                        =====
 Stockholders

Effect of Dilutive Securities:
 Stock Options                                   -                7
                                         -----------      ---------
Diluted EPS:
 Net Income available to common
 stockholders plus assumed
 conversions                             $   481,100      2,966,337     $0.16
                                         ===========      =========     =====
Year Ended December 31, 1996:
Basic EPS:
 Net (Loss)                             $(1,041,144)      2,328,308    $(0.45)
                                                                       =======
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
 Stock Options                                  -              -
                                        ------------      ---------
Diluted EPS:
 Net Loss plus assumed
 conversions                            $(1,041,144)      2,328,308    $(0.45)
                                                                       =======
Year Ended December 31, 1997:
Basic EPS:
 Net Income available to common
 Stockholders                             $1,033,513      2,318,092     $0.45
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
 Stock Options                                   -            6,532
                                          ----------      ---------
Diluted EPS:
 Net Income available to common
 stockholders plus assumed
 conversions                              $1,033,513      2,324,624     $0.44
                                          ==========      =========     =====

During 1997 and 1995,  there were various  options to purchase  84,349 and 1,095
shares of common stock which were not included in the computation of the diluted
EPS because the  options'  exercise  price was greater  than the average  market
price of the common shares.


                                       56

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

The Company  incurred a net loss for the year ended December 31, 1996. Since the
inclusion of stock options in the  computation  of diluted EPS would have had an
antidilutive effect, the common shares associated with the options were excluded
from the computation.

The  convertible  subordinated  notes,  which convert into the Company's  common
stock at $7.50 per share, were also excluded from the computation of the diluted
EPS because the conversion  price was greater than the market price at any given
point during the three years ended December 31, 1997.


L. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      The Company leases office space under operating leases with Consumer Price
Index  escalations and rental  escalations  based on increases in base operating
expenses as defined in the  agreements.  The Company's  headquarter's  lease was
renegotiated  during  1995 and  extended  for six years to December 1, 2001 at a
reduced rental. The Company also pays rent for subsidiaries and storage space.

      Future minimum rental payments are as follows:

              Twelve Months Ended December 31,
              --------------------------------

                           1998                         265,000
                           1999                         270,000
                           2000                         276,000
                           2001                         267,000
                                                        -------
                                                     $1,078,000
                                                     ==========

      Rent expense was  $210,126, $200,539, and $232,500, in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.

      The  Company  is a  defendant  in White,  Trustee  v.  Allstate  Financial
Corporation  pending in the U.S.  Bankruptcy  Court for the Western  District of
Pennsylvania.  The Company provided receivables financing and advances for Lyons
Transportation  Lines,  Inc.  ("Lyons").  Lyons was the  subject of a  leveraged
buy-out  and  subsequently  filed a  bankruptcy  petition.  In 1991,  the Lyons'
trustee  brought an action  against the Company  claiming,  among other  things,
fraudulent transfer and breach of contract.  In late 1994, the Company reached a
settlement  agreement  with the  Lyons'  trustee,  subject  to  approval  by the
bankruptcy court, which would have released the Company from all claims upon the
payment of $300,000.  In connection  with the  settlement,  the Company paid and
added  $300,000 to the  provision  for credit  losses in 1994. A creditor in the
bankruptcy proceeding, Sherwin-Williams Company, objected to

                                       57

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

the proposed  settlement  amount and, in March 1995, the objection was sustained
by the  bankruptcy  court.  The  $300,000  previously  paid by the  Company  was
returned  to the  Company in April  1996;  however,  the  Company  continues  to
maintain a liability for this amount. The matter is currently being litigated in
the District  Court.  Management  does not believe at this time that the Company
has a material  exposure  significantly in excess of the previously  agreed upon
settlement amount.

      In  connection  with the same  transaction,  the Company was also named in
January 1994 as a defendant in  Sherwin-Williams  Company v. Robert Castello et.
al.  pending in the United States  District  Court for the Northern  District of
Ohio.  Sherwin-Williams  is  suing  all  parties  with  any  involvement  in the
transaction  to  recover  damages  allegedly  incurred  by  Sherwin-Williams  in
connection  with the leveraged  buy-out and the  bankruptcy  litigation  arising
therefrom.  Sherwin-Williams  asserts  that it has or will  incur  pension  fund
liabilities  and  other  liabilities  as a  result  of  the  transaction  in the
approximate amount of $11 million and has asserted claims against the Company in
that amount. The complaint asserts,  among other things,  that the purchasers of
Lyons breached their purchase  agreement with  Sherwin-Williams  by pledging the
assets of Lyons to the Company to obtain the down payment. The Company was not a
party to the purchase agreement. In response to the complaint, the Company filed
a motion to dismiss all claims. In March 1997, a Federal magistrate  recommended
to the  District  court  that the  Company's  motion to  dismiss  the six claims
contained  in  the  original  complaint  be  granted.  However,  the  magistrate
recommended  that the Company's motion to dismiss two new claims contained in an
amended  complaint be denied.  The District  Court  sustained  the  magistrate's
recommendation.  The Company  believes that it has  meritorious  defenses to the
Counterclaims  and  intends  to  vigorously  defend  all  claims.  However,  the
litigation is in the  preliminary  stage and the  probability  of a favorable or
unfavorable  outcome  and the  potential  amount  of  loss,  if any,  cannot  be
determined or estimated at this time.

     The Company is a counterclaim  defendant in Allstate Financial  Corporation
v. A.G.  Construction,  Inc.  (n/k/a  A.G.  Plumbing,  Inc.),  American  General
Construction  Corp., Adam Guziczek and Cheryl Lee Guziczek pending in the United
States  Bankruptcy  Court for the  Southern  District  of New York.  The Company
provided receivable financing to A.G. Construction,  Inc. (n/k/a/ A.G. Plumbing,
Inc.) in 1988 and to American  General  Construction  Corp.  (hereinafter,  A.G.
Construction, Inc. (n/k/a A.G. Plumbing) and American General Construction shall
be  collectively  referred  to as "AG")  in  1991.  AG's  primary  business  was
renovation of public housing for the City of New York.  Adam and Cheryl Guziczek
(hereinafter  collectively referred to as "Guziczek")  personally guaranteed the
obligation  due the  Company  under  the  financing  arrangement.  In  1993,  AG
defaulted on its obligations under the financing

                                       58

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

arrangement with the Company. Thereafter, the Company confessed judgment against
AG and  Guziczek in Virginia  and  commenced  actions in New York to enforce the
guaranties  and to attempt  recovery on the confessed  judgments.  In one of the
actions,  an  answer  and  counterclaim  against  the  Company  was  filed.  The
counterclaim  asserted  claims  for  usury,  diversion  of  proceeds  of  public
improvement  contracts,  and  overpayments  to the  Company  by AG in  excess of
$2,000,000  (hereinafter the "Counterclaims").  No specific damage claims amount
was set forth in the Counterclaims.

      On August 1, 1994,  Guziczek  filed a voluntary  Chapter 11 petition under
the United States Bankruptcy Code and on June 14, 1995 the case was converted to
a Chapter 7  proceeding.  On  January 3,  1996,  AG filed a  separate  voluntary
Chapter 7 petition.  No action was ever taken by the trustee in the  Guziczek or
AG bankruptcy  proceedings  to pursue the  Counterclaims.  On June 2, 1997,  the
trustee for the AG bankruptcy  estate filed a motion to abandon  certain  claims
against the Company,  including all claims that the Company diverted proceeds of
public  improvement  contracts.  On  October 7, 1997,  New York  Surety  Company
(hereinafter  referred to as the  "Surety")  filed  pleadings  objecting  to the
abandonment of such claims against the Company.  The Surety provided the payment
and performance  bond to AG in connection with the  construction  jobs performed
for the City of New  York.  In its  pleadings,  the  Surety  asserts  that it is
subrogated   to  AG's  claims  and  thereby  seeks  to  intervene  and  file  an
intervenor's  complaint against the Company.  The proposed  complaint adopts the
Counterclaims   and  seeks  an  accounting.   The  Surety  asserts   damages  of
approximately  $4,000,000.  The Company believes it has meritorious  defenses to
the  Counterclaims  and intends to vigorously  defend all claims.  However,  the
litigation is in the  preliminary  stage and the  probability  of a favorable or
unfavorable  outcome  and the  potential  amount  of  loss,  if any,  cannot  be
determined or estimated at this time.

      Except as  described  above,  the  Company is not party to any  litigation
other than routine proceedings  incidental to its business, and the Company does
not expect that these  proceedings  will have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company.  From time to time,  the Company is required to initiate  litigation to
collect  amounts owed by former clients,  guarantors or obligors.  In connection
with such  litigation,  the Company  periodically  encounters  counterclaims  by
defendant(s) for material amounts.  Such counterclaims are typically without any
factual  basis and,  management  believes,  are usually  asserted for  defensive
purposes by the litigant.

Additional Information Regarding Directors and Officers

      On  December  29,  1997,  Value  Partners  (a  shareholder  with  a  26.6%
beneficial ownership interest including  Convertible  Subordinated Notes held by
Value Partners) together with three other shareholders of the Company who

                                       59

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

are also  independent  directors  (collectively,  the  "Ewing  Group"),  filed a
petition in the Circuit court for Arlington County, Virginia against the Company
seeking to (i)  invalidate  the election of directors held at the annual meeting
of  shareholders  on  November  18,  1997,  (ii)  order a new 1997  election  of
directors  and (iii) enjoin the Board of Directors of the Company from acting as
such without court approval pending a new election.  In support of its petition,
the Ewing Group  alleged that a majority of the Board of Directors  had breached
an  agreement  reached at the  September  24, 1997 meeting of the Board to elect
David W.  Campbell  Chairman  of the board,  create an  Executive  Committee,  a
majority of whose members would be members of the Ewing Group,  and retain Value
Partners'  counsel,  Elias,  Matz,  Tiernan and  Herrick  LLP, as counsel to the
Company.  The Company denied the Ewing Group's  allegations,  asserting that, by
withholding authority to vote for five nominees at the November 1997 shareholder
meeting,  the Ewing Group had  breached an  understanding  to support all of the
Board's  nominees for election.  The Company also asserted that, in light of his
unsatisfactory  performance between October and November, it would not be in the
best  interests  of the  Company  and its  shareholders  to elect  Mr.  Campbell
Chairman of the Board. After discovery and evidentiary and other hearings before
the court,  the Ewing Group and the  Company  agreed to the entry of a decree by
the court ordering a meeting of shareholders on May 12, 1998, the date otherwise
specified in the Company's Amended By-Laws, as amended, as the date for the 1998
annual meeting of shareholders.


                                       60

<PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

                                                       SCHEDULE  IV


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   INDEBTEDNESS OF AND TO RELATED PARTIES - NOT CURRENT



                               
                               Balance at                                          Balance End of Period
                               Beginning of                          Amounts       ----------------------
Name of Debtor                   Period         Additions              Paid           Current   Not Current
- --------------                ------------     ----------          -----------      ---------   -----------



<S>                            <C>              <C>                  <C>              <C>          <C>     
Year Ended December 31, 1997:

Various                        $164,968         $ 4,248              $  13,000        $103,000     $ 53,216
                               ========         =======              =========        ========     ========

Year Ended December 31, 1996:

Various                        $161,788         $ 3,180              $   -            $103,000     $ 61,968
                               ========         =======              ====             ========     ========

Year Ended December 31, 1995:

Various                        $161,788         $  -                 $    -           $103,000     $ 58,788
                               ========         ===                  =====            ========     ========
</TABLE>





                                       61

                                     <PAGE>


                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (continued)

SIGNATURES

In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                   ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                               By:
                                   Craig Fishman, President and CEO

In accordance  with the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  this report has been
signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the  registrant  and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


                                         Craig Fishman
Date                                     President, Chief Executive
                                         Officer, Director

                                         Lawrence M. Winkler
Date                                     Secretary/Treasurer,
                                         Principal Accounting,
                                         Chief Financial Officer

                                         Eugene R. Haskin
Date                                     Director

                                         James Spector
Date                                     Director

                                         Leon Fishman
Date                                     Director

                                         Alan Freeman
Date                                     Director

                                         Lawrence Vecker
Date                                     Director

                                       62

<PAGE>




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT

                                       AND

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                                   (AS AGENT)

                                       AND

                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                                       AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
                                  (AS LENDERS)

                                      WITH


                         ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                   (BORROWER)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                               AS OF MAY 28, 1997


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------









<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                REVOLVING CREDIT
                                       AND
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT


                  Amended and Restated  Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement
("Agreement") dated as of May __, 1997 between ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a
corporation   organized   under  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of  Virginia
("Borrower"),   the  undersigned  financial  institutions   (collectively,   the
"Lenders"  and  individually  a "Lender")  and IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
("IBJS"), as agent for Lenders (IBJS, in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                   BACKGROUND

                  Borrower  is a party  with  Lenders  and Agent to a  Revolving
Credit and  Security  Agreement  dated as of May 13,  1994 (as the same has been
amended,  restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified,  from time to time, the
"Existing  Agreement") pursuant to which Agent and Lenders provide Borrower with
certain financial accommodations.

                  By execution of this  Agreement,  Borrower,  Lenders and Agent
intend to amend and restate the Existing  Agreement  in its entirety  and, as so
amended and  restated,  the Existing  Agreement  shall read in full as set forth
herein on the Effective Date.

                  IN  CONSIDERATION  of the mutual  covenants  and  undertakings
herein contained, Borrower and Lenders hereby agree as follows:

                            AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

           As of the date of this Agreement, the terms,  conditions,  covenants,
agreements,  representations and warranties  contained in the Existing Agreement
shall be deemed  amended and  restated in their  entirety as follows;  provided,
however,  nothing contained in this Agreement shall impair,  limit or affect the
Liens  heretofore  granted,  pledged  and/or  assigned  to Agent for the ratable
benefit of Lenders with respect to Collateral as security for the Obligations to
Agent and Lenders under the Existing Agreement.

I.         DEFINITIONS.

           1.1.  Accounting  Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the  Revolving
Credit Note,  or any  certificate,  report or other  document  made or delivered
pursuant  to this  Agreement,  accounting  terms not  defined in Section  1.2 or
elsewhere in this Agreement and  accounting  terms partly defined in Section 1.2
to the extent not  defined,  shall have the  respective  meanings  given to them
under GAAP.

           1.2.        General Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement the
following terms shall have the following meanings:




<PAGE>



                       "Account Debtor" shall mean any Person who may become
obligated under, with respect to, or on account of, a Receivable.

                       "Advances" shall mean and include, without
duplication, the Revolving Advances, the Inventory Value Advances,
the Equipment Value Advances and Letters of Credit.

                       "Advance Rates" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1(a) hereof.

                       "Affiliate" of any Person shall mean (a) any Person
(other than a Subsidiary)  which,  directly or indirectly,  is in control of, is
controlled  by, or is under common  control with such Person,  or (b) any Person
who is a director,  officer,  joint venturer or partner (i) of such Person, (ii)
of any Subsidiary of such Person or (iii) of any Person  described in clause (a)
above.  For  purposes  of this  definition,  control of a Person  shall mean the
power,  direct or  indirect,  (x) to vote 10% or more of the  securities  having
ordinary  voting power for the  election of directors of such Person,  or (y) to
direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and  policies of such Person
whether by contract or otherwise.

                       "Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereof.

                       "Base Rate" shall mean the base rate of IBJS as
publicly  announced by IBJS at its principal office from time to time, such rate
to be adjusted  automatically,  without  notice,  on the  effective  date of any
change in such rate.  This rate of interest is  determined  from time to time by
IBJS as a means of pricing  some loans to its  customers  and is neither tied to
any  external  rate of  interest  or index nor does it  necessarily  reflect the
lowest  rate of interest  actually  charged by IBJS to any  particular  class or
category of customers of IBJS.

                       "Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble to this Agreement and shall extend to all permitted
successors and assigns.

                       "Borrowing Base" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1(a).

                       "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a certificate
in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit  1.2(a)  provided by Borrower to Agent,
showing the calculation, as of the relevant period, of the Borrowing Base.

                       "Brasch Employment Agreement" shall mean the Severance
Agreement dated as of July 1, 1996 between Borrower and Richard Brasch.

                       "Business Day" shall mean with respect to Eurodollar
Rate  Loans,  any day on  which  commercial  banks  are open  for  domestic  and
international business, including dealings in Dollar deposits in London, England
and New York, New York and with respect to all


                                       -2-



<PAGE>



other matters,  any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks
are required to be closed in the State of Virginia or New York.

                       "C. Fishman Employment Agreement" shall mean the
Employment and Compensation  Agreement dated as of July 1, 1996 between Borrower
and Craig Fishman.

                       "Capital Expenditures" shall mean all payments for any
fixed assets or improvements  or for  replacements,  substitutions  or additions
thereto,  that have a useful life of more than one year and that are required to
be capitalized under GAAP.

                       "Cash Collateral Account" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2.10(e).

                       "Cash Equivalents" shall mean (a) certificates of
deposit  in  dollars  of any Lender or any  commercial  banks  registered  to do
business  in any state of the United  States (i) having  capital  and surplus in
excess  of  $1,000,000,000  and (ii)  whose  long-term  debt  rating is at least
investment  grade as  determined  by either  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  or
Moody's Investor Service, Inc., (b) readily marketable direct obligations of the
United  States  government  or any agency  thereof  which are backed by the full
faith and  credit of the  United  States,  (c)  commercial  paper at the time of
acquisition having a rating of at least "A-l" from Standard & Poor's Corporation
or "Prime-1" from Moody's Investor Service, Inc., (d) repurchase agreements with
commercial banks of a type described in (a) above covering securities  described
in (b) above,  and (e)  investments in money market funds  substantially  all of
whose assets are comprised of  securities of the types  described in clauses (a)
through (d) above.

                       "CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42
U.S.C. ss.ss.9601 et seq.

                       "Change of Control" shall mean (a) the occurrence of
any event (whether in one or more  transactions)  which results in a transfer of
control of Borrower  to a Person who is not an Original  Owner or (b) any merger
or consolidation of or with Borrower or sale of all or substantially  all of the
property or assets of Borrower,  except as specifically  provided in Section 7.1
herein.  For purposes of this  definition,  "control of Borrower" shall mean the
power,  direct  or  indirect  (x) to vote 50% or more of the  securities  having
ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower or (y) to direct
or cause the direction of the management and policies of Borrower by contract or
otherwise.

                       "Charges" shall mean all taxes, charges, fees,
imposts,  levies or other assessments,  including,  without limitation,  all net
income,  gross income,  gross  receipts,  sales,  use, ad valorem,  value added,
transfer,  franchise,  profits, inventory, capital stock, license,  withholding,
payroll,


                                       -3-



<PAGE>



employment, social security, unemployment,  excise, severance, stamp, occupation
and property taxes, custom duties, fees,  assessments,  liens and charges of any
kind whatsoever,  together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax
or additional  amounts,  imposed by any taxing or other  authority,  domestic or
foreign (including, without limitation, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
or any environmental agency or superfund), upon the Collateral, the Obligations,
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

                       "Claims" shall mean all security interests, Liens,
claims or encumbrances  held or asserted by any Person against any or all of the
Collateral, other than (A) Charges and (B) Permitted Encumbrances.

                       "Class A Eligible Receivables Exposure" shall mean
Eligible Receivables which have formal due dates, and which remain unpaid ninety
(90) days or less from the original due date multiplied by the applicable Client
Stated Advance Rate for such Receivables.

                       "Class B Eligible Receivables Exposure" shall mean
Eligible  Receivables  which do not have  formal  due dates and which  have been
owned by Borrower  for one hundred  twenty  (120) days or less from the Purchase
Date,  multiplied  by  the  applicable  Client  Stated  Advance  Rate  for  such
Receivables.

                       "Class C Eligible Receivables Exposure" shall mean
Eligible  Receivables  which do not have  formal  due dates and which  have been
owned by Borrower for more than one hundred  twenty (120) days but less than two
hundred  forty  one  (241)  days  from  the  Purchase  Date,  multiplied  by the
applicable Client Stated Advance Rate for such Receivables.

                       "Client" shall mean any Person with whom Borrower is a
party to a Factoring Agreement, a Collateral Funding Repayment
Agreement and/or an Inventory Collateral Funding Repayment
Agreement.

                       "Client Funded Equipment" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

                       "Client Stated Advance Rate" shall mean the stated
advance rate to each Client under the applicable Factoring
Agreement.

                       "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated
thereunder.

                       "Collateral" shall mean and include:

                                (a)         all Receivables;



                                       -4-



<PAGE>



                                (b)         all Equipment;

                                (c)         all General Intangibles;

                                (d)         all Inventory;

                                (e)         all Subsidiary Stock;

                                (f)         all of Borrower's right, title and
interest in and to (i) its goods and other property  including,  but not limited
to all merchandise returned to Clients or rejected by Account Debtors,  relating
to or  securing  any of the  Receivables;  (ii) all of  Borrower's  rights  as a
consignor, a consignee,  an unpaid vendor,  mechanic,  artisan, or other lienor,
including  stoppage in  transit,  setoff,  detinue,  replevin,  reclamation  and
repurchase;  (iii)  all  additional  amounts  due to  Borrower  from any  Client
relating to the  Receivables;  (iv) other property,  including  warranty claims,
relating to any goods securing this  Agreement;  (v) all of Borrower's  contract
rights,  rights of  payment  which  have been  earned  under a  contract  right,
instruments,  documents,  chattel paper,  warehouse receipts,  deposit accounts,
investment  property,  money  and  securities;  (vi)  if and  when  obtained  by
Borrower,  all  personal  property of third  parties in which  Borrower has been
granted a lien or security  interest as security for the payment or  enforcement
of Receivables;  and (vii) any other goods,  personal  property or real property
now owned or  hereafter  acquired  in which  Borrower  has  expressly  granted a
security  interest  or may in the  future  grant a  security  interest  to Agent
hereunder,  under any Other Document or in any amendment or supplement hereto or
thereto, or under any other agreement between Agent and Borrower;

                                (g)      all of Borrower's ledger sheets, ledger
cards,  files,  correspondence,  records,  books of  account,  business  papers,
computers, computer software (owned by Borrower or in which it has an interest),
computer  programs,  tapes,  disks and documents relating to (a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), or (f) of this Paragraph; and

                                (h)       all proceeds and products of (a), (b),
(c),  (d),  (e), (f) and (g) in whatever  form,  including,  but not limited to:
cash,   deposit  accounts   (whether  or  not  comprised  solely  of  proceeds),
certificates of deposit,  insurance proceeds (including hazard, flood and credit
insurance),  negotiable  instruments  and other  instruments  for the payment of
money, chattel paper, security agreements,  documents,  eminent domain proceeds,
condemnation proceeds and tort claim proceeds.

                       "Collateral Assignment of Security" shall mean the
agreement executed by Borrower in favor of Agent pursuant to which all rights of
Borrower under each  Factoring  Agreement and related  documents  (including all
UCC-1 Financing  Statements) are collaterally  assigned to Agent for the benefit
of itself and Lenders.



                                       -5-


<PAGE>



                       "Collateral Funding Repayment Agreement" shall mean a
Collateral   Funding   Repayment   Agreement   and  such  other   agreements  in
substantially  the forms attached  hereto as Exhibit 1.2(b) entered into between
Borrower and a Client,  together with such modifications thereto as Borrower may
from time to time deem  appropriate or desirable and such other agreements to be
approved by Agent in its sole reasonable discretion; provided, however, that, no
such modifications can be made without Agent's approval following the occurrence
and during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  such  approval  not to be
unreasonably withheld.

                       "Commitment Percentage" of any Lender shall mean the
percentage  set forth below such Lender's  name on the signature  page hereof as
same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 15.3(b)
hereof.

                       "Commitment Transfer Supplement" shall mean a document
in the form of Exhibit 15.3 hereto, properly completed and otherwise in form and
substance  satisfactory  to Agent by which the Purchasing  Lender  purchases and
assumes a portion  of the  obligation  of Lenders  to make  Advances  under this
Agreement.

                       "Consents" shall mean all filings and all licenses,
permits,  consents,  approvals,  authorizations,  qualifications  and  orders of
governmental authorities and other third parties, domestic or foreign, necessary
to carry on Borrower's  business,  including,  without limitation,  any Consents
required under all applicable federal, state or other applicable law.

                       "Controlled Group" shall mean all members of a
controlled  group of corporations  and all trades or businesses  (whether or not
incorporated) under common control which, together with Borrower, are treated as
a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

                       "Convertible, Senior Subordinated Notes" shall mean up
to an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $5,000,000.00  in  convertible,  senior
subordinated notes issued by Borrower from time to time pursuant to an Indenture
of Trust dated as of September 11, 1995 between Borrower and Fleet National Bank
of  Connecticut  (successor  by merger to  Shawmut  Bank  Connecticut,  National
Association)  (as  modified,  supplemented  or  amended  from  time  to  time in
accordance with the terms thereof, the "Indenture"),  which notes (i) shall bear
interest  at a rate not to exceed 10% per annum  payable  quarterly  in arrears,
(ii) shall not call for any scheduled  repayment of principal prior to September
30, 2000,  (iii) shall at all times be unsecured,  (iv) shall be subordinated in
right of payment (as and to the extent provided in the indenture) to the payment
or repayment of the Obligations, and (v) may, as specified therein, be converted
from time to time into common Stock of Borrower.

                       "Credit Standards" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.8.


                                       -6-


<PAGE>




                       "Default" shall mean an event which, with the giving
of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of
Default.

                       "Default Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1 hereof.

                       "Demas Employment Agreement" shall mean the Severance
Agreement dated as of July 1, 1996 between Borrower and George Demas.

                       "Depository Account" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.16(a).

                       "Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 8.1(c) hereof.

                       "Dollar" and the sign "$" shall mean lawful money of
the United States of America.

                       "Domestic Rate Loans" shall mean any Advance that
bears interest based upon the Base Rate.

                       "EBIT" shall mean Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' net
income before interest and taxes on a consolidated basis.

                       "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which all of
the conditions precedent in Section 8.1 have been satisfied.

                       "Eligible Client Funded Inventory" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 2.2A(a) hereof.

                       "Eligible Receivables" shall mean each Receivable set
forth on the most recent Schedule of Receivables  delivered by Borrower to Agent
and on other  considerations  as Agent may from  time to time deem  appropriate;
provided, however, that under no circumstances shall a Receivable be an Eligible
Receivable  unless  Borrower  has recorded on its books and records and actually
made  advances  or  loans  to a  Client  pursuant  to the  applicable  Factoring
Agreement with respect to such Receivable.  In determining  whether a particular
Receivable  constitutes  an  Eligible  Receivable,  Agent shall  include  only a
Receivable:

                       (a)     purportedly purchased by Borrower in the ordinary
course of business pursuant to a Factoring  Agreement of Receivables which arose
from the sale of goods or the performance of services by Clients in the ordinary
course of the Client's business;

                       (b)      upon which (i) Borrower's right to receive
payment is absolute and not  contingent  upon the  fulfillment  of any condition
whatever  and (ii)  Borrower  is able to bring  suit or  otherwise  enforce  its
remedies  against the Client and (iii) Borrower has the right to enforce payment
against the Account Debtor through judicial process;


                                       -7-


<PAGE>




                       (c)      against which is asserted no defense,
counterclaim or setoff,  whether  well-founded or otherwise  except for ordinary
course adjustments (Agent reserves the right to establish appropriate reserves);

                       (d)      that is a true and correct statement of a bona
fide indebtedness  incurred in the amount of the Receivable for merchandise sold
to and accepted  by, or for services  performed by a Client and accepted by, the
Account Debtor obligated upon such Receivable (whether or not such services were
performed for the Account Debtor);

                       (e)      with respect to which an invoice or similar
statement has been sent by the Client or by Borrower;

                       (f)      that is owned by Borrower and not subject to any
right, claim or interest of another (but only to the extent of such right, claim
or  interest)  other than (i) the  security  interest  in favor of Agent for the
benefit of Lenders, (ii) Risk Participations granted by Borrower which are fully
disclosed on the books and records of Borrower  and  disclosed to Lenders in the
Schedule of  Receivables  delivered to Agent  pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof and
(iii) Liens  subordinated  to the Lien of Borrower and as to which the holder of
any such Lien has  agreed  not to  exercise  any  rights or  remedies  until all
obligations of the Client to Borrower have been paid in full;

                       (g)     that does not arise from a sale to or performance
of services for an employee, affiliate, parent or subsidiary of
Borrower, or an entity which has common officers or directors with
Borrower;

                       (h)      that is not the obligation of an Account Debtor
that  is the  federal  government  or a  political  subdivision  thereof  unless
Borrower has complied with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, and any
amendments thereto, with respect to such obligation;

                       (i)      that is not the obligation of an Account Debtor
located in a foreign  country  (other than  Puerto  Rico or Canada)  unless such
obligation  is  secured  by a letter  of  credit  or a  guaranty  issued  by the
Export-Import  Bank  of the  United  States  acceptable  to  Agent  in its  sole
reasonable judgment;

                       (j)      to the extent that the amount of the Receivable
is not  subject to claims by an Account  Debtor to whom  Borrower or a Client is
liable for goods sold or services  rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower or
such Client;

                       (k)      that does not arise with respect to goods which
are delivered on a cash-on-delivery  basis or placed on consignment,  guaranteed
sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account  Debtor may be
conditional;



                                       -8-


<PAGE>



                       (l)      that is not in default; provided, that a
Receivable  shall  be  deemed  in  default  upon  the  occurrence  of any of the
following:

                                (i)  The Receivable is not paid within the two
           hundred forty day period starting on the date of acquisition
           thereof by Borrower;

                           (ii)  Any   Account   Debtor   obligated   upon  such
           Receivable  suspends  business,  makes a general  assignment  for the
           benefit of  creditors,  or fails to pay its debts  generally  as they
           come due; or

                          (iii) Any  petition is filed by or against any Account
           Debtor obligated upon such Receivable under any bankruptcy law or any
           other law or laws for the relief of debtors; provided,  however, that
           $1,000,000  in  the  aggregate  at  any  one  time   outstanding   of
           Receivables representing post-petition obligations of Account Debtors
           operating  under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code and
           which  otherwise  constitute  Eligible  Receivables  hereunder may be
           deemed to be Eligible Receivables;

                       (m)      that is not the obligation of an Account Debtor
that is in default (as defined in subparagraph (l) above) on fifty percent (50%)
or more of the Receivables upon which such Account Debtor is obligated;

                       (n)  that does not arise from the sale of goods which
remain in Borrower's or a Client's possession or under Borrower's
or a Client's control;

                       (o)      (i)  Borrower shall have purchased pursuant to a
valid, binding and enforceable  Factoring Agreement,  (ii) with respect to which
Borrower shall have taken all actions (including, without limitation, the filing
of financing  statements under the Uniform  Commercial Code) necessary to create
in favor of Borrower a valid perfected first priority  security interest in each
such  Receivable,  (iii) with respect to which there shall not exist any default
declared by Borrower  against a Client with  respect to such  Client's  recourse
obligations  under or with  respect  to the  Factoring  Agreement  and (iv) with
respect to which the Account  Debtor  shall have been  notified to pay  Borrower
directly or to a location under Borrower's control;

                       (p)      with respect to which the applicable Client is
not the subject of a proceeding  under Title 11 of the United States Code or had
a petition filed by or against it under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, except
for S.O.S. Enterprises, Ltd. and except for purchases of Receivables outstanding
at any  time not in  excess  of 15% of the sum of  Tangible  Net  Worth  and the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Convertible, Senior Subordinated Notes
based upon Borrower's most recent consolidated  balance sheet delivered to Agent
in accordance with Section 9.6 or 9.7 hereof as to which


                                       -9-


<PAGE>



Borrower has  obtained an order (i)  authorizing  interim or final  financing of
post-petition   Receivables  and  a  superpriority  Lien  on  all  post-petition
Receivables  and  unshipped  goods,  (ii)  containing a finding that Borrower is
entitled to the  protection  of Section  364(e) of Title 11 of the United States
Code,  and (iii) if Borrower owns any  pre-petition  Receivables  of the Client,
permitting  Borrower  to collect  and apply the  proceeds  of such  pre-petition
Receivables;

                       (q)  that does not relate to the Viatical Settlement
and Personal Injury Settlement Businesses;

                       (r)      to the extent such Receivable is not subject to
the rights of a participant in a Risk Participation;

                       (s)  that is not a Receivable relating to medicare,
medicaid, social security or medical billings to other governmental
authorities; and

                       (t)      notwithstanding (a) through (s) above, that is
otherwise acceptable to Required Lenders as determined in good faith by Required
Lenders in the exercise of their discretion in a reasonable manner.

                       "Environmental Authority" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 4.20(d).

                       "Environmental Complaint" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 4.20(d) hereof.

                       "Environmental Laws" shall mean all federal, state and
local  environmental,  land  use,  zoning,  health,  chemical  use,  safety  and
sanitation  laws,  statutes,  ordinances and codes relating to the protection of
the  environment  and/or  governing  the use,  storage,  treatment,  generation,
transportation,  processing,  handling,  production  or  disposal  of  Hazardous
Substances and the rules, regulations,  policies,  guidelines,  interpretations,
decisions,  orders  and  directives  of  federal,  state and local  governmental
agencies and authorities with respect thereto.

                       "Equipment" shall mean and include all of Borrower's
goods (excluding Inventory) whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever
located including,  without  limitation,  all equipment,  machinery,  apparatus,
motor vehicles, fittings, furniture,  furnishings,  fixtures, parts, accessories
and all replacements and substitutions therefor or accessions thereto.

                       "Equipment Collateral Assignment of Security" shall
mean the agreement  executed by Borrower in favor of Agent pursuant to which all
rights of Borrower under each Collateral Funding Repayment Agreement and related
documents (including all UCC-1 Financing  Statements) are collaterally  assigned
to Agent for the benefit of itself and Lenders.



                                      -10-



<PAGE>



                       "Equipment Value Advances" shall mean the Advances
made pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

                       "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (or any  successor  legislation  thereto),  as amended from
time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                       "Eurodollar Rate Loan" shall mean an Advance at any
time that bears interest based on the Eurodollar Rate.

                       "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean for any Eurodollar Rate
Loan for the then current  Interest Period  relating  thereto the rate per annum
(such  Eurodollar  Rate to be  adjusted  to the  next  higher  1/100 of one (1%)
percent)  equal to the  quotient of (a) LIBOR,  divided by (b) a number equal to
1.00  minus the  aggregate  of the rates  (expressed  as a  decimal)  of reserve
requirements current on the day that is two Business Days prior to the beginning
of the  Interest  Period  (including  without  limitation  basic,  supplemental,
marginal and emergency  reserves) under any regulation  promulgated by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any other governmental  authority
having  jurisdiction  over IBJS) as in effect  from time to time,  dealing  with
reserve  requirements  prescribed for Eurocurrency funding including any reserve
requirements  with respect to "Eurocurrency  liabilities"  under Regulation D of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

                       "Event of Default" shall mean the occurrence and
continuance of any of the events set forth in Article X hereof.

                       "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.

                       "Factoring Agreement" shall mean an Accounts
Receivable  Factoring  and  Security  Agreement  and such  other  agreements  in
substantially  the forms attached  hereto as Exhibit 1.2(c) entered into between
Borrower and a Client,  together with such modifications thereto as Borrower may
from time to time deem  appropriate or desirable and such other agreements to be
approved by Agent in its sole reasonable discretion; provided, however, that, no
such modifications can be made without Agent's approval following the occurrence
and during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  such  approval  not to be
unreasonably withheld.

                       "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean, for any day, the
weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with
members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal funds  brokers,  as
published  for  such  day (or if such day is not a  Business  Day,  for the next
preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or if such rate
is not so  published  for any day  which  is a  Business  Day,  the  average  of
quotations for such day on such transactions received by IBJS from


                                      -11-


<PAGE>



three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by
IBJS.

                       "Fiscal Month" shall mean any of the monthly
accounting periods of Borrower.

                       "Fiscal Quarter" shall mean any of the quarterly
accounting periods of Borrower.

                       "Fiscal Year" shall mean the 12-month period of
Borrower ending December 31 of each year.

                       "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America in effect from time to
time.

                       "General Intangibles" shall mean and include all of
Borrower's  general  intangibles,   whether  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired
including, without limitation, all choses in action, causes of action, corporate
or other business records,  inventions,  designs,  patents, patent applications,
equipment formulations,  manufacturing  procedures,  quality control procedures,
trademarks,  trade  secrets,  goodwill,  copyrights,  registrations,   licenses,
franchises,  customer lists, tax refunds, tax refund claims,  computer programs,
all claims under  guaranties,  security  interests or other  security held by or
granted to Borrower to secure payment of any of the Receivables by a Client, all
amounts due from each Client to Borrower,  all rights of indemnification and all
other intangible property of every kind and nature (other than Receivables).

                       "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or
government,  any state or other political  subdivision  thereof, and any agency,
department  or  other  entity  exercising  executive,   legislative,   judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

                       "Guaranteed Indebtedness"  shall mean, as to any
Person,  any obligation of such Person  guaranteeing  any  indebtedness,  lease,
dividend,  or  other  obligation  ("primary  obligations")  of any  Person  (the
"primary obligor") in any manner including,  without limitation,  any obligation
or  arrangement  of such Person (i) to purchase or  repurchase  any such primary
obligation,  (ii) to advance or supply  funds (a) for the purchase or payment of
any such primary obligation or (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital
of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any
balance  sheet  condition of the primary  obligor,  (iii) to purchase  property,
securities  or services  primarily  for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such  primary  obligation,  or (iv)  to  indemnify  the  owner  of such  primary
obligation against loss in respect thereof.



                                      -12-


<PAGE>



                       "Guaranty" shall mean the joint and several guaranty
of the obligations of Borrower executed by Guarantors in favor of
Lenders.

                       "Guarantors" shall mean, collectively, LOI, SSI, AFC
Holding Corporation, Premium Sales Northeast, Inc., Business
Funding of America, Inc., Receivable Financing Corporation and
Business Funding of Florida, Inc.

                       "Hazardous Discharge" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.19(d) hereof.

                       "Hazardous Substance" shall mean, without limitation,
any  flammable  explosives,   radon,   radioactive  materials,   asbestos,  urea
formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated byphenyls, petroleum and petroleum
products,  methane,  hazardous materials,  Hazardous Wastes,  hazardous or toxic
substances or related  materials as defined in CERCLA,  the Hazardous  Materials
Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C.  Sections 1801, et seq.), RCRA, or any
other  applicable  Environmental  Law and in the  regulations  adopted  pursuant
thereto.

                       "Hazardous Wastes" shall mean all waste materials
subject to regulation under CERCLA,  RCRA or applicable state law, and any other
applicable  Federal and state laws now in force or hereafter enacted relating to
hazardous waste disposal.

                       "Hotsenpiller Employment Agreement" shall mean an
Employment and Compensation  Agreement at any time entered into between Borrower
and Wade Hotesenpiller in a form similar to the Matthy Employment Agreement with
cash compensation not to exceed $175,000.

                       "IBJS" shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble.

                       "Indebtedness" of a Person at a particular date shall
mean all  obligations  of such  Person  which in  accordance  with GAAP would be
classified upon a balance sheet as liabilities (except capital stock and surplus
earned  or  otherwise)  and  in any  event,  without  limitation  by  reason  of
enumeration,  shall include all  indebtedness,  debt and other similar  monetary
obligations of such Person whether  direct or guaranteed,  and all premiums,  if
any,  due at the  required  prepayment  dates  of  such  indebtedness,  and  all
indebtedness  secured by a Lien on assets owned by such  Person,  whether or not
such indebtedness actually shall have been created,  assumed or incurred by such
Person.  Any  indebtedness of such Person resulting from the acquisition by such
Person of any  assets  subject to any Lien  shall be  deemed,  for the  purposes
hereof,  to be the  equivalent of the creation,  assumption and incurring of the
indebtedness  secured  thereby,  whether or not actually so created,  assumed or
incurred.




                                      -13-



<PAGE>



                       "Interest Period" shall mean the period provided for
any Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.12(b) hereof.

                       "Inventory" shall mean all of Borrower's now owned or
hereafter  acquired  goods,  merchandise and other personal  property,  wherever
located,  to be  furnished  under any  contract  of  service or held for sale or
lease,  all raw  materials,  work in process,  finished  goods and materials and
supplies  of any  kind,  nature  or  description  which  are or might be used or
consumed in  Borrower's  business or used in selling or  furnishing  such goods,
merchandise  and other  personal  property,  and all documents of title or other
documents representing them.

                       "Inventory Borrowing Base" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2.2A(a).

                       "Inventory Collateral Assignment of Security" shall
mean the agreement  executed by Borrower in favor of Agent pursuant to which all
rights of Borrower under each Inventory  Collateral Funding Repayment  Agreement
and  related   documents   (including  all  UCC-1   Financing   Statements)  are
collaterally assigned to Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Lenders.

                       "Inventory Collateral Funding Repayment Agreement"
shall mean an Inventory  Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreement and such other
agreements in substantially  the forms attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2(d) entered
into between Borrower and a Client,  together with such modifications thereto as
Borrower  may from time to time deem  appropriate  or  desirable  and such other
agreements to be approved by Agent in its sole reasonable discretion;  provided,
however,  that,  no such  modifications  can be made  without  Agent's  approval
following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

                       "Inventory Value Advances" shall mean Advances made
pursuant to Section 2.2A(a) hereof.

                       "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service, or any
successor thereto.

                       "Lender and "Lenders" shall have the meaning ascribed
to  such  term  in the  Preamble  and  shall  include  each  person  which  is a
transferee, successor or assign of any Lender.

                       "Letter of Credit Application" shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 2.9(a).

                       "Letter of Credit Fees" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 3.2.

                       "Letter of Credit Obligations" means at any time with
respect  to all  Letters  of  Credit  issued  by and  caused to be issued at the
request of the Agent in accordance with Section 2.8 the sum of (x) the aggregate
undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit


                                      -14-


<PAGE>



outstanding at such time, plus (y) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit
for which the issuer and/or the Lenders have not been reimbursed and as to which
a Revolving Advance has not been made.

                       "Letter of Guaranty" shall mean an agreement,
instrument or other arrangement  pursuant to which Borrower provides a guarantee
or similar  undertaking  with respect to obligations of any Client and,  without
duplication, all additional Guaranteed Indebtedness (other than the Guaranty).

                       "Letters of Credit" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 2.8.

                       "LIBOR" shall mean for any Eurodollar Rate Loan for
the then current Interest Period relating thereto,  the rate per annum quoted by
Agent to Borrower two (2) Business  Days prior to the first day of such Interest
Period as the rate  available  to Agent in the  interbank  market  for  offshore
Dollar  deposits  in  immediately  available  funds  for a period  equal to such
Interest  Period and in an amount  equal to the amount of such  Eurodollar  Rate
Loan.

                       "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation,   assignment,  security  interest,  lien  (whether  statutory  or
otherwise),  Charge,  Claim or  encumbrance,  or  preference,  priority or other
security  agreement or preferential  arrangement  held or asserted in respect of
any asset of any kind or nature whatsoever  including,  without limitation,  any
conditional  sale  or  other  title  retention   agreement,   any  lease  having
substantially  the same economic effect as any of the foregoing,  and the filing
of, or agreement to give, any financing  statement under the Uniform  Commercial
Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

                       "Lockbox Account" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.16(a).

                       "LOI" shall mean Lifetime Options, Inc., a Viatical
Settlement Company, a Maryland corporation.

                       "Madden Employment Agreement" shall mean the
Employment and  Compensation  Agreement dated as of May 5, 1997 between Borrower
and Frank Madden in  substantially  the form delivered to the Agent prior to the
Effective Date pursuant to a facsimile dated May 22, 1997.

                       "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material
adverse effect on (i) the business, assets,  operations,  prospects or financial
or other  condition  of Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  (ii)
Borrower's and its  Subsidiaries'  collective  ability to pay the Obligations in
accordance with the terms thereof,  (iii) the Collateral or Agent's Liens on the
Collateral or the priority of any such Lien, or (iv) Agent's and Lenders' rights
and remedies under this Agreement and the Other Documents.


                                      -15-



<PAGE>





                       "Matthy Employment Agreement" shall mean the
Employment and Compensation  Agreement dated as of July 1, 1996 between Borrower
and Peter Matthy.

                       "Maximum Equipment Value Advance Amount" shall mean
$5,000,000.

                       "Maximum Inventory Value Advance Amount" shall mean
$2,500,000.

                       "Maximum Revolving Advance Amount" shall mean
$25,000,000.

                       "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a plan described in
Sections  3(37)  and  Section  4001(a)(3)  of  ERISA to  which  Borrower  has an
obligation to contribute.

                       "Obligations" shall mean all loans, advances, debts,
liabilities,  and obligations, of every kind, nature and description,  direct or
indirect,  secured or unsecured,  joint, several, joint and several, absolute or
contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, contractual
or  tortious,  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  owing  by  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries or all of them to Agent or any Lender, at any time,  whether or not
evidenced by any note, agreement or other instrument, arising in each case under
any of this Agreement or under any Other Document.  This term includes,  without
limitation, all principal, interest, fees, charges, reimbursement obligations in
respect of Letter of Credit Obligations, expenses, attorneys' fees and any other
sum  chargeable  to  Borrower  or any or all  of  its  Subsidiaries  under  this
Agreement or under any of the Other Documents.

                       "Operating Account" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.16(c).

                       "Original Closing Date" shall mean May 13, 1994.

                       "Original Owners" shall mean, collectively, Leon
Fishman, Barbara Fishman and Eugene R. Haskin.

                       "Other Documents" shall mean the Revolving Credit
Note,  Stock  Pledge  Agreements,   Guaranty,  Security  Agreement,   Collateral
Assignment of Security,  Equipment Collateral Assignment of Security,  Inventory
Collateral Assignment of Security and any and all other agreements,  instruments
and documents,  including,  without limitation,  guaranties,  pledges, powers of
attorney, consents, and all other writings heretofore, now or hereafter executed
by  Borrower  and/or  delivered  to  Agent  or  any  Lender  in  respect  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                       "Parent" of any Person shall mean a corporation or
other entity owning, directly or indirectly more than 50% of the


                                      -16-



<PAGE>



shares of stock or other  ownership  interests  having  ordinary voting power to
elect a majority of the  directors of the Person,  or other  Persons  performing
similar functions for any such Person.

                       "Participant" shall mean each Person who shall be
granted the right by any Lender to  participate  in any of the  Advances and who
shall  have  entered  into a  participation  agreement  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to such Lender.

                       "Payment Office" shall mean initially One State
Street,  New York,  New York;  thereafter,  such other office of Agent,  if any,
which it may designate by notice to Borrower to be the Payment Office.

                       "Performance-Based Incentive Compensation Plan" shall
mean the  performance-based  incentive  compensation  plan for  employees of the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  in the form  delivered to the Agent prior to the
Effective  Date, as same may be modified,  supplemented  or amended from time to
time by  resolution  of the  Borrower's  board of directors or the  compensation
committee thereof.
                       "Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean (a) Liens in favor
of Agent for the benefit of Lenders;  (b) Liens for taxes,  assessments or other
governmental  charges not  delinquent,  or, being contested in good faith and by
appropriate  proceedings  and with  respect to which proper  reserves  have been
taken by Borrower; provided, that, the Lien shall have no effect on the priority
of the Liens in favor of Agent or the Lien shall not, in the sole  discretion of
Agent,  materially  adversely  affect the value of the assets in which Agent has
such a Lien;  (c) Liens  disclosed in the  financial  statements  referred to in
Section  5.5;  (d)  deposits  or pledges to secure  obligations  under  worker's
compensation,  social security or similar laws, or under unemployment insurance;
(e) deposits or pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts
for the  payment of money),  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and appeal
bonds (or in lieu of security  or appeal  bonds) and other  obligations  of like
nature arising in the ordinary course of Borrower's business; (f) judgment Liens
that have been stayed or bonded and mechanics', worker's, materialmen's or other
like Liens arising in the ordinary course of Borrower's business with respect to
obligations  which  are not due or which are being  contested  in good  faith by
Borrower;  (g) Liens  placed upon fixed  assets  hereafter  acquired to secure a
portion of the purchase price thereof, provided that (x) any such lien shall not
encumber  any  other  property  of  Borrower  and (y) the  aggregate  amount  of
Indebtedness secured by such Liens incurred as a result of such purchases during
any fiscal year shall not exceed the amount  provided  for in Section  7.6;  (h)
other Liens incidental to the conduct of Borrower's business or the ownership of
its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing
of money  or the  obtaining  of  advances  or  credit,  and  which do not in the
aggregate materially detract from Agent's rights in and to the Collateral or the
value of Borrower's property or assets or which do not materially impair the use
thereof in the operation of


                                      -17-


<PAGE>



Borrower's  business;  (i) Liens  covering  property of Borrower  following  the
exercise by Borrower of its rights and remedies  against a Client or a guarantor
of a Client; (j)  warehouseman's  liens covering imported goods of Clients as to
which  Borrower  may from time to time own or be deemed to own such  goods;  (k)
Risk  Participations,  to the extent  permitted  under Section 7.1; (l) Liens on
Receivables  (other than Receivables  generated by Borrower) in favor of a party
other than Agent;  provided,  that, such Liens are  subordinated to any Liens on
such  Receivables  in favor of  Borrower  pursuant  to a  written  subordination
agreement  pursuant to which, in each case, the  subordinated  lienor shall have
agreed not to exercise  any rights or  remedies  prior to payment in full of all
amounts  owing to Borrower;  (m) Liens on  Receivables  generated by Borrower in
favor of a party other than Agent;  provided,  that, such Liens are subordinated
to any  Liens  on such  Receivables  in favor of  Agent  pursuant  to a  written
subordination agreement pursuant to which, in each case, the subordinated lienor
shall have  agreed not to exercise  any rights or  remedies  prior to payment in
full of all  amounts  owing to Agent and  Lenders;  and (n) Liens  disclosed  on
Schedule 1.2(a).

                       "Person" shall mean an individual, a partnership, a
corporation, a business trust, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated
association,  a joint venture,  a governmental  authority or any other entity of
whatever nature.

                       "Personal Injury Settlement Business" shall mean the
purchase by SSI of all or a portion of the proceeds of personal  injury or other
legal or equitable claims at a discount from an injured party or other claimant.

                       "Plan" shall mean any employee benefit plan within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA,  maintained  for  employees of Borrower or any
member of the Controlled  Group or any such Plan to which Borrower or any member
of the  Controlled  Group is  required  to  contribute  on  behalf of any of its
employees.

                       "Purchase Date" shall mean, with respect to any
Receivable  purported to be purchased by Borrower,  the original  date  Borrower
makes advances or loans to a Client with respect to such Receivable  pursuant to
a Factoring Agreement.

                       "Purchasing Lender" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 15.3(d).

                       "RCRA" shall mean the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 6901 et seq., as same may be amended
from time to time.

                       "Real Property" shall mean any real property owned or
leased by Borrower and set forth on Schedule  1.2(b) and all hereafter  owned or
leased real property of Borrower.



                                      -18-


<PAGE>



                       "Receivables" shall mean and include (a) all of
Borrower's accounts,  contract rights,  instruments  (including those evidencing
indebtedness  among  Borrower and its  Affiliates),  documents,  chattel  paper,
general intangibles relating to accounts, drafts and acceptances,  and all other
forms of obligations  owing to Borrower arising out of or in connection with (i)
the sale or lease of Inventory by  Borrower,  (ii) the  rendition of services by
Borrower, (iii) all accounts, contract rights, instruments,  documents,  chattel
paper, general intangibles relating to accounts, drafts and acceptances, and all
other  forms of  obligations  which have been  assigned to and/or  purchased  by
Borrower or (iv) any other transaction and (b) all guarantees and other security
therefor,  whether secured or unsecured,  now existing or hereafter created, and
whether or not specifically sold or assigned to Lender hereunder.

                       "Register" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
15.3(e).

                       "Related Person" shall mean as to any Person, any
other Person which,  together with such Person,  is treated as a single employer
under Section 414(c) of the Code.

                       "Release" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.7(c)(i) hereof.

                       "Required Lenders" shall mean, at any time for the
determination  thereof,  Lenders  holding  sixty-six and two-thirds  percent (66
2/3%) or more of the  outstanding  Advances at such time or, if no Advances  are
outstanding at such time,  sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) or more of
the Commitment Percentages of all Lenders.

                       "Reserves" shall mean such reserves for doubtful
accounts,  returns, allowances and the like as may be established by Borrower or
any  Subsidiary  or such  additional  or further  reserves as may  otherwise  be
required in accordance with GAAP.

                       "Restricted Payment" shall mean (i) the declaration of
a payment of any dividend or the incurrence of any liability to make any payment
or  distribution  of cash or other  property or assets in respect of  Borrower's
Stock,  (ii)  any  payment  on  account  of the  purchase,  redemption  or other
retirement of  Borrower's  Stock or any other  payment or  distribution  made in
respect  thereof,  either  directly or indirectly,  or (iii) any payment,  loan,
contribution, or other transfer of funds or other property to any Stockholder or
any Subsidiary of such Person except for reasonably equivalent value.

                       "Revolving Advances" shall mean Advances made other
than Letters of Credit, Equipment Value Advances and Inventory
Value Advances.



                                      -19-



<PAGE>



                       "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean the promissory
note(s) referred to in Section 2.1(a) hereof and all replacements, substitutions
and amendments of such promissory note,  including any promissory note(s) issued
to any Lender.

                       "Revolving Interest Rate" shall mean an interest rate
per  annum  equal to (a) the sum of the Base Rate plus  twenty  five (25)  basis
points,  with  respect to Domestic  Rate Loans or (b) the sum of the  Eurodollar
Rate plus 225 basis points, with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

                       "Risk Participation" shall mean a participation
agreement  between  Borrower  and another  Person as  purchaser  of an undivided
participation in Borrower's exposure under a Factoring  Agreement,  a Collateral
Funding  Repayment  Agreement and/or an Inventory  Collateral  Funding Repayment
Agreement,  such  participation  to be on terms and  conditions  and pursuant to
agreements  consistent  with  Borrower's  historical  practices,  each of  which
participations shall be disclosed in writing to Agent.

                       "Schedule of Receivables" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 9.2.

                       "Security Agreement" shall mean the Security Agreement
executed jointly and severally by each Guarantor securing the
obligations under the Guaranty.

                       "SSI" shall mean Settlement Solutions, Inc., a
Virginia corporation.

                       "Settlement Date" shall mean any Wednesday.

                       "Stock" shall mean all shares, options, warrants,
general or limited  partnership  interests,  participations or other equivalents
(regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership or equivalent
entity whether voting or nonvoting, including, without limitation, common stock,
preferred stock, or any other "equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule
3all-1 of the General Rules and  Regulations  promulgated  by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act).

                       "Stockholders" shall mean all of the holders of Stock
of Borrower from time to time.

                       "Stock Pledge Agreements" shall mean, collectively,
the (a) the pledge and security agreement between Agent and Borrower dated as of
the Original  Closing Date relating to the pledge by Borrower of the  Subsidiary
Stock and (b) the pledge and security  agreement  between Agent and LOI dated as
of the Original  Closing Date relating to the pledge by LOI of the stock of SSI,
each such pledge  agreement  being in form and substance  satisfactory to Lender
and each being  accompanied by (i) original  certificates  evidencing all of the
Subsidiary Stock or the stock of SSI, as the


                                      -20-



<PAGE>



case may be, and (ii) undated stock powers relating thereto endorsed in blank by
Borrower or LOI, as the case may be.

                       "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean a corporation or
other  entity  of whose  shares  of stock or other  ownership  interests  having
ordinary voting power (other than stock or other ownership interests having such
power only by reason of the happening of a  contingency)  to elect a majority of
the directors of such corporation, or other Persons performing similar functions
for such entity, are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

                       "Subsidiary Stock" shall mean all of the issued and
outstanding shares of stock owned by Borrower of LOI, AFC Holding
Corporation, Premium Sales Northeast, Inc., Business Funding of
America, Inc., Receivable Financing Corporation and Business
Funding of Florida, Inc.

                       "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean the gross book value
of  the  assets  of  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis
(exclusive of goodwill, patents,  trademarks, trade names, organization expense,
treasury  stock,  unamortized  debt discount and expense,  deferred  charges and
other like  intangibles)  minus (without  duplication)  (i) Reserves  applicable
thereto, and (ii) all of Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' liabilities (including
accrued and deferred income taxes),  in each case, as such items would appear on
a  consolidated  balance  sheet of  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  prepared in
accordance with GAAP.

                       "Term" shall mean the Original Closing Date through
May 12,  2000,  as same may be extended in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
Section 13.1.

                       "Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 13.1.

                       "Termination Event" shall mean (i) a Reportable Event
with respect to any Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan;  (ii) the withdrawal of either
Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group from a Plan or Multiemployer Plan
during a plan year in which such entity was a "substantial  employer" as defined
in  Section  4001(a)(2)  of ERISA;  (iii) the  providing  of notice of intent to
terminate  a Plan in a distress  termination  described  in  Section  4041(c) of
ERISA;  (iv) the  institution  by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan or
Multiemployer  Plan;  (v) any event or condition  (a) which might  reasonably be
expected to constitute  grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the  termination
of, or the  appointment  of a trustee to administer,  any Plan or  Multiemployer
Plan, or (b) that may result in termination of a Multiemployer  Plan pursuant to
Section 4041A of ERISA;  or (vi) the partial or complete  withdrawal  within the
meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA,  of either Borrower or any member of
the Controlled Group from a Multiemployer Plan.

                       "Total Liabilities" shall mean, as of any date of
calculation, the total liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries


                                      -21-



<PAGE>



at such date  determined on a consolidated  basis in accordance  with GAAP plus,
without duplication,  the sum of the Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at
such time and the stated amount of all Letters of Guaranty  outstanding  at such
time in excess of $5,000,000.

                       "Toxic Substance" shall mean and include any material
present on the Real Property  which has been shown to have  significant  adverse
effect  on human  health  or which is  subject  to  regulation  under  the Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C.  ss.ss. 2601 et seq.,  applicable state
law,  or any other  applicable  Federal or state laws now in force or  hereafter
enacted  relating to toxic  substances.  "Toxic  substance"  includes but is not
limited to asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and lead-based paints.

                       "Transferee" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 15.3(b) hereof.

                       "Undrawn Availability" at a particular date shall mean
an amount equal to (a) the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base on such date or (ii)
the Maximum  Revolving Advance Amount on such date, minus (b) the sum of (i) the
outstanding  amount of Advances on such date plus (ii) all amounts due and owing
to Borrower's trade creditors which are outstanding beyond normal trade terms on
such date.

                       "Viatical Settlement Business" shall mean the entry
into an agreement  by LOI with a Person  owning a life  insurance  policy or who
owns or is covered under a group policy  insuring the life of a person who has a
catastrophic or life threatening illness or condition and pursuant to which LOI,
as the viatical  settlement  provider,  pays compensation which is less than the
expected death benefit of the insurance policy or certificate, in return for the
policyowner's assignment, transfer, sale, devise or bequest of the death benefit
or ownership of the insurance policy or certificate to LOI.

                       "Week" shall mean the time period commencing with a
Wednesday and ending on the following Tuesday.

                       "Winkler Employment Agreement" shall mean the
Employment and Compensation Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between
Borrower and Mr. Lawrence M. Winkler.

           1.3.        Uniform Commercial Code Terms.  All terms used herein
and defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State
of New York shall have the meaning given therein unless otherwise
defined herein.

           1.4.        Certain Matters of Construction.  The terms "herein",
"hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section,
paragraph or subdivision.  Any pronoun used shall be deemed to
cover all genders.  Wherever appropriate in the context, terms used


                                      -22-



<PAGE>



herein in the singular also include the plural and vice versa. All references to
statutes and related  regulations  shall include any  amendments of same and any
successor statutes and regulations.  All references to this Agreement, any other
instruments or agreements,  including, without limitation,  references to any of
the Other  Documents  entered  into by or for the benefit of Agent or any Lender
shall include any and all  modifications  or amendments  thereto and any and all
extensions or renewals thereof.


II.        ADVANCES, PAYMENTS.

           2.1.        (a)      Revolving Advances.  Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Lender, severally and
not jointly, will make Revolving Advances to Borrower in aggregate
amounts outstanding at any time equal to such Lender's Commitment
Percentage of the lesser of x) the Maximum Revolving Advance Amount
(less the sum of the aggregate amount of (I) outstanding Letters of
Credit, (II) outstanding Equipment Value Advances and (III)
outstanding Inventory Value Advances) or y) an amount equal to the
sum of:

                       (i) (A) 85%,  subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)
                       hereof,  of the  lesser  of (x)  the  value  of  Class  A
                       Eligible Receivables Exposure or (y) the aggregate amount
                       from time to time  outstanding of actual cash advances by
                       Borrower  to  Clients  secured  by  Eligible  Receivables
                       utilized  in  computing  Class  A  Eligible   Receivables
                       Exposure,  plus (B) 75%,  subject  to the  provisions  of
                       Section  2.1(b)  hereof,  of the  lesser  of (x) value of
                       Class  B  Eligible   Receivables   Exposure  or  (y)  the
                       aggregate  amount from time to time outstanding of actual
                       cash advances by Borrower to Clients  secured by Eligible
                       Receivables   utilized  in  computing  Class  B  Eligible
                       Receivables  Exposure,  plus  (C)  65%,  subject  to  the
                       provisions of Section 2.1(b) hereof, of the lesser of (x)
                       value of Class C Eligible Receivables Exposure or (y) the
                       aggregate  amount from time to time outstanding of actual
                       cash advances by Borrower to Clients  secured by Eligible
                       Receivables   utilized  in  computing  Class  C  Eligible
                       Receivables Exposure (collectively,  the "Advance Rates")
                       less such  reserves as Agent may  reasonably  deem proper
                       and  necessary  from  time  to time  in  connection  with
                       charges, judgments, or other amounts which Agent may have
                       to pay to protect  and  preserve  the  Collateral  or the
                       priority of the Lien of Agent therein, minus

                       (ii) the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of
                       Credit.

           The sum of the amounts derived from Section 2.1 (a)(y)(i) at any time
and  from  time to time  shall  be  referred  to as the  "Borrowing  Base".  The
Revolving Advances shall be evidenced by a


                                      -23-



<PAGE>



Revolving  Credit  Note in  substantially  the form  attached  hereto as EXHIBIT
2.1(A)  issued by Borrower to each  Lender in an amount  equal to such  Lender's
Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Revolving Advance Amount.

                       (b)      Discretionary Rights.  The Advance Rates may be
(i)  decreased by Agent at any time and from time to time in the exercise of its
reasonable discretion or (ii) increased by Required Lenders at any time and from
time to time in the exercise of their reasonable  discretion.  Borrower consents
to any such increases or decreases and acknowledges  that decreasing the Advance
Rates may limit or restrict  Advances  requested by  Borrower.  Agent shall give
Borrower  five (5) days prior  written  notice of any  decrease  in the  Advance
Rates.

           2.2.  Equipment  Value  Advances.   (a)  Subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions of this Agreement,  each Lender, severally and not jointly, agrees to
make loans to Borrower  ("Equipment  Value Advances") to permit Borrower to make
loans or advances to Clients secured by the Clients'  equipment  ("Client Funded
Equipment") in aggregate amounts  outstanding at any time equal to such Lender's
Commitment  Percentage of the lesser of (i) the Maximum  Equipment Value Advance
Amount, (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the aggregate amount from time to time
outstanding  of actual cash  advances by Borrower to Clients which is secured by
Client Funded Equipment or (iii) sixty percent (60%) of the liquidation value of
such Client Funded Equipment; provided, however, the maximum amount of Equipment
Value Advances is subject to the further  limitations that: (A) from May 1, 1998
through and including  April 30, 1999 Equipment  Value Advances shall not exceed
the sum of (I) the  difference  between  (x)  $5,000,000  and (y) the  amount of
outstanding  Equipment  Value  Advances as of April 30, 1998 plus (II) principal
payments made by Borrower with respect to Equipment  Value Advances  outstanding
as of April 30, 1998 and (B) on and after May 1, 1999  Equipment  Value Advances
shall not exceed the sum of (I) the difference  between  $5,000,000 and (II) the
amount of outstanding  Equipment Value Advances as of April 30, 1999;  provided,
further,  that under no  circumstances  shall  Equipment  Value Advances be made
against Client Funded  Equipment  unless  Borrower has recorded on its books and
records  and  actually  made  advances  or  loans to a  Client  pursuant  to the
applicable  Collateral  Funding  Repayment  Agreement.   Borrower  may  use  the
Equipment  Value  Advances  by  borrowing,  repaying  and  reborrowing,  all  in
accordance with the terms and conditions  hereof. The proceeds of each Equipment
Value  Advance  requested  by Borrower  shall,  to the extent  Lenders make such
Equipment  Value Advance,  be made available to Borrower on the day so requested
by way of credit to Borrower's Operating Account, or such other bank as Borrower
may designate following  notification to Agent, in immediately available federal
or  other  immediately  available  funds.  The  aggregate  principal  amount  of
Equipment  Value Advances (X) outstanding on April 30, 1998 will be amortized on
the basis of a thirty-six (36) month amortization  schedule and shall be payable
in equal monthly  installments  commencing on May 1, 1998 and on the last day of
each month thereafter with the balance payable


                                      -24-



<PAGE>



upon  the  expiration  of the  Term,  and (Y)  outstanding  on  April  30,  1999
(excluding any Equipment Value Advances that were outstanding on April 30, 1998)
will be amortized on the basis of a thirty-six (36) month amortization  schedule
and shall be payable in equal monthly installments commencing May 1, 1999 and on
the  last  day of each  month  thereafter  with  the  balance  payable  upon the
expiration of the Term,  subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event
of Default under this Agreement or termination of this Agreement.  Any repayment
(other than regularly scheduled monthly amortization  payments) or prepayment of
Equipment  Value  Advances  shall be applied in the inverse order of maturity to
the then remaining monthly amortization of Equipment Value Advances.

           (b) The agreement of Lenders to make each Equipment  Value Advance is
subject to satisfaction of the following  conditions  precedent:  (i) receipt by
Agent of (1) copies of all documentation and appraisals required to be delivered
by a Client to Borrower pursuant to the applicable  Collateral Funding Repayment
Agreement,  (2) evidence  that such Client has obtained  insurance  covering the
theft,  destruction  or other loss of the Client  Funded  Equipment and (3) such
other documentation and evidence that Agent may reasonably  request,  including,
without  limitation,  copies of UCC-1 financing  statements  filed in accordance
with Section 6.10 hereof or evidence that such  financing  statements  have been
filed in  accordance  therewith  and (ii) after  giving  effect  thereto (1) the
aggregate  principal  amount of Equipment Value Advances  outstanding  shall not
exceed  the lesser of (i) the  Maximum  Equipment  Value  Advance  Amount,  (ii)
eighty-five  percent (85%) of the aggregate amount from time to time outstanding
of actual cash  advances  made by Borrower to Clients which is secured by Client
Funded Equipment in accordance with the Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreement
or (iii) sixty  percent  (60%) of the  liquidation  value of such Client  Funded
Equipment,  (2) the aggregate  outstanding Advances shall not exceed the Maximum
Revolving Advance Amount,  and (3) the sum of the aggregate  principal amount of
Equipment  Value  Advances  outstanding  and the aggregate  principal  amount of
Inventory Value Advances  outstanding shall not exceed $7,500,000 less regularly
scheduled  monthly  amortization  payments on and after the Effective  Date with
respect to Equipment Value Advances (but only to the extent that Borrower is not
permitted to incur additional  Equipment Value Advances in amounts equal to such
payments).

           2.2A  Inventory  Value  Advances.   (a)  Subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions of this Agreement,  each Lender, severally and not jointly, agrees to
make loans to Borrower  ("Inventory  Value Advances") to permit Borrower to make
loans or advances to Clients  secured by Eligible  Client  Funded  Inventory (as
defined  below)  in  aggregate  amounts  outstanding  at any time  equal to such
Lender's Commitment  Percentage of the lesser of (i) the Maximum Inventory Value
Advance  Amount  or (ii) (x) to the  extent  (but only to the  extent)  that the
aggregate  amount  from time to time  outstanding  of actual  cash  advances  by
Borrower to Clients  which is secured by Eligible  Client  Funded  Inventory  is
equal to or less  than  fifty  percent  (50%) of the  liquidation  value of such
Eligible Client


                                      -25-



<PAGE>



Funded Inventory, thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate amount from time to time
outstanding of such actual cash advances by Borrower to Clients  secured by such
Eligible Client Funded  Inventory and (y) to the extent (but only to the extent)
that the aggregate  amount from time to time outstanding of actual cash advances
by Borrower  to Clients  which is secured by Eligible  Client  Funded  Inventory
exceeds 50% of the liquidation  value of such Eligible Client Funded  Inventory,
twenty-five  percent (25%) of the aggregate amount from time to time outstanding
of such actual cash  advances  by Borrower to Clients  secured by such  Eligible
Client  Funded  Inventory  (the sum of  preceding  clauses  (ii)(x) and (y), the
"Inventory  Borrowing  Base");  provided,  however,  that under no circumstances
shall Inventory Value Advances be made against  Eligible Client Funded Inventory
unless Borrower has recorded on its books and records and actually made advances
or loans to a Client  pursuant to the applicable  Inventory  Collateral  Funding
Repayment Agreement. "Eligible Client Funded Inventory" shall mean, with respect
to any Client,  all of such Client's raw materials  inventory and finished goods
inventory to the extent (i) Borrower  provides Agent with a written  description
thereof  in  reasonable  detail and a written  request  that such  inventory  be
treated as Eligible Client Funded  Inventory and (ii) Agent does not, within two
business days of its receipt of such description and request, notify Borrower in
writing  that,  in the exercise of Agent's  sole,  reasonable  discretion,  such
inventory (or a specified  portion thereof) does not constitute  Eligible Client
Funded  Inventory.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Borrower  acknowledges  and
agrees that dynamic  random  access memory chips shall not  constitute  Eligible
Client Funded  Inventory  unless Agent (in the exercise of its sole and absolute
discretion) affirmatively consents thereto in writing.

Borrower  may use the  Inventory  Value  Advances  by  borrowing,  repaying  and
reborrowing,  all in  accordance  with the  terms  and  conditions  hereof.  The
proceeds of each Inventory  Value Advance  requested by Borrower  shall,  to the
extent Lenders make such Inventory Value Advance,  be made available to Borrower
on the day so requested by way of credit to  Borrower's  Operating  Account,  or
such other bank as Borrower may designate  following  notification  to Agent, in
immediately   available  federal  or  other  immediately  available  funds.  The
aggregate  principal amount of Inventory Value Advances  outstanding on the last
day of the Term  shall be  payable  in full  upon the  expiration  of the  Term,
subject to  acceleration  upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default under this
Agreement or termination of this Agreement.

           (b) The agreement of Lenders to make each Inventory  Value Advance is
subject to satisfaction of the following  conditions  precedent:  (i) receipt by
Agent of (1) copies of all documentation and appraisals required to be delivered
by a Client to Borrower pursuant to the applicable  Inventory Collateral Funding
Repayment  Agreement,  (2)  evidence  that such  Client has  obtained  insurance
covering the theft,  destruction  or other loss of the Client Funded  Inventory,
(3) a  copy  of a  duly  executed  inventory  management  or  inventory  control
agreement among Borrower, the applicable Client


                                      -26-



<PAGE>



and  DiversiCorp,  Inc.  (or another  third  party  collateral  monitoring  firm
selected  by  Borrower  and  reasonably  satisfactory  to Agent)  or  Borrower's
description  of alternative  inventory  control or management  procedures  which
procedures  must be  satisfactory  to Agent in its sole  discretion and (4) such
other documentation and evidence that Agent may reasonably  request,  including,
without  limitation,  copies of UCC-1 financing  statements  filed in accordance
with Section 6.10 hereof or evidence that such  financing  statements  have been
filed in  accordance  therewith  and (ii) after  giving  effect  thereto (1) the
aggregate  principal  amount of Inventory Value Advances  outstanding  shall not
exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum  Inventory Value Advance Amount or (ii) the
Inventory  Borrowing  Base,  (2) the aggregate  outstanding  Advances  shall not
exceed the Maximum  Revolving  Advance  Amount and (3) the sum of the  aggregate
principal  amount of Inventory  Value  Advances  outstanding  and the  aggregate
principal  amount of  Equipment  Value  Advances  outstanding  shall not  exceed
$7,500,000 less regularly scheduled monthly  amortization  payments on and after
the  Effective  Date with respect to Equipment  Value  Advances (but only to the
extent that  Borrower  is not  permitted  to incur  additional  Equipment  Value
Advances in amounts equal to such payments).

           2.3.  Disbursement  of  Revolving  Advance  Proceeds.  All  Revolving
Advances  shall be  disbursed  from  whichever  office or other  place Agent may
designate from time to time and,  together with any and all other Obligations of
Borrower to Agent or Lenders,  shall be charged to Borrower's account on Agent's
books.  During the Term,  Borrower may use the Revolving  Advances by borrowing,
prepaying  and  reborrowing,  all in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions
hereof.  The proceeds of each Revolving  Advance requested by Borrower or deemed
to have been  requested by Borrower  under Section  2.12(a)  hereof shall,  with
respect  to  requested  Revolving  Advances  to the  extent  Lenders  make  such
Revolving Advances, be made available to Borrower on the day so requested by way
of credit to Borrower's  Operating  Account,  or such other bank as Borrower may
designate following  notification to Agent, in immediately  available federal or
other immediately  available funds or, with respect to Revolving Advances deemed
to have  been  requested,  be  disbursed  to Agent  in  payment  of  outstanding
Obligations.

           2.4. Maximum Revolving  Advances . The aggregate balance of Revolving
Advances  outstanding at any time shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum
Revolving  Advance  Amount  less  the  sum of (a)  outstanding  Equipment  Value
Advances,  (b) outstanding Inventory Value Advances, and (c) outstanding Letters
of Credit and (y) the Borrowing Base.

           2.5. Maximum  Equipment Value Advances.  The aggregate balance of the
Equipment Value Advances  outstanding at any time shall not exceed the lesser of
(i) the Maximum Equipment Value Advance Amount,  (ii) eighty-five  percent (85%)
of the aggregate amount from time to time outstanding of actual cash advances by
Borrower to Clients secured by Client Funded Equipment or (iii)


                                      -27-



<PAGE>



sixty percent (60%) of the liquidation value of such Client Funded
Equipment.

           2.5A Maximum  Inventory Value Advances.  The aggregate balance of the
Inventory Value Advances  outstanding at any time shall not exceed the lesser of
(i) the Maximum  Inventory Value Advance Amount or (ii) the Inventory  Borrowing
Base.

           2.6. Repayment of Excess Advances. The aggregate balance of Revolving
Advances, Equipment Value Advances and Inventory Value Advances, as the case may
be,  outstanding  at any time in excess of the maximum  permitted  under Section
2.4,  Section 2.5 or Section 2.5A, as applicable,  shall be immediately  due and
payable without the necessity of any demand,  at the Payment Office,  whether or
not a Default or Event of Default has occurred.

           2.7. Statement of Account.  Agent shall maintain,  in accordance with
its customary procedures,  a loan account in the name of Borrower in which shall
be recorded the date and amount of each Advance made by Lenders and the date and
amount of each payment in respect  thereof;  provided,  however,  the failure by
Agent to record the date and amount of any Advance  shall not  adversely  affect
Agent or any  Lender.  By the  tenth  day of each  month,  Agent  shall  send to
Borrower a statement showing the accounting for the Advances made, payments made
or credited  in respect  thereof,  and other  transactions  between  Lenders and
Borrower,  during the preceding  month.  The monthly  statements shall be deemed
correct and  binding  upon  Borrower in the absence of manifest  error and shall
constitute an account stated between  Lenders and Borrower unless Agent receives
a written statement of Borrower's specific exceptions thereto within thirty (30)
days after such  statement  is received by  Borrower.  The records of Agent with
respect to the loan  account  shall be prima  facie  evidence  of the amounts of
Advances and other charges thereto and of payments applicable thereto.

           2.8. Letters of Credit.  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,
Agent  shall  issue or cause the  issuance  of  Letters of Credit  ("Letters  of
Credit");  provided,  however, that Agent will not be required to issue or cause
to be issued any  Letters of Credit to the extent  that the face  amount of such
Letters  of Credit  would then  cause the sum of (i) the  outstanding  Revolving
Advances plus (ii)  outstanding  Letters of Credit (with the requested Letter of
Credit  being deemed to be  outstanding  for  purposes of this  calculation)  to
exceed the lesser of (x) the sum of (a) Maximum  Revolving  Advance  Amount less
(b) outstanding  Equipment  Value Advances less (c) outstanding  Inventory Value
Advances  or (y) the  Borrowing  Base.  The  maximum  amount of Letter of Credit
Obligations shall not exceed  $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate  outstanding at any
time. All disbursements or payments related to Letters of Credit shall be deemed
to be  Domestic  Rate Loans  consisting  of  Revolving  Advances  and shall bear
interest at the  Revolving  Interest  Rate for Domestic  Rate Loans.  Once drawn
upon, a Letter of Credit shall be deemed not to be outstanding for all


                                      -28-



<PAGE>



purposes  hereof to the extent of such drawing;  Letters of Credit that have not
been drawn upon shall not bear interest.

           2.9.        Issuance of Letters of Credit.

                       (a)      Borrower may request Agent to issue or cause the
issuance of a Letter of Credit by  delivering  to Agent at the  Payment  Office,
Agent's or if a different  issuing bank,  such issuing  bank's  standard form of
Letter of Credit Application (collectively,  the "Letter of Credit Application")
completed to the satisfaction of Agent; and, such other certificates,  documents
and other papers and information as Agent may reasonably request.

                       (b)      Each Letter of Credit shall, among other things,
(i) provide for the payment of drafts when  presented  for honor  thereunder  in
accordance  with  the  terms  thereof  and  when  accompanied  by the  documents
described  therein  and (ii) have an expiry  date not later  than six (6) months
with  respect to trade  Letters of Credit and twelve (12) months with respect to
standby  Letters of Credit after such Letter of Credit's date of issuance and in
no event later than the last day of the Term. Each Letter of Credit  Application
and each Letter of Credit  shall be subject to the Uniform  Customs and Practice
for  Documentary  Credits  (1993  Revision),  International  Chamber of Commerce
Publication  No. 500, and any amendments or revision  thereof and, to the extent
not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New York.

           2.10.       Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit.

                       (a)      In connection with the issuance of any Letter of
Credit,  Borrower shall indemnify,  save and hold Agent and each Lender harmless
from any loss,  cost,  expense  or  liability,  including,  without  limitation,
payments made by Agent and any Lender,  and expenses and  reasonable  attorneys'
fees incurred by Agent or any Lender arising out of, or in connection  with, any
Letter of Credit to be issued or created for Borrower  other than for Agent's or
any Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Borrower shall be bound by
Agent's  or  any  issuing  or  accepting  bank's   regulations  and  good  faith
interpretations  of any  Letter  of  Credit  issued or  created  for  Borrower's
account, although this interpretation may be different from Borrower's own; and,
neither  Agent nor any Lender,  the bank which opened the Letter of Credit,  nor
any of its  correspondents  shall  be  liable  for  any  error,  negligence,  or
mistakes,  whether of omission or commission,  in following  Borrower's  written
instructions   or  those   contained  in  any  Letter  of  Credit,   or  of  any
modifications,  amendments  or  supplements  thereto or in issuing or paying any
Letter of Credit,  except for  Agent's or any  Lender's or such  issuing  bank's
willful misconduct or gross negligence.

                       (b)      In connection with all Letters of Credit issued
or caused to be issued by Agent under this  Agreement,  Agent,  or its designee,
shall, upon Borrower's written request,  act as Borrower's  attorney,  with full
power and authority (i) to sign and/or endorse


                                      -29-



<PAGE>



Borrower's  name  upon  any  warehouse  or  other  receipts,  letter  of  credit
applications and  acceptances;  (ii) to sign Borrower's name on bills of lading;
(iii) to clear Inventory through the United States of America Customs Department
("Customs")  in the name of Borrower or Agent or Agent's  designee,  and to sign
and delivery to Customs officials powers of attorney in the name of Borrower for
such purpose; and (iv) to complete in Borrower's name or Agent's, or in the name
of  Agent's  designee,  any order,  sale or  transaction,  obtain the  necessary
documents in connection  therewith,  and collect the proceeds  thereof.  Neither
Agent nor its  attorneys  will be liable for any acts or  omissions  nor for any
error  of  judgment  or  mistakes  of fact or law,  except  for  Agent's  or its
attorney's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

                       (c)     Each Lender shall to the extent of the percentage
amount equal to the product of such  Lender's  Commitment  Percentage  times the
aggregate amount of all disbursements made with respect to the Letters of Credit
be deemed to have  irrevocably  purchased  an  undivided  participation  in each
Revolving Advance made as a consequence of such disbursement.  In the event that
at the time a  disbursement  is made the unpaid  balance of  Revolving  Advances
exceeds or would exceed, with the making of such disbursement, the lesser of (a)
the sum of (i) Maximum Revolving Advance Amount less (ii) outstanding  Equipment
Value  Advances  less  (iii)  outstanding  Inventory  Value  Advances  less (iv)
outstanding  Letters of Credit or (b) the Borrowing Base, and such  disbursement
is not reimbursed by Borrower within two (2) Business Days, Agent shall promptly
notify each Lender and upon  Agent's  demand each Lender shall pay to Agent such
Lender's  proportionate  share of such unreimbursed  disbursement  together with
such Lender's  proportionate  share of Agent's  unreimbursed  costs and expenses
relating to such unreimbursed disbursement. Upon receipt by Agent of a repayment
from Borrower of any amount  disbursed by Agent for which Agent had already been
reimbursed by Lenders,  Agent shall deliver to each of Lenders that Lender's pro
rata share of such  repayment.  Each  Lender's  participation  commitment  shall
continue  until  the last to occur of any of the  following  events:  (A)  Agent
ceases to be obligated to issue  Letters of Credit  hereunder;  (B) no Letter of
Credit issued hereunder  remains  outstanding and uncancelled or (C) all Persons
(other than Borrower) have been fully  reimbursed for all payments made under or
relating to Letters of Credit.

                       (d)  In the event that any Letter of Credit
Obligation,  whether  or not then  due and  payable,  shall  for any  reason  be
outstanding on the Termination  Date,  Borrower will pay to Lenders cash or Cash
Equivalents  in an amount equal to the maximum amount then available to be drawn
under all such Letters of Credit.  Such funds or Cash Equivalents  shall be held
by Agent in a cash collateral account (the "Cash Collateral Account").  The Cash
Collateral  Account shall be in the name of Lenders or the Agent for the benefit
of Lenders (as a cash collateral account),  and shall be under the sole dominion
and control of Agent and subject to the terms of this Section 2.10(d).  Borrower
hereby  pledges,  and  grants  to the  Agent for the  benefit  of the  Lenders a
security interest in,


                                      -30-



<PAGE>



all such funds or Cash Equivalents held in the Cash Collateral Account from time
to time and all proceeds  thereof,  as security for the payment of all Letter of
Credit Obligations, whether or not then due.

                       From time to time after funds are deposited in the
Cash  Collateral  Account,  the Agent and/or the Lenders may apply such funds or
Cash Equivalents then held in the Cash Collateral  Account to the payment of any
amounts, in such order as Lenders may elect, as shall be or shall become due and
payable  by  Borrower  to  Lenders   with  respect  to  such  Letter  of  Credit
Obligations.

                       Neither Borrower nor any Person or entity claiming on
behalf of or through  Borrower shall have any right to withdraw any of the funds
or Cash  Equivalents held in the Cash Collateral  Account,  except that upon the
termination of any Letter of Credit  Obligation in accordance with its terms and
the payment of all amounts payable by Borrower to Lenders in respect thereof, if
no Default or Event of Default  exists and is continuing at such time, any funds
remaining in the Cash Collateral  Account in excess of the then remaining Letter
of Credit Obligations shall be returned to Borrower.

                       The Agent and the Lenders shall not have any
obligation  to invest the funds in the Cash  Collateral  Account or deposit such
funds in an interest-bearing account, and interest and earnings thereon, if any,
shall be the property of Lenders.

           2.11.  Additional Payments.  Any sums expended by Agent or any Lender
due to Borrower's  failure to perform or comply with its obligations  under this
Agreement  or any  Other  Document  including,  without  limitation,  Borrower's
obligations  under Sections 4.2, 4.4, 4.12,  4.13,  4.14 and 6.1 hereof,  may be
charged  to  Borrower's  account  as  a  Revolving  Advance  and  added  to  the
Obligations.

           2.12.       Manner of Borrowing and Repayment of Advances.

           (a)  Borrower may notify Agent prior to 3:00 P. M. (New York time) on
a Business  Day of its  request  to incur,  on that day,  a  Revolving  Advance,
Equipment  Value Advance and/or  Inventory Value Advance  hereunder.  Should any
amount  required to be paid as interest  hereunder,  or as fees or other charges
under this Agreement or any Other Document,  not be paid when due, same shall be
deemed a request for a Revolving  Advance as of the date such payment is due, in
the amount  required to pay in full such  interest,  fee,  charge or  Obligation
under  this  Agreement  or  any  Other  Document,  and  such  request  shall  be
irrevocable.

           (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of (a)  above,  in  the  event
Borrower desires to obtain a Eurodollar Rate Loan,  Borrower shall give Agent at
least three (3) Business Days' prior written notice,  specifying (i) the date of
the  proposed  borrowing  (which  shall  be a  Business  Day),  (ii) the type of
borrowing  and the  amount on the date of such  Advance  to be  borrowed,  which
amount shall not


                                      -31-



<PAGE>



be less than $1,000,000  initially or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess
thereof and (iii) the duration of the first Interest Period  therefor.  Interest
Periods for Eurodollar  Rate Loans shall be for 30, 60 or 90 days. No Eurodollar
Rate Loan  shall be made  available  to  Borrower  during the  continuance  of a
Default or an Event of  Default.  No more than three (3)  Eurodollar  Rate Loans
shall be outstanding at any time.

           (c) Each Interest  Period of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall commence on
the date  such  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan is made  and  shall  end on such  date as
Borrower may elect as set forth in (b)(iii) above provided that the exact length
of each Interest  Period shall be determined in accordance  with the practice of
the interbank  market for offshore  Dollar deposits and no Interest Period shall
end after the last day of the Term.

           Borrower  shall elect the initial  Interest  Period  applicable  to a
Eurodollar  Rate Loan by its  notice of  borrowing  given to Agent  pursuant  to
Section  2.12(b)  or by its  notice of  conversion  given to Agent  pursuant  to
Section  2.12(d),  as the case may be. Borrower shall elect the duration of each
succeeding Interest Period by giving irrevocable written notice to Agent of such
duration not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then
current  Interest Period  applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan. If Agent does
not receive timely notice of the Interest  Period elected by Borrower,  Borrower
shall be deemed to have elected to convert to a Domestic Rate Loan in accordance
with Section 2.12(d) hereinbelow.

                       (d)      Provided that no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be  continuing,  Borrower may, on the last Business Day of the then
current Interest Period  applicable to any outstanding  Eurodollar Rate Loan, or
on any Business Day with respect to Domestic  Rate Loans,  convert any such loan
into a loan of another type in the same aggregate principal amount provided that
any conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be made only on the last Business
Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan.
If a Borrower desires to convert a loan, Borrower shall give Agent not less than
three (3) Business  Days' prior  written  notice to convert from a Domestic Rate
Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan or one (1) Business Day's prior written notice to
convert from a Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Domestic Rate Loan, specifying the date
of such  conversion,  the loans to be converted and if the  conversion is from a
Domestic Rate Loan to any other type of loan, the duration of the first Interest
Period therefor.

                       (e)      At its option and upon three (3) Business Days'
prior written notice,  Borrower may prepay the Eurodollar Rate Loans in whole at
any time or in part from time to time,  without  premium  or  penalty,  but with
accrued  interest on the principal  being prepaid to the date of such repayment.
Borrower  shall specify the date of prepayment of Advances  which are Eurodollar
Rate Loans and the amount of such  prepayment.  In the event that any prepayment
of a Eurodollar Rate Loan is required or permitted on a date other


                                      -32-



<PAGE>



than the last  Business  Day of the then  current  Interest  Period with respect
thereto,  Borrower shall indemnify Agent and Lenders therefor in accordance with
Section 2.12(f) hereof.

                       (f)      Borrower shall indemnify Agent and Lenders and
hold Agent and Lenders  harmless from and against any and all losses or expenses
that Agent and Lenders may sustain or incur as a consequence of any  prepayment,
conversion  of or any default by Borrower in the payment of the  principal of or
interest  on any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan or failure  by  Borrower  to  complete a
borrowing  of, a prepayment  of or  conversion  of or to a Eurodollar  Rate Loan
after notice thereof has been given, including, but not limited to, any interest
payable by Agent or Lenders to lenders of funds  obtained by it in order to make
or  maintain  its  Eurodollar  Rate Loans  hereunder.  A  certificate  as to any
additional amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by Agent
or any Lender to Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

                       (g)      Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if
any applicable law, treaty, regulation or directive, or any change therein or in
the interpretation or application thereof, shall make it unlawful for any Lender
(for purposes of this subsection (g), the term "Lender" shall include any Lender
and the office or branch where any Lender or any corporation or bank controlling
such Lender)  makes or maintains any  Eurodollar  Rate Loans to make or maintain
its  Eurodollar  Rate Loans the  obligation of Lenders to make  Eurodollar  Rate
Loans hereunder shall forthwith be cancelled and Borrower shall, if any affected
Eurodollar  Rate Loans are then  outstanding,  promptly upon request from Agent,
either pay all such  affected  Eurodollar  Rate Loans or convert  such  affected
Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  into  loans of  another  type.  If any such  payment or
conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Loan is made on a day that is not the last day
of the Interest Period  applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan,  Borrower shall
pay Agent,  upon Agent's request,  such amount or amounts as may be necessary to
compensate  Lenders for any loss or expense  sustained or incurred by Lenders in
respect of such  Eurodollar Rate Loan as a result of such payment or conversion,
including (but not limited to) any interest or other amounts  payable by Lenders
to  lenders of funds  obtained  by  Lenders  in order to make or  maintain  such
Eurodollar  Rate  Loan.  A  certificate  as to any  additional  amounts  payable
pursuant to the  foregoing  sentence  submitted by Lenders to Borrower  shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.

           (h) The Revolving  Advances  shall be due and payable in full and the
Letter of Credit  Obligations shall be fully  collateralized in each case to the
satisfaction of Agent on the last day of the Term subject to earlier  prepayment
as herein provided.

           (i) Borrower  shall pay  principal,  interest,  and all other amounts
payable  hereunder,   or  under  any  Other  Document,   without  any  deduction
whatsoever,  including,  but not  limited  to, any  deduction  for any setoff or
counterclaim.


                                      -33-



<PAGE>




           (j)         Each borrowing of Revolving Advances shall be advanced
according to the Commitment Percentages of Lenders.

           (k) Each payment  (including each  prepayment) by Borrower on account
of the principal of and interest on the Revolving  Credit Note, shall be applied
by the Agent to the  Revolving  Advances  and,  subject to Sections 2.2 and 2.2A
hereof,  to Equipment Value Advances and Inventory  Value Advances,  as the case
may be, as  applicable  pro rata  according  to the  Commitment  Percentages  of
Lenders.   Except  as  expressly  provided  herein,   all  payments   (including
prepayments)  to be made by Borrower on account of principal,  interest and fees
shall be made  without  set-off  or  counterclaim  and shall be made to Agent on
behalf of Lenders to the Payment Office,  in each case on or prior to 3:00 P.M.,
New York time, in Dollars and in immediately  available funds.  Agent shall have
the  right  to  effectuate  payment  on any and all  Obligations  due and  owing
hereunder  by charging  Borrower's  account or by making  Revolving  Advances as
provided in this Section  2.12.  In the event Agent fails to remit to any Lender
such  Lender's  pro rata  share of  interest  or fees to which  such  Lender  is
entitled in a prompt  manner but in any event within one (1) Business Day of the
payment of same by Borrower  to Agent,  Agent shall pay to such Lender on demand
for each day there is a delay in payment an amount  equal to the  product of (i)
the Federal Funds Rate (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days), times (ii)
such amount.

           (l)  (i)  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in
Sections  2.12(a),  (h),  (i),  (j) and (k)  hereof,  commencing  with the first
Business Day following the Original  Closing Date,  each  borrowing of Revolving
Advances,  Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances (as the case
may be) shall be  advanced  by Agent and each  payment by Borrower on account of
Revolving  Advances Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances (as
the case may be) shall be applied first to those Revolving  Advances,  Equipment
Value  Advances  and/or  Inventory  Value  Advances (as the case may be) made by
Agent. On or before 3:00 P.M., New York time, on each Settlement Date commencing
with the first  Settlement Date following the Original  Closing Date,  Agent and
Lenders shall make certain  payments as follows:  (I) if the aggregate amount of
new Revolving Advances, Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances
(as the case may be)  made by  Agent  during  the  preceding  Week  exceeds  the
aggregate  amount of  repayments  applied  to  outstanding  Revolving  Advances,
Equipment  Value Advances  and/or  Inventory Value Advances (as the case may be)
during such preceding  Week,  then each Lender shall provide Agent with funds in
an amount equal to its Commitment  Percentage of the difference between (w) such
new Revolving Advances, Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances
(as the case may be) and (x) such repayments and (II) if the aggregate amount of
repayments applied to outstanding  Revolving Advances,  Equipment Value Advances
and/or  Inventory Value Advances (as the case may be) during such preceding Week
exceeds the aggregate amount of new Revolving Advances, Equipment Value Advances
and/or Inventory Value Advances (as the case may be) made during such Week, then
Agent shall


                                      -34-



<PAGE>



provide each Lender with its Commitment Percentage of the difference between (y)
such  repayments and (z) such new Revolving  Advances,  Equipment Value Advances
and/or Inventory Value Advances
(as the case may be).

                                (ii)  Each Lender shall be entitled to earn
interest at the Revolving  Interest  Rate on  outstanding  Advances  (other than
Letters of Credit) which it has funded.

                                (iii)  Promptly following each Settlement Date,
Agent  shall  submit to each  Lender a  certificate  with  respect  to  payments
received  and  Advances  (other  than  Letters of Credit)  made  during the Week
immediately  preceding such Settlement  Date. Such certificate of Agent shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                       (m)      If any Lender or Participant (a "benefitted
Lender")  shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its  Revolving
Advances,  Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances (as the case
may be) or  interest  thereon,  or receive  any  Collateral  in respect  thereof
(whether  voluntarily or  involuntarily  or by set-off) in a greater  proportion
than any such payment to and Collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in
respect of such other  Lender's  Revolving  Advances,  Equipment  Value Advances
and/or  Inventory Value Advances (as the case may be) or interest  thereon,  and
such greater  proportionate  payment or receipt of  Collateral  is not expressly
permitted  hereunder,  such  benefitted  Lender shall purchase for cash from the
other  Lenders  such  portion of each such other  Lender's  Revolving  Advances,
Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances (as the case may be) or
shall provide such other Lender with the benefits of any such Collateral, or the
proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefitted Lender to share
the excess payment or benefits of such Collateral or proceeds  ratably with each
of the other  Lenders;  provided,  however,  that if all or any  portion of such
excess payment or benefits is thereafter  recovered from such benefitted Lender,
such purchase shall be rescinded,  and the purchase price and benefits returned,
to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Each Lender so purchasing
a portion of another  Lender's  Revolving  Advances,  Equipment  Value  Advances
and/or  Inventory Value Advances (as the case may be) may exercise all rights of
payment (including,  without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such
portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

                       (n)      Unless Agent shall have been notified by
telephone,  confirmed  in writing,  by any Lender that such Lender will not make
the amount which would  constitute  its  Commitment  Percentage of the Revolving
Advances,  Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory Value Advances (as the case
may be)  available to Agent,  Agent may (but shall not be  obligated  to) assume
that such Lender shall make such amount available to Agent and, in reliance upon
such assumption,  make available to Borrower a corresponding  amount. Agent will
promptly notify Borrower of its receipt of any


                                      -35-



<PAGE>



such notice from a Lender.  If such amount is made  available to Agent on a date
after a  Settlement  Date,  such  Lender  shall pay to Agent on demand an amount
equal to the product of (i) the daily average  Federal  Funds Rate  (computed on
the basis of a year of 360 days)  during such  period as quoted by Agent,  times
(ii) such  amount,  times  (iii) the  number  of days  from and  including  such
Settlement Date to the date on which such amount becomes  immediately  available
to Agent.  A  certificate  of Agent  submitted to any Lender with respect to any
amounts owing under this  paragraph (n) shall be  conclusive,  in the absence of
manifest  error.  If such amount is not in fact made  available to Agent by such
Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Settlement Date, Agent shall be
entitled to recover such an amount,  with interest thereon at the rate per annum
then applicable to Revolving Advances, Equipment Value Advances and/or Inventory
Value  Advances  (as the  case  may be)  hereunder,  on  demand  from  Borrower;
provided,  however,  that Agent's right to such recovery  shall not prejudice or
otherwise adversely affect Borrower's rights (if any) against such Lender.

            2.13.       Use of Proceeds.  Borrower shall apply the proceeds of
the Revolving Advances to provide for the working capital and
general corporate needs of Borrower and for any investment
permitted under Section 7.4 hereof.


III.  INTEREST AND FEES.

           3.1.  Interest.  Interest on Advances  (other than Letters of Credit)
shall be payable  in  arrears  on the first day of each  month  with  respect to
Domestic Rate Loans and, with respect to  Eurodollar  Rate Loans,  at the end of
each  Interest  Period.  Interest  charges shall be computed on the daily unpaid
balance of Advances  (other than  Letters of Credit)  outstanding  at the end of
each day during the month at a rate per annum  equal to the  Revolving  Interest
Rate.  Whenever,  subsequent  to the date of this  Agreement,  the Base  Rate is
increased or  decreased,  the  Revolving  Interest  Rate for Domestic Rate Loans
shall be  similarly  changed  without  notice or demand of any kind by an amount
equal to the amount of such  change in the Base Rate during the time such change
or  changes  remain in  effect.  Upon and after  the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default,  and during the continuation  thereof, the Advances (other than Letters
of Credit) shall bear interest at the  applicable  Revolving  Interest Rate plus
two (2%) percent (the "Default Rate").

           3.2.        Letter of Credit Fees.

           In the event that Agent or Lenders  shall  incur any Letter of Credit
Obligations  pursuant hereto at the request or on behalf of Borrower  hereunder,
Borrower  agrees  to pay to  Agent  for  the  ratable  benefit  of  Lenders,  as
compensation to Lenders for such Letter of Credit  Obligation,  (i) all fees and
charges  paid by Lenders on account of such Letter of Credit  Obligation  to the
issuer or like party (other than commissions paid by Agent or Lenders and


                                      -36-



<PAGE>



negotiation  charges) and (ii) commencing with the month in which such Letter of
Credit  Obligation is incurred by Lenders and monthly  thereafter for each month
during which such Letter of Credit  Obligation shall remain  outstanding,  a fee
(the  "Letter of Credit  Fee") at a rate equal to (a) 175 basis points per annum
on all trade  Letters of Credit and all standby  Letters of Credit  expiring 180
days or less from date of  issuance  and (b) 175 basis  points  per annum on all
standby  Letters  of Credit  expiring  more than 180 days but less than 360 days
from date of issuance,  in each case based upon the daily outstanding  amount of
such  Letter  of Credit  Obligations  on each day  during  the  previous  month,
determined  on the basis of a year of 360 days.  So long as any Event of Default
shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the  Letter of  Credit  Fee shall be
increased by two percent (2%) per annum above the rate otherwise  applicable and
the Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable on demand.  Fees payable in respect of
Letter of Credit  Obligations  shall be paid to Agent for the ratable benefit of
Lenders, in arrears, on the first day of such calendar month.

           3.3.        Closing Fee. Upon the execution of this Agreement,
Borrower shall pay to Agent for the ratable benefit of Lenders a
closing fee of $50,000.

           3.4.  Unused  Line Fee.  If,  for any month  during  the term of this
Agreement,  the daily unpaid  balance of the Advances  outstanding at the end of
each day of such month does not equal the Maximum Revolving Advance Amount, then
Borrower  shall pay to Agent for the ratable  benefit of Lenders a fee at a rate
equal to one quarter of one percent  (1/4%)  multiplied by (x) the lesser of (i)
the Maximum  Revolving  Advance Amount or (ii) the Borrowing Base, minus (y) the
unpaid  balance of  Advances.  Such fee shall be  payable  to Agent for  ratable
benefit of Lenders in arrears on the first day of each month.

           3.5. Collateral Evaluation Fee. Borrower shall pay Agent a collateral
evaluation  fee equal to $1,500  per  month  commencing  on the first day of the
month following the Effective Date and on the first day of each month thereafter
during the Term. The collateral evaluation fee shall be deemed earned in full on
the date when same is due and  payable  hereunder  and shall not be  subject  to
rebate or proration upon termination of this Agreement for any reason.

           3.6. Field Examinations. Borrower shall pay to Agent on the first day
of each month (following any month) in which Agent performs a field  examination
a fee of $500.00 per day for each person  employed  to perform  such  monitoring
plus all out of pocket  expenses  incurred by Agent in the  performance  of such
examination.  Field  examinations  shall be  conducted no more than four times a
year provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

           3.7.        Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest and fees
hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and
for the actual number of days elapsed.  If any payment to be made


                                      -37-



<PAGE>



hereunder  becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business  Day,  the due
date thereof  shall be extended to the next  succeeding  Business Day and,  with
respect to  payments  of  principal,  interest  thereon  shall be payable at the
Revolving Interest Rate for Domestic Rate Loans during such extension.

           3.8. Maximum Charges. In no event whatsoever shall interest and other
charges charged  hereunder exceed the highest rate permissible under law which a
court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable
hereto.  In the event  that a court  determines  that  Agent or any  Lender  has
received  interest  and other  charges  hereunder  in excess of the highest rate
applicable  hereto,  such excess  interest  shall be first applied to any unpaid
principal balance owed by Borrower, and if the then remaining excess interest is
greater than the previously  unpaid  principal  balance,  Lenders shall promptly
refund such excess amount to Borrower and the provisions  hereof shall be deemed
amended to provide for such permissible rate.

           3.9.  Increased Costs. In the event that any change in any applicable
law, treaty or governmental regulation,  or in the interpretation or application
thereof, or compliance by any Lender (for purposes of this Section 3.9, the term
"Lender"  shall  include  Agent  or any  Lender  and  any  corporation  or  bank
controlling  Agent or any  Lender)  and the office or branch  where Agent or any
Lender (as so defined)  makes or maintains  any  Eurodollar  Rate Loans with any
request or  directive  (whether or not having the force of law) from any central
bank or other  financial,  monetary  or other  authority,  occurring  after  the
Effective Date shall:

                       (a)      subject Agent or any Lender to any tax of any
kind  whatsoever  with respect to this Agreement or change the basis of taxation
of payments  to Agent or any Lender of  principal,  fees,  interest or any other
amount payable hereunder or under any Other Documents (except for changes in any
tax  measured or imposed on the overall net income of Agent or any Lender by the
jurisdiction in which it maintains its principal office);

                       (b)      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

                       (c)      impose on Agent or any Lender or the London
Interbank Eurodollar Market any other condition with respect to
this Agreement or any Other Documents;

and the  result  of any of the  foregoing  is to  increase  the cost to Agent or
Lender of making,  renewing or maintaining  any Advances  hereunder by an amount
that Agent or such  Lender  deems to be  material or to reduce the amount of any
payment  (whether of principal,  interest or otherwise) in respect of any of the
Advances by an amount that Agent or such Lender deems to be material,  then,  in
any case Borrower shall promptly pay Agent or such Lender, upon its demand, such
additional  amount as will  compensate  Agent or such Lender for such additional
cost or such  reduction,  as the case may be,  provided that the foregoing shall
not apply to increased costs


                                      -38-



<PAGE>



which are reflected in the Eurodollar  Rate.  Agent or such Lender shall certify
the amount of such additional cost or reduced amount (which  certification shall
be  supported  by  calculations  in  reasonable  detail) to  Borrower,  and such
certification shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

           3.10.       Capital Adequacy.

                       (a)      In the event that any change after the Effective
Date in any applicable  law,  rule,  regulation or guideline  regarding  capital
adequacy,  or any  change  after the  Effective  Date in the  interpretation  or
administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable
agency charged with the interpretation or administration  thereof, or compliance
by Agent or any Lender (for  purposes of this Section  3.10,  the term  "Lender"
shall include Agent or any Lender and any corporation or bank controlling  Agent
or any  Lender)  and the  office  or branch  where  Agent or any  Lender  (as so
defined)  makes or  maintains  any  Eurodollar  Rate Loans  with any  request or
directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of
any such authority,  central bank or comparable  agency made after the Effective
Date,  has the effect of  reducing  the rate of return on Agent or any  Lender's
capital as a  consequence  of its  obligations  hereunder  to a level below that
which Agent or such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption,  change or
compliance  (taking into  consideration  Agent's and each Lender's policies with
respect to capital  adequacy)  by an amount  deemed by Agent or any Lender to be
material,  then,  from time to time,  Borrower shall pay upon demand to Agent or
such Lender such additional  amount or amounts as will compensate  Agent or such
Lender for such reduction.  In determining such amount or amounts, Agent or such
Lender may use any reasonable  averaging or attribution  methods. The protection
of this Section 3.10 shall be available to Agent and each Lender  regardless  of
any possible  contention of invalidity  or  inapplicability  with respect to the
applicable law, regulation or condition.

                       (b)      A certificate of Agent or such Lender setting
forth  such  amount  or  amounts  (which   certificate  shall  be  supported  by
calculations in reasonable  detail) as shall be necessary to compensate Agent or
such Lender with respect to Section  3.10(a)  hereof when  delivered to Borrower
shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

           3.11.  Survival.  The obligations of Borrower under Sections
2.10, 3.9 and, 3.10 shall survive termination of this Agreement and
the Other Documents and payment in full of the Obligations.

           3.12.       Basis For Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or
Unfair.  In the event that Agent or any Lender shall have
determined that:

                       (a)      reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining
the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period; or


                                      -39-



<PAGE>




                       (b)      Dollar deposits in the relevant amount and for
the relevant  maturity  are not  available  in the London  interbank  Eurodollar
market,  with  respect  to an  outstanding  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  a  proposed
Eurodollar  Rate Loan,  or a proposed  conversion of a Domestic Rate Loan into a
Eurodollar Rate Loan,

then Agent shall give Borrower prompt written,  telephonic or telegraphic notice
of  such  determination.  If such  notice  is  given,  (i)  any  such  requested
Eurodollar  Rate Loan shall be made as a Domestic  Rate  Loan,  unless  Borrower
shall  notify  Agent no later  than  10:00  a.m.  (New York  City  time) two (2)
Business Days prior to the date of such proposed borrowing, that its request for
such  borrowing  shall be cancelled or made as an unaffected  type of Eurodollar
Rate Loan, (ii) any Domestic Rate Loan or Eurodollar Rate Loan which was to have
been converted to an affected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be continued as
or converted into a Domestic Rate Loan,  or, if Borrower shall notify Agent,  no
later than 10:00 a.m.  (New York City time) two (2)  Business  Days prior to the
proposed  conversion,  shall be maintained  as an unaffected  type of Eurodollar
Rate Loan and (iii) any  outstanding  affected  Eurodollar  Rate Loans  shall be
converted  into a  Domestic  Rate  Loan as of the last  day of the then  current
Interest  Period,  or, if Borrower shall notify Agent,  no later than 10:00 a.m.
(New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to the last Business Day of the
then current Interest Period  applicable to such affected  Eurodollar Rate Loan,
such affected Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted into an unaffected type of
Eurodollar  Rate  Loan on the last  Business  Day of the then  current  Interest
Period for such  affected  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans.  Until such  notice has been
withdrawn,  Lenders  shall  have  no  obligation  to make  an  affected  type of
Eurodollar Rate Loan or maintain  outstanding affected Eurodollar Rate Loans and
Borrower  shall  not have the  right  to  convert  a  Domestic  Rate  Loan or an
unaffected type of Eurodollar Rate Loan into an affected type of Eurodollar Rate
Loan.


IV.  COLLATERAL:  GENERAL TERMS

           4.1.  Security  Interest  in the  Collateral.  To secure  the  prompt
payment and  performance to Agent and each Lender of the  Obligations,  Borrower
hereby assigns,  pledges and grants to Agent for its benefit and for the ratable
benefit  of each  Lender a  continuing  security  interest  in and to all of the
Collateral,  whether now owned or existing or hereafter  acquired or arising and
wheresoever  located.  Borrower  shall  mark its  books  and  records  as may be
necessary or  appropriate  to  evidence,  protect and perfect  Agent's  security
interest and shall cause its financial  statements to reflect the existence of a
security interest.

           4.2.        Perfection of Security Interest.  Borrower shall take
all action that may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may
request, so as at all times to maintain the validity, perfection,
enforceability and priority of Agent's security interest in the
Collateral or to enable Agent to protect, exercise or enforce its


                                      -40-



<PAGE>



rights  hereunder  and in the  Collateral,  including,  but not  limited  to (i)
immediately discharging all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances,  (ii) using
its best efforts to obtain landlords' or mortgagees' lien waivers,  (iii) making
available to Agent at the locations where same are kept, endorsed or accompanied
by such instruments of assignment as Agent may specify, and stamping or marking,
in such manner as Agent may  specify,  any and all chattel  paper,  instruments,
letters of credits and advices  thereof and  documents  evidencing  or forming a
part of the  Collateral,  (iv)  entering  into  warehousing,  lockbox  and other
custodial  arrangements  satisfactory to Agent, and (v) executing and delivering
financing statements, instruments of pledge, mortgages, notices and assignments,
in each  case in form and  substance  satisfactory  to  Agent,  relating  to the
creation, validity, perfection,  maintenance or continuation of Agent's security
interest  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code or  other  applicable  law.  All
reasonable  charges,  expenses  and fees  Agent  may  incur in doing  any of the
foregoing,  and any local taxes relating thereto, shall be charged to Borrower's
account as a  Revolving  Advance  and added to the  Obligations,  or, at Agent's
option, shall be paid to Agent immediately upon demand.

           4.3.  Disposition of Collateral.  Borrower will safeguard and protect
all  Collateral  for Agent's  general  account and make no  disposition  thereof
whether by sale,  lease or  otherwise  except (a) the sale of  Inventory  in the
ordinary  course of business,  (b) the  disposition  or transfer of obsolete and
worn-out  Equipment  in the ordinary  course of business  during any fiscal year
having an aggregate  fair market value of not more than $50,000 and (c) which is
otherwise permitted in Article VII of this Agreement.

           4.4. Preservation of Collateral.  Following the occurrence and during
the continuation of an Event of Default,  in addition to the rights and remedies
set forth in Section 11.1 hereof,  Agent: (a) may at any time take such steps as
Agent  deems  necessary  to protect  Agent's  interest  in and to  preserve  the
Collateral, including the hiring of such security guards or the placing of other
security protection  measures as Agent may deem appropriate;  (b) may employ and
maintain at any of Borrower's premises a custodian who shall have full authority
to do all acts necessary to protect Agent's interests in the Collateral; (c) may
lease  warehouse  facilities  to  which  Agent  may  move  all  or  part  of the
Collateral;  (d) may use any of Borrower's owned or leased lifts, hoists, trucks
and other  facilities or equipment for handling or removing the Collateral;  and
(e) shall  have,  and is hereby  granted,  a right of ingress  and egress to the
places where the Collateral is located,  and may proceed over and through any of
Borrower's owned or leased property.  Borrower shall cooperate fully with all of
Agent's  efforts  to  preserve  the  Collateral  and will take such  actions  to
preserve  the  Collateral  as Agent  may  direct.  All of  Agent's  expenses  of
preserving the Collateral,  including any expenses  relating to the bonding of a
custodian,  shall be charged to  Borrower's  account as a Revolving  Advance and
added to the Obligations.


                                      -41-



<PAGE>




           4.5. Ownership of Collateral.  With respect to the Collateral, at the
time the Collateral becomes subject to Agent's security  interest:  (a) Borrower
shall be the sole  owner of and  fully  authorized  and able to sell,  transfer,
pledge  and/or  grant a first  security  interest  in each and every item of the
Collateral to Agent; and, except for Permitted Encumbrances the Collateral shall
be free and clear of all  Liens  whatsoever;  (b) each  document  and  agreement
executed  by  Borrower  or  delivered  to Agent or any  Lender  by  Borrower  in
connection  with  this  Agreement  shall be true  and  correct  in all  material
respects at the time executed or delivered;  (c) all signatures and endorsements
of Borrower that appear on such  documents and  agreements  shall be genuine and
Borrower  shall have full capacity to execute same; and (d) except for Inventory
relating to import  financing by Borrower and except with respect to the sale of
Inventory  in the  ordinary  course of  business  and  Equipment  to the  extent
permitted in Section 4.3 hereof,  Borrower's  Equipment and  Inventory  shall be
located  as set  forth on  Schedule  4.5 and  shall  not be  removed  from  such
location(s)  without the prior written consent of Agent,  not to be unreasonably
withheld.

           4.6. Defense of Agent's and Lender's Interests. Until (a) payment and
performance  in  full of all of the  Obligations  and  (b)  termination  of this
Agreement,  Agent's interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force and
effect.  During such period  Borrower shall not,  without  Agent's prior written
consent,  pledge,  sell (except Inventory in the ordinary course of business and
Equipment  to the extent  permitted in Section 4.3  hereof),  assign,  transfer,
create  or  suffer  to exist a Lien  upon or  encumber  or allow or suffer to be
encumbered  in any  way  except  for  Permitted  Encumbrances,  any  part of the
Collateral.  Borrower shall defend Agent's interests in the Receivables  against
any  and all  Persons  whatsoever  and  shall  defend  Agent's  interest  in the
Collateral other than Receivables  against any and all persons  whatsoever other
than  creditors of its Clients.  At any time following the occurrence and during
the  continuation  of an Event of  Default,  Agent  shall have the right to take
possession  of the  indicia of the  Collateral  and the  Collateral  in whatever
physical form  contained,  including  without  limitation:  labels,  stationery,
documents,  instruments and advertising materials. If Agent exercises this right
to take possession of the Collateral,  Borrower shall, upon demand,  assemble it
in the best manner possible and make it available to Agent at a place reasonably
convenient  to Agent.  In addition,  with respect to all  Collateral,  Agent and
Lenders shall be entitled to all of the rights and remedies set forth herein and
further  provided  by the  Uniform  Commercial  Code or  other  applicable  law.
Following  the  occurrence  and during the  continuation  of an Event of Default
Borrower shall at Agent's  request,  and Agent may, at its option,  instruct all
suppliers, carriers, forwarders, warehouses or others receiving or holding cash,
checks,  Inventory,  documents  or  instruments  in which Agent holds a security
interest to deliver  same to Agent and/or  subject to Agent's  order and if they
shall come into Borrower's possession,  they, and each of them, shall be held by
Borrower in trust as Agent's trustee, and Borrower


                                      -42-



<PAGE>



will immediately  deliver them to Agent in their original form together with any
necessary endorsement.

           4.7.  Books and  Records.  Borrower  (a) shall keep  proper  books of
record and account in which full,  true and correct  entries will be made of all
dealings or transactions of or in relation to its business and affairs;  (b) set
up on its books accruals with respect to all taxes, assessments, charges, levies
and claims;  and (c) on a reasonably current basis set up on its books, from its
earnings, allowances against doubtful Receivables,  advances and investments and
all  other  proper  accruals   (including   without   limitation  by  reason  of
enumeration,  accruals  for  premiums,  if any,  due on  required  payments  and
accruals for depreciation,  obsolescence, or amortization of properties),  which
should be set aside from such  earnings in  connection  with its  business.  All
determinations  pursuant to this subsection shall be made in accordance with, or
as required  by, GAAP  consistently  applied in the opinion of such  independent
public accountant as shall then be regularly engaged by Borrower.

           4.8. Financial Disclosure. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and
directs all accountants and auditors employed by Borrower at any time during the
term of this Agreement to exhibit and deliver to Agent and each Lender copies of
any of  Borrower's  financial  statements,  trial  balances or other  accounting
records of any sort in the accountant's or auditor's possession, and to disclose
to Agent and each Lender any  information  such  accountants may have concerning
Borrower's financial status and business operations.  Borrower hereby authorizes
all federal, state and municipal authorities to furnish to Agent and each Lender
copies of reports or examinations relating to Borrower, whether made by Borrower
or  otherwise;  however,  Agent and each  Lender  will  attempt  to obtain  such
information  or  materials  directly  from  Borrower  prior  to  obtaining  such
information or materials from such accountants or such authorities and Agent and
each Lender shall provide  Borrower with the  opportunity  to participate in any
meeting or communication with such accountants or such authorities.

           4.9.  Compliance  with Laws.  Borrower  shall  comply  with all acts,
rules,  regulations  (including  those  relating to licensing and  regulation of
Borrower's business, ERISA, those regarding the collection,  payment and deposit
of sales,  employees' income,  unemployment and social security taxes, and those
relating to environmental matters) and orders of any legislative, administrative
or judicial body or official applicable to the Collateral or any part thereof or
to the operation of Borrower's business the non-compliance with which would have
a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.10.       Inspection of Premises.  Subject to the limitation on
field examinations contained in Section 3.6, at all reasonable
times Agent or any Lender shall have full access to and the right
to audit, check, inspect and make abstracts and copies from
Borrower's books, records, audits, correspondence and all other


                                      -43-



<PAGE>



papers  relating to the Collateral and the operation of Borrower's  business and
Agent, any Lender and their agents may enter upon any of Borrower's  premises at
any time during business hours and at any other  reasonable  time, and from time
to time,  for the purpose of inspecting  the  Collateral and any and all records
pertaining thereto and the operation of Borrower's business.

           4.11. Insurance Policies. Schedule 4.11(a) lists all insurance of any
nature maintained for current  occurrences by Borrower or its  Subsidiaries,  as
well as a summary of the terms of such insurance. Such insurance covers, without
limitation,  environmental,  fire, theft, burglary,  public liability,  property
damage,  product  liability,  workers'  compensation,  and  insurance  on all of
Borrower's and each of its Subsidiaries  tangible property and assets,  wherever
located, all in amounts customary for Borrower's and such Subsidiary's  industry
and under policies  issued by insurers and pursuant to policies  satisfactory to
Agent and in any event in compliance with any insurance  requirements under this
Agreement or under any Other Document.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(b),
(a) all of such  policies of insurance  which are liability  insurance  policies
shall name Agent as additional  insureds and (b) Borrower  shall and shall cause
its  Subsidiaries  to use its best  efforts to ensure that all such  policies of
insurance which are casualty insurance policies shall contain an endorsement, in
form and  substance  acceptable  to Agent,  showing loss  payable to Agent.  The
endorsement   referenced  in  clause  (b)  of  the  preceding  sentence,  or  an
independent  instrument  furnished to Agent in lieu of such  endorsement,  shall
provide  that the  insurance  companies  will give  Agent at least 30 days prior
written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance  shall be altered
or  cancelled  and that no act or default of Borrower or any other  Person shall
affect the right of Agent to recover  under such policy or policies of insurance
in case of loss or damage.  All of such policies (or replacements  therefor) are
in full force and effect (except to the extent same relate to assets disposed of
as permitted  in Article VII hereof) and provide  coverage of such risks and for
such amounts as is  customarily  maintained for businesses of the scope and size
of Borrower.

           4.12. Failure to Pay Insurance. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance
as  hereinabove  provided,  or to keep the  same in  force,  Agent,  if Agent so
elects,  may obtain such  insurance and pay the premium  therefor for Borrower's
account,  and charge Borrower's account therefor and such expenses so paid shall
be part of the Obligations.

           4.13.       Payment of Taxes.  Borrower will pay, when due, all
taxes, assessments and other Charges or Claims lawfully levied or
assessed upon Borrower or any of the Collateral including, without
limitation, real and personal property taxes, assessments and
charges and all franchise, income, employment, social security
benefits, withholding, and sales taxes except to the extent any of
the foregoing constitutes a Permitted Encumbrance.  Subject to the
preceding sentence, if any tax by any governmental authority is or


                                      -44-



<PAGE>



may be imposed on or as a result of any transaction  between  Borrower and Agent
or any Lender which Agent or any Lender may be required to withhold or pay or if
any taxes, assessments,  or other Charges remain unpaid after the date fixed for
their  payment,  or if any Claim  shall be made  which,  in Agent's or  Lender's
opinion,  may possibly create a valid Lien on the Collateral,  Agent may without
notice to Borrower  pay the taxes,  assessments  or other  Charges and  Borrower
hereby  indemnifies and holds Agent and each Lender harmless in respect thereof.
Neither Agent nor any Lender will pay any taxes,  assessments  or Charges to the
extent that  Borrower has  contested or disputed  those  taxes,  assessments  or
Charges in good faith, by expeditious protest, administrative or judicial appeal
or  similar  proceeding  provided  that  any  related  tax  lien is  stayed  and
sufficient  reserves are established to the reasonable  satisfaction of Agent to
protect Agent's  security  interest in or Lien on the Collateral.  The amount of
any  payment by Agent  under this  Section  4.13 shall be charged to  Borrower's
account as a Revolving Advance and added to the Obligations.

           4.14. Payment of Leasehold  Obligations.  Borrower shall at all times
pay, when and as due, its rental  obligations under all leases under which it is
a tenant, and shall otherwise comply, in all material  respects,  with all other
terms of such  leases  and keep them in full force and  effect  and,  at Agent's
request will provide evidence of having done so.

           4.15.       Receivables.

                       (a)      Nature of Receivables.  At the time of the
purchase by  Borrower of any  Client's  Receivables  pursuant to the  applicable
Factoring  Agreement,  based upon the representations of such Client to Borrower
under  the  applicable  Factoring  Agreement  with  Borrower  having  no  actual
knowledge to the contrary,  each of the Receivables shall be (i) a bona fide and
valid  account  representing  a bona fide  indebtedness  incurred by the Account
Debtor  therein  named,  for a fixed  sum as set forth in the  invoice  relating
thereto (provided immaterial or unintentional invoice errors shall not be deemed
to be a breach hereof) with respect to an absolute sale or lease and delivery of
goods upon stated terms of the  applicable  Client,  or work,  labor or services
theretofore  rendered by the applicable Client as of the date each Receivable is
created  and  (ii) due and  owing in  accordance  with the  applicable  Client's
standard terms of sale without dispute,  setoff or counterclaim except as may be
stated on the accounts receivable schedules, if any, delivered by the applicable
Client to Borrower.

                      (b)      Solvency of Account Debtor.  Each Account Debtor,
to the best of Borrower's knowledge,  as of the date each Receivable is created,
is  solvent  and able to pay all  Receivables  on which  the  Account  Debtor is
obligated in full when due or with  respect to such Account  Debtors of Client's
who are  not  solvent  Borrower  has set up on its  books  and in its  financial
records  bad  debt  reserves  adequate  in  Borrower's  opinion  to  cover  such
Receivables.



                                      -45-


<PAGE>



                       (c)      Locations of Borrower.  Borrower's chief
executive  office is located at 2700 South Quincy  Street,  Arlington,  Virginia
22206.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15(c)  attached hereto,  until written
notice is given to Agent by Borrower  of any other  office at which it keeps its
records  pertaining  to  Receivables,  all  such  records  shall be kept at such
executive office.

                       (d)      Collection of Receivables.  Until Borrower's
authority to do so is terminated by Agent by written  notice (which notice Agent
may only give at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default), Borrower will, at Borrower's sole cost and expense, but on
Agent's behalf and for Agent's account, collect as Agent's property and in trust
for Agent all amounts  received on  Receivables,  and shall not  commingle  such
collections  with  Borrower's  funds.  Borrower shall in accordance with Section
4.16 hereof deposit in the Lockbox Account,  all checks,  drafts,  notes,  money
orders,  acceptances,  cash and other  evidences  of  Indebtedness  collected by
Borrower.

                       (e)      Notification of Assignment of Receivables.  At
any time  following the occurrence  and during the  continuation  of an Event of
Default,  Agent  shall have the right to send notice of the  assignment  of, and
Agent's  security  interest  in, the  Receivables  to any and all Clients or any
third  party  holding  or  otherwise  concerned  with  any  of  the  Collateral.
Thereafter  (until such Event of Default has been cured or waived),  Agent shall
have  the  sole  right  to  collect  the  Receivables,  take  possession  of the
Collateral,  or both.  Agent's actual collection  expenses,  including,  but not
limited to,  stationery and postage,  telephone and telegraph,  secretarial  and
clerical  expenses  and  the  salaries  of any  collection  personnel  used  for
collection, may be charged to Borrower's account and added to the Obligations.

                       (f)      Power of Agent to Act on Borrower's Behalf.

           (1) Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  constitutes and appoints Agent and
any officer or agent thereof,  with full power of substitution,  as its true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  with full irrevocable power and authority in the place
and stead of Borrower and in the name of Borrower or in its own name,  from time
to time in Agent's discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this
Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any
and all  documents  and  instruments  which may be  necessary  or  desirable  to
accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and,  without  limiting the generality
of the  foregoing,  hereby  grants to Agent the  power and  right,  on behalf of
Borrower,  without  notice to or assent by Borrower,  and at any time, to do the
following:

                       (i) except as provided in Section  4.15(d) or (e), in the
           name of Borrower,  in its own name or otherwise,  take possession of,
           endorse  and  receive   payment  of  any   checks,   drafts,   notes,
           acceptances, or


                                      -46-



<PAGE>



           other instruments for the payment of monies due under any Collateral;
           and
                       (ii) upon the occurrence and during the  continuation  of
           an Event of Default,  receive payment of any and all monies,  claims,
           and other  amounts due or to become due at any time arising out of or
           in respect of any Collateral other than the Receivables.

           (2) Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  constitutes and appoints Agent and
any officer or agent thereof,  with full power of substitution,  as its true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  with full irrevocable power and authority in the place
and stead of Borrower and in the name of Borrower or in its own name,  from time
to time in Agent's discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this
Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any
and all  documents  and  instruments  which may be  necessary  or  desirable  to
accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and,  without  limiting the generality
of the  foregoing,  hereby  grants to Agent the  power and  right,  on behalf of
Borrower,  without  notice to or assent by  Borrower,  upon the  occurrence  and
during the continuation of an Event of Default, to do the following:

                       (i) subject to the terms of the Factoring Agreements, the
           Collateral  Funding  Repayment  Agreements,  if  any,  the  Inventory
           Collateral Funding Repayment Agreements,  if any and the terms of the
           Receivables,  ask, demand, collect, receive and give acquittances and
           receipts  for  any and all  money  due or to  become  due  under  any
           Collateral,  and take  ownership and control of any and all lockboxes
           and other depository  accounts by written notice to any bank or other
           institution maintaining such lockboxes or other depository accounts;

                       (ii)   pay or discharge taxes, liens, security
           interests, or other encumbrances levied or placed on or
           threatened against the Collateral;

                       (iii) effect any repairs or obtain any  insurance  called
           for by the  terms  of this  Agreement  and pay all or any part of the
           premiums therefor and costs thereof;

                       (iv) direct any party liable for any payment  under or in
           respect  of any of the  Collateral  to  make  payment  of any and all
           monies due or to become due thereunder, directly to Agent or as Agent
           shall direct;

                       (v) sign and  endorse  any  invoices,  freight or express
           bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against
           debtors, assignments,  verifications,  and notices in connection with
           accounts  and  other   documents   constituting  or  related  to  the
           Collateral;



                                      -47-



<PAGE>



                       (vi)  subject to the terms of the  Factoring  Agreements,
           the Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreements,  if any, the Inventory
           Collateral Funding Repayment Agreements, if any, and the terms of the
           Receivables,  settle,  compromise  or  adjust  any suit,  action,  or
           proceeding  described below and, in connection  therewith,  give such
           discharges or releases as Agent may deem appropriate;

                       (vii) subject to the terms of the  Factoring  Agreements,
           the Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreements,  if any, the Inventory
           Collateral Funding Repayment Agreements, if any, and the terms of the
           Receivables,  file any claim or take or commence  any other action or
           proceeding  in any  court  of  law  or  equity  or  otherwise  deemed
           appropriate  by Agent for the purpose of collecting  any and all such
           monies due under any Collateral whenever due and payable;

                       (viii) subject to the terms of the Factoring  Agreements,
           the Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreements,  if any, the Inventory
           Collateral Funding Repayment Agreements, if any, and the terms of the
           Receivables, commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings
           at law or equity in any court of  competent  jurisdiction  to collect
           the  Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce any other right in
           respect of any Collateral;

                       (ix)  defend  any  suit,  action  or  proceeding  brought
           against  Borrower with respect to any Collateral if Borrower does not
           defend such suit,  action or  proceeding  or if Agent  believes  that
           Borrower is not pursuing  such defense in a manner that will maximize
           the recovery with respect to such Collateral;

                       (x) license or, to the extent  permitted by an applicable
           license,  sublicense  whether  general,  specific or  otherwise,  and
           whether  on an  exclusive  or  non-exclusive  basis,  any  patent  or
           trademark  throughout  the  world  for  such  term or  terms  on such
           conditions and in such manner as Agent shall, in its sole discretion,
           determine;

                       (xi)  subject to Section  11.1  hereof,  sell,  transfer,
           pledge,  make any agreement  with respect to, or otherwise  deal with
           any of the Collateral as fully and completely as Borrower could,  and
           to do, at Agent's option and Borrower's expense, at any time, or from
           time to time,  all acts  and  things  which  Agent  reasonably  deems
           necessary to perfect,  preserve,  or,  subject to Section 11.l hereof
           and the terms of the Factoring  Agreements,  the  Collateral  Funding
           Repayment  Agreements,  if  any,  the  Inventory  Collateral  Funding
           Repayment Agreements, if any, realize upon the Collateral and Agent's
           Lien therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement,  all as
           fully and effectively as Borrower might do;




                                      -48-



<PAGE>



                       (xii) contact, make any agreement with, or otherwise deal
           with any  governmental  or regulatory  agency in connection  with the
           operation of Borrower's  business or the possession or liquidation of
           any or all of the Collateral; and

                       (xiii) change the address for delivery of mail  addressed
           to  Borrower  to such  address  as Agent may  designate  and open and
           dispose of all such mail.

           (3) Borrower  hereby  ratifies,  to the extent  permitted by law, all
that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof,  and
said  attorneys  or  designees  shall not be liable for any acts of  omission or
commission  nor for any error of judgment  or mistake of fact or of law,  unless
done  maliciously  or with gross (not mere)  negligence.  The powers of attorney
granted pursuant to this Section 4.15(f) are powers coupled with an interest and
shall be irrevocable  until the Obligations  are paid or otherwise  satisfied in
full.

           (4) The powers  conferred  on Agent  hereunder  are solely to protect
Agent's  interests  in the  Collateral  and shall not impose any duty upon it to
exercise any such powers.  Agent shall be  accountable  only for amounts that it
actually  receives as a result of the exercise of such powers and neither  Agent
nor any  Lender  nor any of their  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents  or
representatives  shall be responsible to Borrower for any act or failure to act,
except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

           (5)  Borrower  also  authorizes  Agent,  at any time and from time to
time, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to
(i)  communicate  in its own name with any party to any contract  with regard to
the  assignment  of the right,  title and  interest of Borrower in and under the
contracts and other matters relating thereto and (ii) execute any  endorsements,
assignments  or other  instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the
Collateral.

                       (g)      No Liability.  Neither Agent nor any Lender
shall,  under any circumstances or in any event  whatsoever,  have any liability
for any error or  omission  or delay of any kind  occurring  in the  settlement,
collection or payment of any of the  Receivables or any  instrument  received in
payment thereof, or for any damage resulting therefrom except for Agent's or any
Lender's gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  Following the occurrence and
during the  continuance  of an Event of Default  and subject to the terms of the
applicable Factoring Agreements, the Collateral Funding Repayment Agreements, if
any, the Inventory  Collateral  Funding  Repayment  Agreements,  if any, and the
terms of the  Receivables,  Agent may,  without notice or consent from Borrower,
sue upon or  otherwise  collect,  extend the time of payment of,  compromise  or
settle for cash,  credit or upon any terms any of the  Receivables  or any other
securities,  instruments  or insurance  applicable  thereto  and/or  release any
obligor thereof. Agent is


                                      -49-



<PAGE>



authorized  and  empowered to accept,  following the  occurrence  and during the
continuance of an Event of Default,  the return of the goods  represented by any
of the  Receivables  to the extent  Borrower  would be empowered to accept same,
without notice to or consent by Borrower,  all without discharging or in any way
affecting Borrower's liability hereunder.



           4.16.       Cash Management Systems

                 (a) Commencing on the Original  Closing Date and for so long as
any  Obligations  are  outstanding,  Borrower  shall  deposit  within  three (3)
Business  Days  following  the date of receipt  thereof or cause to be deposited
directly  all cash,  checks,  notes,  drafts or other  similar  items of payment
relating to or constituting  payments made in respect of any and all Receivables
into one  collection  account  in  Borrower's  name at each  bank  set  forth on
Schedule  4.16 hereto that have no rights of setoff or  recoupment  or any other
claim  against such  accounts  (collectively,  the "Lockbox  Accounts").  To the
extent that any Lockbox  Accounts are from time to time  maintained  at Agent or
any other Lender,  all cash,  checks,  notes,  drafts and other similar items of
payment  from time to time  deposited  in such  Lockbox  Accounts  shall be made
available  to  Borrower  for all  purposes  hereof  at the times and in a manner
consistent  with IBJS's past practices with Borrower.  At any time when an Event
of Default is not  continuing,  Borrower may pay down the  Advances  (other than
Letters  of Credit) by (i)  wiring  funds  from the  Lockbox  Account to Agent's
depository  account as  designated  by Agent from time to time (the  "Depository
Account"),  and (ii) providing notice to Agent of such deposit. At any time when
an Event of Default is not continuing,  Borrower may, in lieu of wiring funds to
the Depository  Account,  cause the transfer of funds in the Lockbox Accounts to
its Operating Accounts.  Blocked account  arrangements shall be established with
the banks at which the  Lockbox  Accounts  are  maintained.  At any time when an
Event of Default is continuing,  all amounts  deposited in the Lockbox  Accounts
shall on the same day that such amounts are available  for transfer,  unless the
Lockbox  Account banks are otherwise  instructed by Agent, be deposited via wire
transfer,  in immediately  available funds, into the Depository  Account.  Agent
shall give Borrower at least five (5) Business Days notice prior to changing the
Depository  Account.  So long as no Default has  occurred,  Borrower  may open a
Lockbox  Account  with any bank in lieu of or in  addition  to those  listed  on
Schedule 4.16 hereto; provided,  however, that (i) Agent shall have consented to
the opening of such Lockbox  Account with such bank, and (ii) at the time of the
opening  of such  Lockbox  Account  Borrower  shall  deliver  to Agent a blocked
account agreement duly executed by Borrower and such bank, in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent. The Lockbox  Accounts shall be cash collateral  accounts,
with all cash,  checks  and other  similar  items of  payment  in such  accounts
securing payment of the  Obligations,  and in which Borrower will have granted a
Lien to Agent for the benefit of Lenders.


                                      -50-



<PAGE>




                 (b) All amounts  deposited in the  Depository  Account shall be
deemed  received by Agent in accordance with Section 2.12(k) hereof and shall be
applied by Agent  against any then due and payable  interest and fees  hereunder
and then against the outstanding balance of Revolving Advances,  Inventory Value
Advances and Equipment  Value  Advances in such order as Agent shall  determine,
provided,  however,  so long as no Event of Default  shall have  occurred and is
continuing  (or would  occur  after  giving  effect to the  application  of such
amounts as requested by Borrower) Borrower may determine the order in which such
amounts  shall be  applied.  In no event  shall any  amount be  applied by Agent
against such  interest  and fees and the  outstanding  balance of the  Revolving
Advance  unless and until such amount  shall have been  credited in  immediately
available funds to the Depository Account. Any funds deposited in the Depository
Account  in excess  of the  amount  applied  to such  interest  and fees and the
outstanding  balance of the Advances (the "excess funds") shall remain in and be
held in the Depository  Account as collateral  security  securing the payment of
the  Obligations  and  Borrower  hereby  grants to Agent for the  benefit of the
Lenders a Lien on all cash,  checks and other  similar  items of payment in such
account.  Prior to the  occurrence  and  during the  continuance  of an Event of
Default Borrower may request and obtain the return of any excess funds.

                 (c)  Borrower  shall   maintain  an  account  (the   "Operating
Account") at a bank acceptable to Agent into which Agent or Lenders shall,  from
time to time,  (i)  deposit  proceeds of  Revolving  Advances  made  pursuant to
Section 2.1 hereof for use solely in accordance  with the  provisions of Section
2.13 hereof,  (ii) deposit proceeds of Equipment Value Advances made pursuant to
Section  2.2 hereof for use in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 2.2
hereof,  (iii)  deposit  proceeds of Inventory  Value  Advances made pursuant to
Section 2.2A hereof for use in accordance with Section 2.2A hereof,  and (iv) in
accordance  with Section  4.16(a),  cause or permit  transfers  from the Lockbox
Account.  The Operating  Account shall be a cash  collateral  account,  with all
cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such account securing payment
of the Obligations,  and in which Borrower hereby grants a Lien to Agent for the
benefit of Lenders.

           4.17.  Inventory.  All  Inventory  produced by  Borrower  (other than
Inventory purchased or acquired by Borrower from its Clients) has been, and will
be, produced by Borrower in accordance with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act
of 1938, as amended, and all rules, regulations and orders thereunder.

           4.18.  Maintenance  of Equipment.  The Equipment used in the ordinary
course of Borrower's  business shall be maintained in good  operating  condition
and repair (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and all necessary replacements of
and repairs thereto shall be made so that the value and operating  efficiency of
the  Equipment  shall be maintained  and  preserved.  Borrower  shall not use or
operate such Equipment in violation of any law, statute,  ordinance,  code, rule
or regulation. Borrower shall have the right to sell


                                      -51-



<PAGE>



Equipment to the extent set forth in Section 4.3 hereof or Article VII hereof.

           4.19.  Exculpation of Liability.  Nothing herein  contained  shall be
construed to constitute  Agent or any Lender as Borrower's agent for any purpose
whatsoever,  nor shall  Agent or any  Lender be  responsible  or liable  for any
shortage, discrepancy, damage, loss or destruction of any part of the Collateral
wherever the same may be located and  regardless of the cause thereof  except to
the  extent  of  Agent's  or any  such  Lender's  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct.  Neither Agent nor any Lender,  whether by anything herein or in any
assignment  or  otherwise,  assumes  any of  Borrower's  obligations  under  any
contract or agreement  assigned to Agent or such Lender,  and neither  Agent nor
any Lender shall be  responsible  in any way for the  performance by Borrower of
any of the terms and conditions thereof.

           4.20.       Environmental Matters. (a)  Borrower will ensure that
the Real Property remains in compliance with all Environmental Laws
and it will not place or permit to be placed any Hazardous
Substances on any Real Property except as not prohibited by
applicable law or appropriate governmental authorities or except as
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                       (b)      Borrower will, with respect to Real Property
owned by  Borrower  establish  and  maintain  a system  to  assure  and  monitor
continued  compliance with all applicable  Environmental Laws which system shall
include periodic reviews of such compliance.

                       (c)      Borrower will (i) employ in connection with its
use of the Real Property appropriate technology necessary to maintain compliance
with any applicable Environmental Laws and (ii) dispose of any and all Hazardous
Waste  generated at the Real Property  owned by Borrower only at facilities  and
with carriers that  maintain  valid permits under RCRA and any other  applicable
Environmental  Laws.  Borrower shall use its best efforts to obtain certificates
of disposal,  such as hazardous  waste  manifest  receipts,  from all treatment,
transport,  storage or disposal  facilities or operators employed by Borrower in
connection  with the transport or disposal of any Hazardous  Waste  generated at
the Real Property.

                       (d)      In the event Borrower obtains, gives or receives
notice of any  Release  or threat of  Release of a  reportable  quantity  of any
Hazardous  Substances  at the Real  Property  (any such event being  hereinafter
referred to as a "Hazardous  Discharge")  or receives  any notice of  violation,
request for information or notification  that it is potentially  responsible for
investigation  or  cleanup of  environmental  conditions  at the Real  Property,
demand letter or complaint, order, citation, or other written notice with regard
to any Hazardous Discharge or violation of Environmental Laws affecting the Real
Property  (any of the  foregoing  is  referred  to herein  as an  "Environmental
Complaint") from any Person or entity, including any state agency responsible in
whole or in part


                                      -52-



<PAGE>



for environmental  matters in the state in which the Real Property is located or
the United  States  Environmental  Protection  Agency (any such person or entity
hereinafter the "Environmental Authority"), then Borrower shall, within five (5)
Business  Days,  give  written  notice  of same to  Agent  detailing  facts  and
circumstances of which Borrower is aware giving rise to the Hazardous  Discharge
or Environmental Complaint. Such information is to be provided to allow Agent to
protect its security interest in the Real Property and is not intended to create
nor shall it  create  any  obligation  upon  Agent or any  Lender  with  respect
thereto.

                       (e)      Borrower shall promptly forward to Agent copies
of any request for  information,  notification  of potential  liability,  demand
letter relating to potential responsibility with respect to the investigation or
cleanup of  Hazardous  Substances  at any other site owned,  operated or used by
Borrower to dispose of Hazardous Substances and shall continue to forward copies
of  correspondence  between Borrower and the Environmental  Authority  regarding
such claims to Agent until the claim is settled. Borrower shall promptly forward
to Agent copies of all documents and reports concerning a Hazardous Discharge at
the Real  Property  that  Borrower is  required to file under any  Environmental
Laws.  Such  information  is to be  provided  solely to allow  Agent to  protect
Agent's security interest in the Real Property and the Collateral.

                       (f)      Borrower shall respond promptly to any Hazardous
Discharge or Environmental  Complaint with respect to Real Property and take all
necessary  action in order to  safeguard  the  health of any Person and to avoid
subjecting  the  Collateral  or Real  Property to any Lien other than  Permitted
Encumbrances.  Except as provided in the preceding  sentence,  if Borrower shall
fail to  respond  promptly  to any such  Hazardous  Discharge  or  Environmental
Complaint or Borrower shall fail to comply with any of the  requirements  of any
Environmental  Laws,  Agent on behalf of Lenders may, but without the obligation
to do so, for the sole purpose of protecting Agent's interest in Collateral: (A)
give such  notices  or (B) enter  onto the Real  Property  (or  authorize  third
parties to enter onto the Real Property) and take such actions as Agent (or such
third parties as directed by Agent) deem reasonably  necessary or advisable,  to
clean up, remove,  mitigate or otherwise deal with any such Hazardous  Discharge
or Environmental  Complaint. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Agent
and  Lenders  (or such  third  parties)  in the  exercise  of any  such  rights,
including  any sums  paid in  connection  with any  judicial  or  administrative
investigation  or  proceedings,  fines and  penalties,  together  with  interest
thereon  from the date  expended at the  Default  Rate for  Domestic  Rate Loans
constituting Revolving Advances shall be paid upon demand by Borrower, and until
paid shall be added to and become a part of the Obligations secured by the Liens
created by the terms of this Agreement or any Other Document.

                       (g)      If Agent has any reason to believe that a
Hazardous Discharge has occurred or exists with respect to any Real


                                      -53-



<PAGE>



Property owned by Borrower, promptly upon the written request of Agent, Borrower
shall  provide  Agent,  at  Borrower's  expense,   with  an  environmental  site
assessment  or   environmental   audit  report  prepared  by  an   environmental
engineering firm acceptable in the reasonable opinion of Agent, to assess with a
reasonable  degree of certainty the  existence of a Hazardous  Discharge and the
potential  costs in  connection  with  abatement,  cleanup  and  removal  of any
Hazardous Substances found on, under, at or within the Real Property. Any report
or  investigation  of such  Hazardous  Discharge  proposed and  acceptable to an
appropriate  Environmental  Authority that is charged to oversee the clean-up of
such  Hazardous  Discharge  shall be  acceptable  to Agent.  If such  estimates,
individually or in the aggregate, exceed $500,000, Agent shall have the right to
require Borrower to post a bond,  letter of credit or other security  reasonably
satisfactory to Agent to secure payment of these costs and expenses.

                       (h)      Borrower shall defend and indemnify Agent and
Lenders  and  hold  Agent,  Lenders  and  their  respective  employees,  agents,
directors and officers harmless from and against all loss, liability, damage and
expense,  claims,  costs, fines and penalties,  including reasonable  attorney's
fees,  suffered  or  incurred  by Agent or  Lenders  under or on  account of any
Environmental  Laws  with  respect  to the  Real  Property,  including,  without
limitation, the assertion of any lien thereunder,  with respect to any Hazardous
Discharge, the presence of any Hazardous Substances affecting the Real Property,
whether or not the same  originates  or emerges  from the Real  Property  or any
contiguous  real estate,  including  any loss of value of the Real Property as a
result of the foregoing  except to the extent such loss,  liability,  damage and
expenses is attributable to Agent's or any Lender's or their employees', agents'
or officers'  gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  Borrower's  obligations
under this  Section  4.20 shall arise upon the  discovery of the presence of any
Hazardous Substances at the Real Property, whether or not any federal, state, or
local environmental agency has taken or threatened any action in connection with
the  presence  of  any  Hazardous  Substances.  Borrower's  obligation  and  the
indemnifications hereunder shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                       (i)      For purposes of Section 4.20 and 5.7, all
references to Real  Property  shall not include any interest of Borrower in Real
Property which is a mortgagee's interest.


V.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

           Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

           5.1.        Authority.  Borrower has full power, authority and
legal right to enter into this Agreement and the Other Documents
and perform all Obligations hereunder.  The execution, delivery and
performance hereof and of the Other Documents (a) are within
Borrower's corporate powers, have been duly authorized, are not in


                                      -54-



<PAGE>



contravention  of  law  or the  terms  of  Borrower's  by-laws,  certificate  of
incorporation or other applicable  documents relating to Borrower's formation or
to  the  conduct  of  Borrower's  business  or  of  any  material  agreement  or
undertaking to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound,  and (b)
do not  conflict  with nor result in any breach in any of the  provisions  of or
constitute  a  default  under or  result  in the  creation  of any  Lien  except
Permitted  Encumbrances  upon any asset of Borrower  under the provisions of any
agreement,  charter, by-law, or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or
by which it may be bound.

           5.2. Formation and  Qualification.  (a) Borrower is duly incorporated
and in good  standing  under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  and is
qualified  to do  business  and is in good  standing  in the  states  listed  on
Schedule  5.2(a) which  constitute  all states in which  qualification  and good
standing are necessary for Borrower to conduct its business and own its property
and where the  failure to so  qualify  would  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.
Borrower has delivered to Agent true and complete  copies of its  certificate of
incorporation  and by-laws and will  promptly  notify Agent of any  amendment or
changes thereto.

                       (b)      The only Subsidiaries of Borrower are listed on
Schedule  5.2(b),  which  sets  forth  such  Subsidiaries,  together  with their
respective  jurisdictions  of  organization,  and the authorized and outstanding
capital  Stock of each such  Subsidiary,  by class and number and  percentage of
each class  legally  owned by Borrower or a Subsidiary  of Borrower or any other
Person.

           5.3. Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations
and warranties of Borrower  contained in this Agreement and the Other  Documents
shall be true at the time of  Borrower's  execution  of this  Agreement  and the
Other  Documents,  and shall  survive the  execution,  delivery  and  acceptance
thereof by the parties  thereto and the  closing of the  transactions  described
therein or related thereto.

           5.4. Tax Returns.  Borrower's  federal tax  identification  number is
54-1208450. Borrower has filed all federal, state and material local tax returns
and other material reports it is required by law to file and has paid all taxes,
assessments, fees and other governmental charges that are due and payable except
as provided in Section 4.13 hereof. As of the Effective Date, federal, state and
local income tax returns of Borrower have been examined and reported upon by the
appropriate  taxing authority or closed by applicable  statute and satisfied for
all fiscal  years prior to and  including  the fiscal year ending  December  31,
1989.  The  provision  for taxes on the books of Borrower  are  adequate for all
years not closed by applicable  statutes,  and for its current  fiscal year, and
Borrower  has no  knowledge  of  any  deficiency  or  additional  assessment  in
connection  therewith not provided for on its books.  Borrower has no obligation
under any written tax sharing agreement.



                                      -55-



<PAGE>



           5.5.        Financial Statements.

           The consolidated and  consolidating  balance sheets of Borrower,  its
Subsidiaries and such other Persons described therein (including the accounts of
all  Subsidiaries   for  the  respective   periods  during  which  a  subsidiary
relationship  existed) as of December 31, 1996,  and the related  statements  of
income, changes in stockholder's equity, and changes in cash flow for the period
ended on such date,  all  accompanied  by reports  thereon  containing  opinions
without  qualification by independent  certified public  accountants,  copies of
which have been delivered to Agent,  have been prepared in accordance with GAAP,
consistently   applied   (except  for  changes  in  application  in  which  such
accountants  concur) and present  fairly in all material  respects the financial
position of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries at such date and the results of their
operations for such period.  Since December 31, 1996 there has been no change in
the condition,  financial or otherwise, of Borrower or its Subsidiaries as shown
on the consolidated balance sheet as of such date and no change in the aggregate
value of  machinery,  equipment  and Real  Property  owned by  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries,  except changes in the ordinary course of business,  none of which
individually or in the aggregate has a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.6.  Corporate  Name.  Borrower  has not  been  known  by any  other
corporate  name in the past  five  years and does not sell  Inventory  under any
other  name  except as set forth on  Schedule  5.6,  nor has  Borrower  been the
surviving   corporation  of  a  merger  or  consolidation  or  acquired  all  or
substantially  all of the assets of any person  during  the  preceding  five (5)
years.

           5.7.        O.S.H.A..

                       (a)      Borrower has duly complied with, and its
facilities,   business,  assets,  property,  leaseholds  and  Equipment  are  in
compliance  in all  material  respects  with,  the  provisions  of  the  Federal
Occupational  Safety and Health Act; there have been no  outstanding  citations,
notices  or orders of  non-compliance  issued to  Borrower  or  relating  to its
business, assets, property, leaseholds or equipment under such law.

                       (b)      (i) There are no visible signs of releases,
spills,  discharges,  leaks or disposal (collectively referred to as "Releases")
of Hazardous  Substances at, upon,  under or within any Real Property  except to
the extent disclosed in writing from time to time by Borrower to Agent;  (ii) to
the best of  Borrower's  knowledge  there are no  underground  storage  tanks or
polychlorinated  biphenyls on the Real Property; (iii) to the best of Borrower's
knowledge  the Real  Property  has never  been used as a  treatment,  storage or
disposal  facility  of  Hazardous  Waste;  and  (iv) to the  best of  Borrower's
knowledge no Hazardous  Substances are present on the Real  Property,  excepting
such quantities as are handled in accordance with all applicable  manufacturer's
instructions and governmental  regulations and in proper storage  containers and
as


                                      -56-



<PAGE>



are necessary for the operation of the commercial business of
Borrower or of its tenants.

           5.8.        Solvency; No Litigation, Violation, Indebtedness or
Default.

                       (a)      Borrower is solvent, able to pay its debts as
they mature,  has capital sufficient to carry on its business and all businesses
in which  it is about to  engage,  and (i) as of the  Effective  Date,  the fair
present saleable value of its assets, calculated on a going concern basis, is in
excess of the amount of its  liabilities  and (ii)  subsequent  to the Effective
Date,  the fair  saleable  value of its assets  (calculated  on a going  concern
basis) will be in excess of the amount of its liabilities.

                       (b)      Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.8(b) or except
as  disclosed  in a public  filing  made by  Borrower,  a copy of which has been
provided to Agent,  Borrower  has (i) no pending  or, to the best of  Borrower's
knowledge,   threatened  litigation,  actions  or  proceedings  which  would  if
adversely  determined have a Material  Adverse Effect,  or impair the ability of
Borrower to perform this  Agreement,  and (ii) no liabilities  nor  indebtedness
other than the Obligations and other liabilities or Indebtedness permitted under
Article VII.

                       (c)      Borrower is not in violation of any applicable
statute, regulation or ordinance which would have a Material Adverse Effect, nor
is Borrower in  violation of any order of any court,  governmental  authority or
arbitration board or tribunal.

                       (d)     Neither Borrower nor any member of the Controlled
Group  maintains or  contributes to any Plan other than those listed on Schedule
5.8(d) hereto.  Except as set forth in Schedule 5.8(d), (i) no Plan has incurred
any "accumulated  funding  deficiency," as defined in Section 302(a)(2) of ERISA
and Section  412(a) of the Code,  whether or not waived,  and  Borrower and each
member  of  the  Controlled  Group  has  met  all  applicable   minimum  funding
requirements  under Section 302 of ERISA in respect of each Plan, (ii) each Plan
which is  intended to be a qualified  plan under  Section  401(a) of the Code as
currently in effect has been determined by the IRS to be qualified under Section
401(a) of the Code and the trust related  thereto is exempt from federal  income
tax under Section 501(a) of the Code,  (iii) neither  Borrower nor any member of
the  Controlled  Group has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the
payment of  premiums,  and there are no premium  payments  which have become due
which are unpaid,  (iv) no Plan has been  terminated  by the plan  administrator
thereof or by the PBGC, and there is no occurrence which would cause the PBGC to
institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Plan, (v) at this
time,  the current value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of
the accrued benefits and other liabilities of such Plan and neither Borrower nor
any member of the  Controlled  Group knows of any facts or  circumstances  which
would materially  change the value of such assets and accrued benefits and other
liabili-


                                      -57-



<PAGE>



ties, (vi) neither  Borrower nor any member of the Controlled Group has breached
any of the  responsibilities,  obligations or duties imposed on it by ERISA with
respect to any Plan, (vii) neither Borrower nor any member of a Controlled Group
has  incurred any  liability  for any excise tax arising  under  Section 4972 or
4980B of the Code the effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect,  and
no fact exists to the best of Borrower's  knowledge which could give rise to any
such liability,  (viii) neither  Borrower nor any member of the Controlled Group
nor any fiduciary of, nor any trustee to, any Plan, has engaged in a "prohibited
transaction"  described  in Section 406 of the ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code
nor taken any action which would  constitute  or result in a  Termination  Event
with respect to any such Plan which is subject to ERISA,  (ix) Borrower and each
member of the Controlled Group has made all  contributions  due and payable with
respect to each Plan, (x) there exists no event  described in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA, for which the thirty (30) day notice period contained in 29 CFR ss.2615.3
has not been  waived,  (xi) neither  Borrower  nor any member of the  Controlled
Group has any fiduciary  responsibility for investments with respect to any plan
existing for the benefit of persons other than employees or former  employees of
Borrower and any member of the Controlled  Group, and (xii) neither Borrower nor
any member of the Controlled Group has withdrawn,  completely or partially, from
any Multiemployer Plan so as to incur liability under the Multiemployer  Pension
Plan  Amendments  Act of 1980 the effect of which would have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

     5.9.  Patents,  Trademarks,  Copyrights and Licenses.  All patents,  patent
applications,  trademarks,  trademark applications,  service marks, service mark
applications,  copyrights,  copyright applications,  design rights,  tradenames,
assumed names,  trade secrets and licenses owned or utilized by Borrower are set
forth on Schedule  5.9,  are valid and to the extent set forth on  Schedule  5.9
have been duly registered or filed with all appropriate governmental authorities
and constitute all of the  intellectual  property rights which are necessary for
the operation of its business;  there is no objection to or pending challenge to
the validity of any such material patent, trademark,  copyright,  design rights,
tradename,  trade secret or license and Borrower is not aware of any grounds for
any challenge,  except as set forth in Schedule 5.9 hereto. Each patent,  patent
application,   patent  license,  trademark,  trademark  application,   trademark
license,   service  mark,  service  mark  application,   service  mark  license,
copyright, copyright application and copyright license owned or held by Borrower
and all trade secrets used by Borrower consists of original material or property
developed by Borrower or was lawfully  acquired by Borrower  from the proper and
lawful owner thereof.  Each of such items has been  maintained so as to preserve
the value thereof from the date of creation or acquisition thereof. With respect
to all custom software used by Borrower, Borrower is in possession of all source
and object codes related to each piece of such software or is the beneficiary of
a source code escrow  agreement,  each such source code escrow  agreement  being
listed on Schedule 5.9 hereto.


                                      -58-



<PAGE>




           5.10.  Licenses  and Permits.  Except as set forth in Schedule  5.10,
Borrower (a) is in compliance with and (b) has procured and is now in possession
of, all material licenses or permits required by any applicable federal,  state,
or  local  law  or  regulation  for  the  operation  of  its  business  in  each
jurisdiction  wherein it is now  conducting or proposes to conduct  business and
where the failure to comply with or procure such  licenses or permits would have
a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.11.  Default  of  Indebtedness.  Borrower  is not in default in the
payment  of the  principal  of or  interest  on any  Indebtedness  or under  any
instrument  or  agreement  under or subject to which any  Indebtedness  has been
issued in excess of $100,000 in the  aggregate  and no event has occurred  under
the  provisions of any such  instrument  or agreement  which with or without the
lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both,  constitutes or would constitute
an event of default thereunder.

           5.12.       No Default.  Borrower is not in default in the payment
or performance of any of its contractual obligations which default
would have a Material Adverse Effect and no Default has occurred
and is continuing.

           5.13.  No  Burdensome  Restrictions.  Borrower  is not  party  to any
contract or agreement  the  performance  of which would have a Material  Adverse
Effect.  Borrower  has not agreed or  consented to cause or permit in the future
(upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property,  whether
now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired,  to be  subject  to a Lien  which  is not a
Permitted Encumbrance.

           5.14.  No Labor  Disputes.  Borrower  is not  involved  in any  labor
dispute which would have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  to the best of Borrower's
knowledge  there are no  strikes or  walkouts  or union  organization  of any of
Borrower's  employees  threatened  or in  existence  and no  labor  contract  is
scheduled  to expire  during the Term other than as set forth on  Schedule  5.14
hereto.

           5.15.  Margin  Regulations.  Borrower  is not  engaged,  nor  will it
engage,  principally or as one of its important  activities,  in the business of
extending  credit for the  purpose of  "purchasing"  or  "carrying"  any "margin
stock"  within  the  respective  meanings  of each  of the  quoted  terms  under
Regulation U or  Regulation  G of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve
System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. No part of the proceeds
of any Advance will be used by Borrower for  "purchasing" or "carrying"  "margin
stock" as defined in Regulations U and G of such Board of Governors.

           5.16.       Investment Company Act.  Borrower is not an
"investment company" registered or required to be registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor is it
controlled by such a company.



                                      -59-



<PAGE>



           5.17.  Disclosure.  No representation or warranty made by Borrower in
this Agreement or in any financial statement,  report,  certificate or any other
document furnished by Borrower in connection herewith or therewith contained any
untrue  statement of a material  fact when made or omitted to state any material
fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. There is
no fact known to Borrower  which  Borrower has not disclosed to Agent in writing
with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which would have
a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.18.  Swaps.  Borrower is not a party to, nor will it be a party to,
any swap  agreement  whereby  Borrower has agreed or will agree to swap interest
rates or currencies unless same provides that damages upon termination following
an event of default  thereunder  are  payable on an  unlimited  "two-way  basis"
without regard to fault on the part of either party.

           5.19.   Conflicting   Agreements.   No  provision  of  any  mortgage,
indenture, contract, agreement, judgment, decree or order binding on Borrower or
affecting the Collateral  conflicts  with, or requires any Consent which has not
already been obtained to, or would in any way prevent the execution, delivery or
performance of, the terms of this Agreement or the Other Documents.

           5.20.  Application of Certain Laws and Regulations.  Neither Borrower
nor any Subsidiary of Borrower is subject to any statute, rule or regulation not
applicable  to  businesses  in general  which  regulates  the  incurrence of any
Indebtedness.  No  Affiliate  of  Borrower  is subject to any  statute,  rule or
regulation  which  regulates the  incurrence of any  Indebtedness  the effect of
which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.21.       Property of Borrower.  On the Effective Date, Borrower
will own all the property and possess all of the rights and
Consents necessary for the conduct of the business of Borrower.

           5.22.       Other Ventures.  Borrower is not engaged in any joint
venture or partnership with any other Person.



VI.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

           Borrower  shall,  until  payment  in  full  of  the  Obligations  and
termination of this Agreement:

           6.1.  Payment of Fees. Pay to Agent on demand all usual and customary
fees and expenses  which Agent incurs in connection  with (a) the  forwarding of
Advance  proceeds  and (b) the  establishment  and  maintenance  of any  Lockbox
Account or  Depository  Account as  provided  for in  Section  4.16.  Agent may,
without  making  demand,  charge the account of  Borrower  for all such fees and
expenses.



                                      -60-



<PAGE>



           6.2. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence and Assets. (a)
Conduct  continuously  and  operate  actively  its  business  according  to good
business practices and maintain all of its properties useful or necessary in its
business in good working order and condition  (reasonable wear and tear excepted
and  except  as  may be  disposed  of in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this
Agreement),  including,  without limitation, all licenses, patents,  copyrights,
tradenames,  trade  secrets and  trademarks  and take all actions  necessary  to
enforce and protect the  validity of any  intellectual  property  right or other
right  included  in the  Collateral;  (b)  keep in full  force  and  effect  its
existence  and comply in all  material  respects  with the laws and  regulations
governing  the conduct of its  business  where the failure to do so would have a
Material  Adverse  Effect;  and (c)  make  all  such  reports  and pay all  such
franchise and other taxes and license fees and do all such other acts and things
as may be lawfully required to maintain its rights, licenses, leases, powers and
franchises  under the laws of the  United  States or any  political  subdivision
thereof where the failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

           6.3.        Violations.  Promptly notify Agent in writing of any
violation of any law, statute, regulation or ordinance of any
governmental entity, or of any agency thereof, applicable to
Borrower which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

           6.4.  Government  Receivables.  At the request of Agent,  (a) take or
cause to be taken  all  steps  necessary  to  protect  Agent's  interest  in the
Collateral under the Federal  Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable state
or local statutes or ordinances to the extent applicable; (b) shall use its best
efforts to cause  Clients  to take all steps  necessary  to  protect  Borrower's
rights to receive  payment  under  contracts  between the United States and such
Clients to the extent Borrower has purported to purchase  Receivables under such
contracts;  and (c) after the occurrence and during the  continuance of an Event
of Default deliver to Agent  appropriately  endorsed,  any instrument or chattel
paper  connected  with any  Receivable  arising  out of  contracts  between  (i)
Borrower  and  the  United  States,  any  state  or any  department,  agency  or
instrumentality  of any of them and (ii) any Client and the United  States,  any
state or any department,  agency or instrumentality of any of them to the extent
in Borrower's possession.

           6.5.  Execution of Supplemental  Instruments.  Execute and deliver to
Agent from time to time, upon demand, such supplemental agreements,  statements,
assignments  and  transfers,  or  instructions  or  documents  relating  to  the
Collateral,  and such other instruments as Agent may request,  in order that the
full intent of this Agreement may be carried into effect including (i) using its
best efforts to secure all consents and approvals  necessary or appropriate  for
the assignment to or for the benefit of Agent of any license or contract held by
Borrower  or in which  Borrower  has any rights not  heretofore  assigned,  (ii)
filing any financing or  continuation  statements  under the UCC with respect to
the liens and security interests granted hereunder or under any Other Document,


                                      -61-



<PAGE>



and (iii)  transferring  Collateral to Agent's possession or the possession of a
Person to whom such transfer will perfect Agent's Lien under  applicable law (if
such Collateral can be perfected only by possession).

           6.6. Payment of Indebtedness.  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at
or before maturity (subject,  where applicable,  to specified grace periods and,
in the  case  of the  trade  payables,  to  normal  payment  practices)  all its
obligations  and  liabilities  of whatever  nature  other than  obligations  and
liabilities  which in the aggregate do not exceed  $100,000  outstanding  at any
time or ,  except  when the  amount  or  validity  thereof  is  currently  being
contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and  Borrower  shall have
provided for such reserves as Agent may  reasonably  deem proper and  necessary,
subject at all times to any  applicable  subordination  arrangement  in favor of
Agent or Lenders.

           6.7.   Standards  of  Financial   Statements.   Cause  all  financial
statements  referred to in Sections  9.6,  9.7,  9.8,  9.9, 9.10 and 9.11, as to
those to which GAAP is  applicable  to be complete  and correct in all  material
respects  (subject,  in the case of  interim  financial  statements,  to  normal
year-end audit adjustments and except for the omission of footnotes as permitted
by the rules of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or other  applicable
governmental  authority)  and  to  be  prepared  in  reasonable  detail  and  in
accordance  with GAAP  applied  consistently  throughout  the periods  reflected
therein (except as concurred in by such reporting accountants or officer, as the
case may be, and disclosed therein).

           6.8.  Credit  Standards.  Borrower  shall (a)  maintain  its internal
credit  approval  and  classification  standards  as set  forth in  Exhibit  6.8
("Credit  Standards"),  (b) apply  the  Credit  Standards  to each  purchase  of
Receivables  and (c) not modify the Credit  Standards  without the prior written
consent of Agent in each instance, such consent not to be withheld unreasonably.

           6.9.   Insurance.   Borrower  shall  and  shall  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries to maintain  insurance in the type, scope and amounts  described in
Section 4.11 hereof.  Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries  shall use its best
efforts to cause its insurance  carriers to be obligated to notify Agent 30 days
in advance if any carrier  intends to cancel the  insurance  policies.  Borrower
shall,  and shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries to, pay when due all insurance
premiums  payable by them.  Borrower  shall deliver to Agent,  upon  request,  a
certificate  of  insurance  that  evidences  the  existence  of each  policy  of
insurance,  payment of all premiums  therefor and  compliance  with Section 4.11
hereof and this Section 6.9. In addition,  Borrower  shall notify Agent promptly
of any  occurrence  causing a  material  loss or decline in value of any real or
personal  property used by Borrower and the estimated (or actual,  if available)
amount of such  loss or  decline.  Upon the  occurrence  of any event  causing a
material loss or decline in value of any real or personal property of any Client
against which Borrower has


                                      -62-



<PAGE>



made  documented  advances and with  respect to which  Borrower has received the
proceeds  thereof,  Borrower shall notify Agent by the end of the month in which
such proceeds are received. In the event Borrower at any time or times hereafter
shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required above
or to pay any  premium  in whole or in part  relating  thereto,  Agent,  without
waiving or releasing any  Obligations or Default or Event of Default  hereunder,
may at any time or times  thereafter  (but shall not be obligated to) obtain and
maintain  such  policies of insurance  and pay such  premiums and take any other
action with respect thereto which Agent deems  advisable.  All sums so disbursed
by Agent,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs, expenses and other
charges relating thereto,  shall be payable, on demand, by Borrower to Agent and
shall be  additional  Obligations  hereunder  secured by the  Collateral.  Agent
reserves  the right at any time,  upon review of  Borrower's  risk  profile,  to
require  additional  forms and limits of  insurance  to, in  Agent's  reasonable
opinion, adequately protect Lenders' interests.

           6.10. Filing of Financing Statements. Borrower shall file appropriate
UCC-1 financing  statements  against Clients to the extent  necessary to perfect
Borrower's  ownership  or  security  interests  under the  applicable  Factoring
Agreement,  applicable  Collateral Funding Repayment Agreement and/or applicable
Inventory  Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreement,  if any, to the extent such
interest  may be  perfected  by filing  financing  statements  under the Uniform
Commercial Code.

VII.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

           Borrower shall not, until satisfaction in full of the Obligations and
termination of this Agreement:

           7.1.        Merger, Consolidation, Acquisition and Sale of Assets.

                       (a)      Except as permitted under Section 7.4, 7.7 or
7.12 hereof,  enter into any merger,  consolidation or other reorganization with
or into any other Person or acquire all or a  substantial  portion of the assets
or stock of any Person or permit any other Person to  consolidate  with or merge
with it.

                       (b)      Except as permitted under Section 4.3, sell,
lease,  transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets, except
in the ordinary course of its business.

Provided,  however,  that  in the  case  of  preceding  clauses  (a) and (b) (i)
Borrower  may acquire  Receivables  in the  ordinary  course of  business;  (ii)
Borrower  may acquire  assets of Clients or  guarantors  of Clients  pursuant to
foreclosure  or other  realization  proceedings  and Borrower or a Subsidiary of
Borrower may own real property  which has been bid in for  obligations  owing to
Borrower at a foreclosure sale of assets of a Client or a guarantor of a Client;
(iii)  Borrower  may sell,  transfer,  convey,  assign or  otherwise  dispose of
Collateral (including Receivables) acquired by Borrower


                                      -63-



<PAGE>



in  connection  with  a  default  by a  Client;  (iv)  Borrower  may  sell  Risk
Participations in Factoring Agreements,  Collateral Funding Repayment Agreements
and/or Inventory  Collateral  Funding  Repayment  Agreements  provided that such
sales are recorded on the books of Borrower and disclosed to Agent; (v) Borrower
may make  transfers  resulting  from any casualty or  condemnation  of assets or
properties,  (vi)  Borrower  may  engage in  transactions  contemplated  in this
Agreement,  (vii) Borrower may sell all or part of the stock owned by it in LOI,
(viii) Borrower may sell warrants and stock and make other investments permitted
pursuant to Sections  7.4(a) and (d) hereof,  (ix) Borrower may sell,  transfer,
convey,  assign or otherwise  dispose of Collateral  (including  Receivables) in
connection  with the  repayment  of a Client's  obligations  to Borrower and (x)
Borrower may sell, transfer,  convey,  assign or otherwise dispose of Collateral
(including  Receivables) to a direct wholly-owned  Subsidiary of Borrower if (i)
in  the  exercise  of  Borrower's  business  judgment,   such  sale,   transfer,
conveyance,  assignment or other  disposition  should maximize the value of such
Collateral  and/or reduce risks to Borrower  associated  with such Collateral or
the collection  thereof,  (ii) Borrower shall notify Agent upon such  occurrence
and (iii) such  Subsidiary  is or shall  become a party to the  Guaranty and the
Security Agreement.

To the extent Borrower sells, transfers, conveys, assigns, or otherwise disposes
of properties or assets  pursuant to this Section 7.1 (or pursuant to any waiver
hereof) (i) the properties or assets so sold, transferred,  conveyed,  assigned,
or otherwise  disposed of shall be sold,  transferred,  conveyed,  assigned,  or
otherwise  disposed of free and clear of the Liens created by this Agreement and
the Other Documents, but such Liens shall continue in the proceeds of such sale,
transfer,  conveyance,  assignment or other  disposition  and (ii) to the extent
that such sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment or disposition is in connection
with Sections  7.1(iii) or 7.1(ix)  above,  Borrower  shall  promptly remit such
proceeds to Agent for application to the outstanding Obligations.

           7.2.        Creation of Liens.  Create or suffer to exist any Lien
upon or against any of its property or assets now owned or
hereafter acquired, except Permitted Encumbrances.

           7.3.  Guaranties.  Become liable upon the  obligations of any person,
firm or corporation by assumption,  endorsement or guaranty thereof or otherwise
(other than to Agent or Lenders)  except (a) as disclosed  on Schedule  7.3, (b)
the  Guaranty,  Letters  of  Guaranty  and  Guaranteed  Indebtedness  thereunder
provided that such Letters of Guaranty and Guaranteed Indebtedness shall only be
provided on a fully secured basis (as  determined by Borrower in the  reasonable
exercise of its  business  judgment at the time any such Letters of Guaranty and
Guaranteed Indebtedness are provided) or Borrower shall otherwise have available
to it at the time  payment  is made upon such  Letters  Guaranty  or  Guaranteed
Indebtedness  sufficient  Collateral  to  secure  such  performance  and (c) the
endorsement of checks in the ordinary course of business and (d) to the extent


                                      -64-



<PAGE>



permitted by law the  indemnification  of officers and  directors of AFC Holding
Corporation who are not also officers or directors of the Borrower (if any) from
and  against  costs and losses  incurred  in  connection  with the  service  and
performance  by such  officers  and  directors  (if any) of their  duties to AFC
Holding Corporation.

           7.4. Investments.  Except as permitted by and subject to the terms of
Sections 7.1, 7.3, 7.5, 7.10, or 7.12 hereof, make any investment in, or make or
accrue loans or advances of money to any Person,  through the direct or indirect
holding of  securities or otherwise;  provided,  however,  that (a) Borrower may
purchase  and own Cash  Equivalents,  (b)  Borrower  may  maintain  its existing
investments  set forth on Schedule 7.4, (c) Borrower may in the ordinary  course
of business  make loans and advances of money or credit to or for the benefit of
Clients in accordance with Section 7.5(d) hereof,  and (d) Borrower may maintain
those investments set forth in Schedule 7.4 and may make additional  investments
in  Clients  through  the  acquisition  of stock  options or  warrants  (and the
exercise thereof);  provided further, however, that all investments set forth in
clauses  (a),  (b),  (c) and (d)  above  shall be  pledged  to the Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders.

           7.5.  Loans.  Except as otherwise  permitted under Sections 7.3, 7.4,
7.7 or 7.10 hereof, make advances,  loans or extensions of credit to any Person,
including without  limitation,  any Parent,  Subsidiary or Affiliate except with
respect to (a) the extension of credit in connection with the sale of Collateral
to the extent  permitted  hereunder,  (b) loans to its employees in the ordinary
course of  business  not to exceed the  aggregate  amount of $50,000 at any time
outstanding,  (c)  loans  to LOI and  SSI for  working  capital  purposes,  such
outstanding loans not to exceed in the aggregate  $4,000,000  outstanding at any
time; provided,  however,  that if (i) all such intercompany loans to LOI and/or
SSI,  as the case may be, are paid in full and (ii)  Borrower  agrees in writing
not to make any further  loans to SSI and/or LOI, as the case may be,  Agent and
Lenders will release LOI and SSI from their  obligations  under the Guaranty and
the Security  Agreement,  (d) advances,  loans or extensions of credit to or for
the benefit of Clients in accordance with the applicable  Factoring  Agreements,
Collateral Funding Repayment  Agreement and/or applicable  Inventory  Collateral
Funding Repayment  Agreement which at the time made are either (i) fully secured
(as determined by Borrower in the reasonable  exercise of its business  judgment
at the time any such  advances,  loans or  extensions of credit are provided) or
(ii)  after a  Client  has  defaulted  under  its  Factoring  Agreement  or,  if
applicable,   its  Collateral  Funding  Repayment  Agreement  or  its  Inventory
Collateral  Funding Repayment  Agreement and in connection with a work-out,  for
the purpose of maximizing the amount to be realized upon the collateral securing
such advances,  loans or extensions of credit,  provided that Agent (1) has been
notified that it is a work-out and (2) has been given the reasonable  details of
Borrower's  work-out plan, (e) advances to Receivable  Financing  Corporation to
pay legal fees and any final  judgment  in an amount not in excess of  $425,000;
and (f) advances to Subsidiaries who have acquired property in


                                      -65-



<PAGE>



foreclosure or from Borrower, such advances to all Subsidiaries not to exceed in
the aggregate $350,000 in any Fiscal Year.

           7.6.        Capital Expenditures.  Make Capital Expenditures in
excess of $150,000 in any fiscal year; provided, that, Borrower may
make Capital Expenditures up to an additional $500,000 for the
purchase of computer equipment.

           7.7.  Restricted  Payments.   Except  as  otherwise  permitted  under
Sections 7.5 or 7.10, make any Restricted Payments;  provided,  that (a) so long
as no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would exist after giving effect
to any such payment,  subsequent  to the receipt by Agent of  Borrower's  annual
audited financial statements pursuant to Section 9.6 hereof for any Fiscal Year,
Borrower  may declare and pay cash  dividends  in an amount not to exceed 50% of
Borrower's  consolidated  net income  determined in accordance with GAAP for the
preceding  Fiscal Year,  (b)  Borrower  may declare and pay  dividends in common
stock of  Borrower,  (c)  Subsidiaries  of Borrower  may declare and pay cash or
other dividends to Borrower, (d) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing  or would exist after giving effect to any such payment,  Borrower
may make Restricted Payments to the Stockholders in the form of all or a portion
of the Stock of LOI and/or SSI, and to the extent the Stock of LOI and/or SSI is
distributed in accordance  with the  foregoing,  Agent shall release its Lien on
the Stock of LOI and SSI held by Agent pursuant to the  applicable  Stock Pledge
Agreement,  (e)  Borrower  may from time to time  acquire,  purchase,  redeem or
otherwise  retire common Stock of Borrower in exchange for  Convertible,  Senior
Subordinated  Notes,  (f)  Borrower  may make  regularly  scheduled  payments of
principal and interest in respect of the Convertible,  Senior Subordinated Notes
in accordance with (and subject to) the terms thereof and of the Indenture,  and
(g)  Borrower  may from time to time issue  common  Stock of  Borrower  upon the
proper exercise of the conversion  rights contained in the  Convertible,  Senior
Subordinated  Notes and in the  Indenture  (whether or not Borrower is deemed to
have  received   reasonably   equivalent  value  in  connection  with  any  such
conversion).

           7.8.  Indebtedness.  Create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer to exist any
Indebtedness  (exclusive  of trade  debt) of  Borrower  except in respect of (i)
Indebtedness to Agent and Lenders (including all Obligations); (ii) Indebtedness
incurred for capital expenditures  permitted under Section 7.6 hereof; (iii) the
Guaranty  and to the extent  permitted  in Section 7.3, the Letters of Guaranty,
and the Guaranteed  Indebtedness  thereunder;  (iv) credit balances of factoring
clients and accrued expenses  determined,  in each case, in a manner  consistent
with the  determination  of the line item entitled "credit balances of factoring
clients" and "accounts payable and accrued expenses", respectively, appearing in
Borrower's  audited  balance  sheet dated  December 31, 1996;  (v)  Indebtedness
arising from any judgment,  compromise,  settlement  or consent  relating to any
litigation, investigation or other proceeding whether or not actually commenced;
(vi) Indebtedness


                                      -66-



<PAGE>



under Risk  Participations  permitted  pursuant to Section 7.1; (vii)  unsecured
Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business (except with respect to
the  Convertible,   Senior   Subordinated   Notes),  not  to  exceed  $5,000,000
outstanding  at any one time in the  aggregate,  bearing  interest at a rate not
greater than the Base Rate plus five percent (5%), provided that the instruments
evidencing such Indebtedness shall state that no repayment shall be made on such
Indebtedness  so long as any Event of Default  shall exist and is  continuing or
would occur as a result of or after giving  effect to any such  payment;  (viii)
Indebtedness  to AFC Holding  Corporation so long as  immediately  prior to each
loan  giving  rise to such  Indebtedness,  Borrower  pays a like  amount  to AFC
Holding  Corporation  in  a  transaction  permitted  under  Section  7.10;  (ix)
Indebtedness  secured by Liens  permitted  under Section 7.2; (x) accrued income
and other taxes not yet payable;  and (xi) unsecured  notes payable  incurred by
Subsidiaries  of  Borrower  to  related  parties  and  appearing  on  Borrower's
consolidated  balance sheet from time to time not in excess of $1,250,000 in the
aggregate outstanding at any time.

           7.9.  Nature of  Business.  Substantially  change  the  nature of the
business in which it is  presently  engaged as disclosed  in  Borrower's  Annual
Report on Form 10-KSB for Fiscal Year ended  December  31,  1993,  nor except as
specifically permitted hereby purchase or invest, directly or indirectly, in any
assets or property  other than in the ordinary  course of business for assets or
property  which are useful in,  necessary for and are to be used in its business
as presently conducted. With respect to Borrower's Subsidiaries formed after the
Original Closing Date in accordance with Section 7.12, Borrower shall not permit
any such  Subsidiary  to engage in any  business  other than the  marketing  and
development of the business of Borrower  outside the Commonwealth of Virginia or
the marketing and  development of the business or programs  offered by banks and
other financial institutions.

           7.10.       Transactions with Affiliates.

                       (a)  Enter into or be a party to any transaction with
any Affiliate of Borrower,  except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement,  or
in the  ordinary  course  of and  pursuant  to the  reasonable  requirements  of
Borrower's  business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are fully disclosed
to Agent and are no less  favorable  to  Borrower  than would be  obtained  in a
comparable  arm's-length  transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower
except that (i) Borrower may pay a licensing fee to AFC Holding  Corporation  in
an  amount  equal  to  one  percent  (1%)  of  Borrower's   gross  purchases  of
Receivables,   so  long  as  immediately  following  such  payment  AFC  Holding
Corporation  loans a like amount to Borrower in a  transaction  permitted  under
Section 7.8, (ii) Borrower may pay customary  fees to directors,  (iii) Borrower
may make payments under and in accordance with the Brasch Employment  Agreement,
the C.  Fishman  Employment  Agreement,  the  Demas  Employment  Agreement,  the
Hotsenpiller Employment Agreement,  the Madden Employment Agreement,  the Matthy
Employment Agreement and


                                      -67-



<PAGE>



the  Winkler  Employment  Agreement,  (iv)  Borrower  may make  payments  to any
Subsidiary  formed in accordance with Section 7.12 to fund the salary,  overhead
and other necessary  business expenses of such subsidiaries and (v) Borrower may
(x) issue, from time to time the Convertible, Senior Subordinated Notes and make
regularly  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  in  respect of the
Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated Notes in accordance with (and subject to) the
terms  thereof and of the Indenture and (y) issue from time to time common Stock
of Borrower upon the proper exercise of the conversion rights contained therein.

                 (b) Enter into any agreement or transaction to pay  management,
consulting,  advisory or similar fees (i) to any Person,  based on or related to
Borrower's or any of its  Subsidiaries'  operating  performance or income or any
percentage  thereof except (x) to Mr. Leon Fishman as and to the extent approved
by the Borrower's board of directors or the compensation  committee thereof, (y)
that  Borrower  may pay  commissions  to  financial  intermediaries  who are not
Affiliates of the  Borrower,  in the ordinary  course of business,  for business
referred  to the  Borrower  and (z)  Borrower  may make  payments  under  and in
accordance with the Performance-Based  Incentive  Compensation Plan), or (ii) to
an Affiliate or Subsidiary except that Borrower may pay management or collateral
administration   fees  to  Subsidiaries  in  amounts  sufficient  to  fund  such
Subsidiary's salary, overhead and necessary business expenses.

           7.11. Leases.  Enter as lessee into any lease arrangement for real or
personal property (unless capitalized and permitted under Section 7.6 hereof) if
after giving effect  thereto,  aggregate  annual rental  payments for all leased
property would exceed $350,000 in any one fiscal year.

           7.12.       Subsidiaries.

                       Except as permitted by Section 7.1 or 7.4 Borrower
shall not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise,  merge with,
consolidate  with,  acquire  all or  substantially  all of the assets or capital
stock of, or otherwise combine with, any Person or form any Subsidiary after the
date hereof, except that (i) Borrower may form new Subsidiaries in jurisdictions
outside of the Commonwealth of Virginia,  which new Subsidiaries shall be formed
solely for the purpose of marketing  Borrower's products and services outside of
the  Commonwealth  of Virginia or the  products  and services of banks and other
financial  institutions  and  shall  not own any  assets  or,  contract  for any
liabilities  inconsistent with such purpose;  provided,  however,  that upon the
formation of any such  Subsidiary,  Borrower will supplement  Schedule 5.2(b) to
add such Subsidiary thereto and Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to become a
party to the Guaranty and to grant to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a
security  interest in all assets of such  Subsidiary,  all in form and substance
satisfactory  to the Agent;  (ii) with the prior written  consent of Agent (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld), wholly-owned Subsidiaries


                                      -68-


<PAGE>



of Borrower may merge with and into each other or with and into Borrower;  (iii)
Borrower and its Subsidiaries may acquire  Receivables in the ordinary course of
business;  and (iv) Borrower or a Subsidiary  of Borrower may acquire  assets of
Clients or guarantors of Clients  pursuant to foreclosure  or other  realization
proceedings and Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower may own real property which
has been bid in for  obligations  owing to a Borrower at a  foreclosure  sale of
assets of a Client or a guarantor of a Client.

           7.13.       Fiscal Year and Accounting Changes.  Change its fiscal
year end from December 31 or make any change (i) in accounting
treatment and reporting practices except as required by GAAP or
(ii) in tax reporting treatment except as required by law.

           7.14.       Intentionally Omitted.

           7.15. Amendment of Articles of Incorporation,  By-Laws. Amend, modify
or waive any term or material  provision  of its  Articles of  Incorporation  or
By-Laws unless required by law or unless such amendment,  modification or waiver
would not  adversely  affect the  repayment  of  Obligations  and notice of such
change has been given to Agent.

           7.16.  Compliance with ERISA. (i) (x) Maintain,  or permit any member
of the Controlled Group to maintain,  or (y) become obligated to contribute,  or
permit any member of the Controlled Group to become obligated to contribute,  to
any Plan,  other  than  those  Plans  disclosed  on  Schedule  5.8(d)  except as
otherwise  disclosed to Agent in writing,  (ii) engage,  or permit any member of
the Controlled Group to engage, in any non-exempt "prohibited  transaction",  as
that term is defined in section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, (iii)
incur, or permit any member of the Controlled  Group to incur,  any "accumulated
funding deficiency",  as that term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code,  the effect of which would have a Material  Adverse Effect (iv)
terminate,  or permit any member of the Controlled Group to terminate,  any Plan
where such event could result in any  liability of Borrower or any member of the
Controlled  Group or the imposition of a lien on the property of Borrower or any
member of the Controlled  Group pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA, the effect of
which would have a Material  Adverse Effect (v) assume,  or permit any member of
the   Controlled   Group  to  assume,   any  obligation  to  contribute  to  any
Multiemployer  Plan  not  disclosed  on  Schedule  5.8(d)  except  as  otherwise
disclosed to Agent unless otherwise  disclosed to Agent in writing,  (vi) incur,
or permit any member of the Controlled Group to incur, any withdrawal  liability
to any  Multiemployer  Plan the effect of which  would  have a Material  Adverse
Effect;  (vii)  fail  promptly  to  notify  Lender  of  the  occurrence  of  any
Termination Event,  (viii) fail to comply in all material respects,  or permit a
member of the Controlled Group to fail to comply in all material respects,  with
the requirements of ERISA or the Code or other applicable laws in respect of any
Plan, (ix) fail to meet, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to


                                      -69-


<PAGE>



fail to  meet,  all  minimum  funding  requirements  under  ERISA or the Code or
postpone  or delay or allow any member of the  Controlled  Group to  postpone or
delay any  funding  requirement  with  respect to any Plan,  the effect of which
would in any case have a Material Adverse Effect.

           7.17.   Prepayment  of  Indebtedness.   At  any  time,   directly  or
indirectly,  prepay  any  Indebtedness  (other  than to  Agent or  Lenders),  or
repurchase,  redeem,  retire or otherwise  acquire any  Indebtedness of Borrower
other than when due in  accordance  with the terms of the  agreements  governing
such Indebtedness or repurchase,  redeem,  retire or otherwise acquire, in whole
or in part,  the  Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated  Notes prior to their final
stated  maturity  in the year 2000,  provided  that  nothing  contained  in this
Section 7.17 shall (or shall be deemed to) restrict or impair Borrower's ability
to issue from time to time common Stock of Borrower upon the proper  exercise of
the conversion rights contained in the Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated  Notes
and in the Indenture.

           7.18. Pledge of Credit.  Pledge Agent's or any Lender's credit on any
purchases or for any purpose  whatsoever (other than Letters of Credit issued in
accordance  with this Agreement) or use any portion of any Advance in or for any
business  other  than  Borrower's  business  as  conducted  on the  date of this
Agreement except as otherwise permitted under Sections 7.9 or 7.12.

           7.19.       Financial Covenants.  Breach, on a consolidated basis,
any of the following financial covenants, each of which shall be
calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Effective
Date:

                       (a)      (i) On the last day of each Fiscal Quarter
commencing  with the Fiscal  Quarter ending June 30, 1997, the ratio of (a) EBIT
to  (b)  interest  expense  (other  than  interest  expense  in  respect  of the
Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated Notes for the four Fiscal Quarters then ended
(taken as one accounting period) shall not be less than 3:1 and (ii) on the last
day of each Fiscal  Quarter  commencing  with the Fiscal  Quarter ended June 30,
1997,  the ratio of (A) EBIT to (B) total  interest  expense for the four Fiscal
Quarters then ended (taken as one accounting period) shall not be less than 2:1.

                       (b)     On the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, the ratio
of (i) Total Liabilities to (ii) Tangible Net Worth plus the aggregate principal
amount of Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated  Notes then  outstanding  shall not
exceed 2:1.

                       (c)      (1) The sum of (i) Tangible Net Worth plus (ii)
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated  Notes
outstanding  shall equal or exceed  $27,250,000 on December 31, 1996, and (2) on
the last day of any Fiscal Quarter thereafter, the sum of (i) Tangible Net Worth
and (ii) the aggregate  principal  amount of  Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated
Notes then outstanding,


                                      -70-



<PAGE>



shall  equal or exceed  the sum of (x)  $27,250,000  and (y)  $10,000  times the
number of Fiscal  Quarters  elapsed  from  December  31, 1996 to the end of such
Fiscal Quarter.

                       (d)      (i) Net cash advanced to any Client by Borrower
(net of Risk  Participations  sold with respect to such Client) shall not at any
time  exceed  25%  of the  sum  of  (x)  Borrower's  Tangible  Net  Worth  (on a
consolidated  basis)  and (y) the  aggregate  principal  amount of  Convertible,
Senior  Subordinated  Notes outstanding at such time; and (ii) net cash advanced
by Borrower (net of Risk  Participations)  with respect to Receivables owed by a
single  Account  Debtor  shall  not at any  time  exceed  25% of the  sum of (x)
Borrower's  Tangible Net Worth (on a  consolidated  basis) and (y) the aggregate
principal amount of Convertible,  Senior  Subordinated Notes outstanding at such
time.

                       For purposes of this Section 7.19(d), (x) each agency,
branch or  division  of the  Federal  government  shall be treated as a separate
Account Debtor and (y) each insurance company under state workman's compensation
arrangements shall be treated as a separate Account Debtor.

           7.20.       Assets of Certain Subsidiaries.  Permit Receivable
Financing Corporation or Premium Sales Northeast, Inc. to acquire
any additional assets.


VIII.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

           8.1.        Conditions to Initial Advances.  The agreement of
Lenders to make the initial Advances requested to be made on the
Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by
Lenders, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of
such Advances, of the following conditions precedent:

                       (a)     Revolving Credit Note.  Agent shall have received
the Revolving Credit Note duly executed and delivered by an
authorized officer of Borrower;

                       (b)      Filings, Registrations and Recordings.  Each
document (including,  without limitation,  any Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement)  required  by this  Agreement,  any  Other  Document  or under law or
reasonably  requested by Agent to be filed,  registered  or recorded in order to
create,  in favor of Agent,  a perfected  security  interest in or lien upon the
Collateral  shall have been  properly  filed,  registered  or  recorded  in each
jurisdiction  in which the filing,  registration  or  recordation  thereof is so
required or requested,  and to the extent  practicable Agent shall have received
an  acknowledgment  copy,  or other  evidence  satisfactory  to it, of each such
filing,  registration or recordation and satisfactory evidence of the payment of
any necessary fee, tax or expense relating thereto;



                                      -71-



<PAGE>



                       (c)      Corporate Proceedings of Borrower.  Agent shall
have  received  a copy of the  resolutions  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory   to  Agent,  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries,  as  applicable,  authorizing  (i)  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance of this Agreement,  the Revolving Credit Note, Collateral Assignment
of Security,  Guaranty,  Security  Agreement,  Stock Pledge Agreements,  and any
related  agreements  (collectively  the  "Documents")  and (ii) the  granting by
Borrower  and each  Guarantor  of the  security  interests in and liens upon the
Collateral in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
Borrower and each  Guarantor as of the Effective  Date;  and,  such  certificate
shall  state  that the  resolutions  thereby  certified  have not been  amended,
modified, revoked or rescinded as of the date of such certificate;

                       (d)     Incumbency Certificates of Borrower.  Agent shall
have  received a  certificate  of the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary of
Borrower,  dated the Effective  Date, as to the  incumbency and signature of the
officers  of  Borrower  executing  this  Agreement,  any  certificate  or  other
documents to be delivered by it pursuant  hereto,  together with evidence of the
incumbency of such Secretary or Assistant Secretary;

                       (e)      Certificates.  Agent shall have received a copy
of the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation of Borrower,  and all amendments
thereto,  certified by the Secretary of State or other  appropriate  official of
its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  together  with  copies of the  By-Laws  of
Borrower and all  agreements of Borrower's  Stockholder's  certified as accurate
and complete by the Secretary of Borrower;

                       (f)      Good Standing Certificates.  Agent shall have
received good  standing  certificates  for Borrower  dated not more than fifteen
(15) days prior to the Effective Date, issued by the Secretary of State or other
appropriate  official  of  Borrower's  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  and each
jurisdiction  where  the  conduct  of  Borrower's  business  activities  or  the
ownership of its properties necessitates qualification;

                       (g)      Legal Opinion.  Agent shall have received the
executed  legal opinion of Craig Fishman in form and substance  satisfactory  to
Lenders which shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement,  the Revolving  Credit Note, and related  agreements as Agent
may reasonably require;

                       (h)      No Litigation.  (i) No litigation, investigation
or proceeding  before or by any arbitrator or  Governmental  Authority  shall be
continuing or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge,  threatened against Borrower
or against the  officers or directors  of Borrower  (A) in  connection  with the
Documents  or any of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby and which,  in the
reasonable  opinion  of Agent,  is  deemed  material  or (B) which if  adversely
determined, would, in the reasonable opinion of Agent, have a


                                      -72-



<PAGE>



Material Adverse Effect other than litigation  previously  disclosed to Agent in
Borrower's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  September 30,
1996, Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for Fiscal Year ended December 31,
1996 and  Borrower's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
31, 1997; and (ii) no injunction,  writ, restraining order or other order of any
nature  materially  adverse  to  Borrower  or the  conduct  of its  business  or
inconsistent with the due consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby
shall have been issued by any governmental authority;

                       (i)      Financial Condition Certificate.  Agent shall
have received an executed Financial Condition Certificate in the
form of Exhibit 8.1(i).

                       (j)      Collateral Examination.  Agent shall have
completed Collateral examinations and received appraisals,  the results of which
shall be  satisfactory  in form and  substance to Lenders,  of the  Receivables,
Inventory,  General  Intangibles,  and  Equipment  of Borrower and all books and
records in connection therewith;

                       (k)      Fees. Agent shall have received all fees due and
payable to Agent and Lenders on or prior to the Effective Date
pursuant to this Agreement and under any related agreement;

                       (l)      Insurance. Agent shall have received in form and
substance  satisfactory  to  Agent,  certified  copies  of  Borrower's  casualty
insurance policies, together with, to the extent contemplated in this Agreement,
loss payable  endorsements  on Agent's  standard form of loss payee  endorsement
naming  Agent as loss  payee,  and  certified  copies  of  Borrower's  liability
insurance policies, together with, to the extent contemplated in this Agreement,
endorsements naming Agent as a co-insured;

                       (m)      Leasehold Agreements.  Agent shall have received
a landlord agreement satisfactory to Agent with respect to
Borrower's chief executive office;

                       (n)      Reaffirmation of Guaranty, Stock Pledge
Agreements, etc.. Agent shall have received an executed (i) reaffirmation of the
Guaranty and Security Agreement, (ii) reaffirmation of the Collateral Assignment
of Security and (iii) reaffirmation of the Stock Pledge Agreements, each in form
and substance satisfactory to Lenders;

                       (o)     Payment Instructions; Borrowing Base Certificate.
Agent shall have  received  written  instructions  from  Borrower  directing the
application of proceeds of the initial  Advances made pursuant to this Agreement
and an initial Borrowing Base Certificate from Borrower reflecting that Borrower
has Eligible  Receivables  in amounts  sufficient in value and amount to support
Advances  in the  amount  by or on  behalf  of  Borrower  on the  date  of  such
certificate;


                                      -73-



<PAGE>




                       (p)     Lockbox Accounts.  Agent shall have received duly
executed blocked account agreements with respect to the Lockbox Accounts in form
and substance and with financial institutions acceptable to Agent;

                       (q)      Consents.  Agent shall have received any and all
Consents  necessary to permit the effectuation of the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement and the Other  Documents;  and, Agent shall have received such
Consents and waivers of such third  parties as might assert  claims with respect
to the Collateral, as Agent and its counsel shall deem necessary;

                       (r)      No Adverse Material Change.  Since December 31,
1996, there shall not have occurred any event, condition or state of facts which
would have a Material Adverse Effect;

                       (s)     Undrawn Availability.  After giving effect to the
initial Advance hereunder, Borrower shall have aggregate Undrawn Availability of
at least $2,500,000.

                       (t)     Contract Review.  Lenders shall have reviewed all
material contracts of Borrower and such contracts shall be
satisfactory in all respects to Lenders;

                       (u)     Closing Certificate.  Agent shall have received a
closing  certificate  signed by the  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of
Borrower dated as of the date hereof,  stating that (i) all  representations and
warranties  set forth in this  Agreement  and the Other  Documents  are true and
correct on and as of such date, (ii) Borrower is on such date in compliance with
all the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement and the other Documents
and  (iii) on such date no  Default  or Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing;

                       (v)      Representations and Warranties.  Each of the
representations  and  warranties  made by  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  in or
pursuant  to this  Agreement  and any of the  Other  Documents  and  each of the
representations  and  warranties  contained  in  any  certificate,  document  or
financial  or  other  statement  furnished  by  Borrower  any  time  under or in
connection  with this Agreement or any Other Documents shall be true and correct
on and as of the  Effective  Date as if made on and as of such  date  except  as
otherwise disclosed to Agent in writing on or before the Effective Date; and

                       (w)      Other.  All corporate and other proceedings, and
all  documents,  instruments  and other  legal  matters in  connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to Agent, Lenders and their counsel.

           8.2.        Conditions to Each Advance.  The agreement of Lenders
to make any Advance requested to be made on any date (including,
without limitation, its initial Advance), is subject to the


                                      -74-


<PAGE>



satisfaction of the following conditions precedent as of the date
such Advance is made:

                       (a)      Representations and Warranties.  Each of the
representations and warranties made by Borrower in or pursuant to this Agreement
and any Other Document to which it is a party,  and each of the  representations
and  warranties  contained  in any  certificate,  document or financial or other
statement furnished by Borrower to Agent at any time under or in connection with
this  Agreement or any Other  Document shall be true and correct in all material
respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date;

                       (b)      No Default.  No Event of Default shall have
occurred and be  continuing  on such date, or would exist after giving effect to
the Advances requested to be made, on such date; provided,  however that Lenders
in their sole  discretion,  may continue to make  Advances  notwithstanding  the
existence of an Event of Default; and

                       (c)      Maximum Advances.  In the case of any Advances
requested to be made, after giving effect thereto,  the aggregate Advances shall
not exceed the maximum  Advances  permitted  under  Section 2.4,  Section 2.5 or
Section 2.5A hereof, as applicable.

Each  request  for  an  Advance  by  Borrower   hereunder  shall   constitute  a
representation  and warranty by Borrower as of the date of such Advance that the
conditions contained in this subsection shall have been satisfied.


IX.  INFORMATION AS TO BORROWER.

           Borrower shall, until satisfaction in full of the Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement:

           9.1. Disclosure of Material Matters.  Promptly upon learning thereof,
report to Agent all  matters  materially  and  adversely  affecting  the  value,
enforceability  or  collectibility  of the  Collateral  taken as a  whole.  With
respect  to any  Client  whose  Receivables  are at the  time  of  determination
included in the  Borrowing  Base,  Borrower  shall  notify  Agent  within  three
Business Days  following any  unreimbursed  adjustment  to such  Receivables  in
excess of $100,000.

           9.2.  Schedules;  Borrowing Base Certificate.  Deliver to Agent on or
before the  fifteenth  (15th) day of each month as and for the prior month (a) a
Borrowing Base Certificate;  provided,  however, Borrower may submit a Borrowing
Base   Certificate  more  frequently,   (b)  accounts   receivable   ageings  in
substantially  the form  delivered  to Agent prior to the  Effective  Date,  (c)
Schedule of Receivables  ("Schedule of  Receivables")  substantially in the form
and detail of an IBJS  Lending  Base  Worksheet  with such changes as Agent may,
from time to time, request, (d) a schedule of loans


                                      -75-



<PAGE>



made by  Borrower to its Clients  which are secured by Client  Funded  Equipment
stating  the name of the  Client to which  such  loans  are made and the  dollar
amount thereof and (e) a schedule of loans made by Borrower to its Clients which
are secured by Eligible Client Funded  Inventory  stating the name of the Client
to which  such  loans  are made and the  dollar  amount  thereof.  In  addition,
Borrower will deliver to Agent at such intervals as Agent may require  following
the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of an  Event  of  Default:  (i)
confirmatory  assignment  schedules,  (ii)  copies of Client's  invoices,  (iii)
evidence of shipment or  delivery  of goods,  and (iv) such  further  schedules,
documents  and/or  information  regarding  the  Collateral  as Agent may require
including,  without  limitation,  trial balances and test  verifications.  Agent
shall have the right to confirm and verify all  Receivables in writing,  or upon
the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, by any manner
and  through  any medium it  considers  advisable  and do  whatever  it may deem
reasonably  necessary  to  protect  its  interests  hereunder.  The  items to be
provided  under the second  sentence of this  Section are,  when  required to be
delivered under such sentence,  to be in form satisfactory to Agent and executed
when appropriate by Borrower and delivered to Agent from time to time solely for
Agent's  convenience in maintaining  records of the  Collateral,  and Borrower's
failure  to  deliver  any of such items to Agent  shall not  affect,  terminate,
modify or otherwise limit Agent's Lien with respect to the Collateral.

           9.3.        Litigation.  Promptly notify Agent in writing of any
litigation affecting Borrower, whether or not the claim is covered
by insurance, and of any suit or administrative proceeding, which
in any case  may have a Material Adverse Effect.

           9.4.  Occurrence of Defaults,  etc.  Promptly notify Agent in writing
upon the occurrence of (a) any Event of Default;  (b) any event,  development or
circumstance  whereby any financial  statements  or other  reports  furnished to
Agent fail in any material  respect to present  fairly,  in accordance with GAAP
consistently  applied,  the financial condition or operating results of Borrower
as of the date of such statements;  (c) any accumulated  retirement plan funding
deficiency  which, if such  deficiency  continued for two plan years and was not
corrected  as provided  in Section  4971 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  could
subject  Borrower to a tax imposed by Section 4971 of the Internal  Revenue Code
the effect of which  would have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  (d) each and every
default by Borrower  which might result in the  acceleration  of the maturity of
any  Indebtedness  for  borrowed  money in an  aggregate  amount  in  excess  of
$100,000,  including the names and addresses of the holders of such Indebtedness
with  respect to which there is a default  existing or with respect to which the
maturity has been or could be accelerated,  and the amount of such Indebtedness;
and (e) any other development in the business or affairs of Borrower which might
reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;  in each case describing
the  nature  thereof  and the  action  Borrower  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.



                                      -76-



<PAGE>



           9.5.        Intentionally Omitted.

           9.6. Annual  Financial  Statements.  Furnish Agent within one hundred
(100) days after the end of each Fiscal Year annual audited financial statements
of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis and annual  unaudited
financial  statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidating  basis
excluding the statement of cash flows, including, but not limited to, statements
of income and  stockholders'  equity from the beginning of the prior fiscal year
to the end of such  fiscal  year  and the  balance  sheet  as at the end of such
fiscal  year,  all  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP (only with respect to the
consolidated  financial  statements)  applied on a basis  consistent  with prior
practices,  and in reasonable detail and reported upon without  qualification by
Deloitte  & Touche or  another  independent  certified  public  accounting  firm
selected by Borrower and  satisfactory to Agent (the  "Accountants");  provided,
however, that delivery of substantially the same financial statement information
that is required by an Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB or any  successor  form for
such  Fiscal  Year  under the  Exchange  Act,  together  with the  consolidating
financial  statements  referred  to  herein,  shall be  deemed  to  satisfy  the
requirements  of this Section 9.6. The report of such  accounting  firm shall be
accompanied by a statement of such accounting firm certifying that in making the
examination upon which such report was based either no information came to their
attention  which to their  knowledge  constituted an Event of Default under this
Agreement or, if such information  came to their attention,  specifying any such
default,  and such report shall  contain or have appended  thereto  calculations
which set forth Borrower's  compliance with the financial covenants contained in
Sections 7.6, 7.11 and 7.19. In addition,  the reports shall be accompanied by a
certificate of Borrower's President,  Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating
Officer which shall state that, based on an examination sufficient to permit him
to make an informed  statement,  no Default or Event of Default  exists,  or, if
such is not the case,  specifying such Default or Event of Default,  its nature,
when it occurred, whether it is continuing and the steps being taken by Borrower
with respect to such event and, such  certificate  shall have  appended  thereto
calculations which set forth Borrower's  compliance with the financial covenants
contained in Sections 7.6, 7.11 and 7.19.

           9.7.  Quarterly  Financial  Statements.  Furnish Agent within 55 days
after the end of the first  three  Fiscal  Quarters of each year,  an  unaudited
balance  sheet  of  Borrower  and  its   Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated   and
consolidating basis and unaudited  statements of income and stockholders' equity
and  cash  flow  of  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis
reflecting  results of  operations  from the beginning of the fiscal year to the
end of such quarter and for such quarter,  prepared on a basis  consistent  with
prior  practices and complete and correct in all material  respects,  subject to
normal year end adjustments,  provided,  however, that delivery of substantially
the same financial statement  information that is required by a Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q or any


                                      -77-



<PAGE>



successor form for such Fiscal Quarter under the Exchange Act, together with the
consolidating  financial  statements  referred  to  herein,  shall be  deemed to
satisfy the  requirements  of this Section 9.7. The reports shall be accompanied
by a  certificate  of Borrower's  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer or Chief
Operating Officer which shall state that, based on an examination  sufficient to
permit him to make an informed statement, no Default or Event of Default exists,
or, if such is not the case,  specifying  such Default or Event of Default,  its
nature, when it occurred,  whether it is continuing and the steps being taken by
Borrower  with respect to such event and, such  certificate  shall have appended
thereto  calculations  which set forth Borrower's  compliance with the financial
covenants contained in Sections 7.6, 7.11 and 7.19

           9.8.        Intentionally Omitted.

           9.9.        Other Reports.  Furnish Agent as soon as available,
but in any event within ten (10) days after the issuance thereof,
with copies of such financial statements, reports and returns as
Borrower shall send to its Stockholders.

           9.10.   Additional   Information.   Furnish  Agent  with   additional
information  as Agent  shall  reasonably  request  in order to  enable  Agent to
determine  whether  the terms,  covenants,  provisions  and  conditions  of this
Agreement  and the  Revolving  Credit Note have been  complied  with by Borrower
including, without limitation, copies of all environmental audits and reviews in
Borrower's  possession or subject to Borrower's  control.  Borrower shall (a) at
least ten (10) days prior thereto, notify Agent of Borrower's opening of any new
office or place of  business or  Borrower's  closing of any  existing  office or
place of business,  and (b) promptly upon Borrower's  learning  thereof,  notify
Agent of any material labor dispute to which Borrower is a party, any strikes or
walkouts relating to any of its plants or other  facilities,  and the expiration
of any labor  contract  to which  Borrower  is a party or by which  Borrower  is
bound.

           9.11.  Projected  Operating Budget.  Within 100 days after the end of
each Fiscal Year, furnish Agent an operating plan,  approved by Borrower's board
of directors,  which  includes the quarterly  budget for the following  year and
which  integrates   operating  profit   projections,   such  projections  to  be
accompanied by a certificate  signed by Borrower's  President,  Chief  Financial
Officer or Chief Operating Officer to the effect that such projections have been
prepared on the basis of sound financial planning practice  consistent with past
budgets and financial statements and that such officer has no reason to question
the  reasonableness  of any material  assumptions on which such projections were
prepared;   provided   that  such   certificate   may  contain   the   following
qualification:

                       Projections  as to future  events are not to be viewed as
                       facts and actual results during the period(s)  covered by
                       these projections may


                                      -78-



<PAGE>



                       differ from the projected results and such
                       differences may be material.

           9.12.       Intentionally Omitted.

           9.13. Notice of Suits, Adverse Events.  Furnish Agent with (x) prompt
notice of (i) any lapse or other  termination  of any Consent issued to Borrower
by any  Governmental  Authority  or any other  Person  that is  material  to the
operation  of  Borrower's  business,  and (ii) any  refusal by any  Governmental
Authority or any other Person to renew or extend any such Consent, (y) copies of
any  periodic  or  special  reports  filed by  Borrower  with  any  Governmental
Authority or Person, if such reports indicate any material adverse change in the
business,  operations,  affairs or  condition  of Borrower and (z) copies of any
notices and other communications from any Governmental Authority or Person which
specifically  relate to Borrower which are reasonably  likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

           9.14.  ERISA Notices and Requests.  Furnish Agent with prompt written
notice in the event  that (i)  Borrower  or any member of the  Controlled  Group
knows or has reason to know that a Termination Event has occurred, together with
a written  statement  describing such Termination  Event and the action, if any,
which  Borrower  or member of the  Controlled  Group has taken,  is  taking,  or
proposes to take with  respect  thereto  and,  when known,  any action  taken or
threatened  by the Internal  Revenue  Service,  Department of Labor or PBGC with
respect  thereto,  (ii) Borrower or any member of the Controlled  Group knows or
has reason to know that a prohibited  transaction (as defined in Sections 406 of
ERISA and 4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code)  has  occurred  together  with a
written  statement  describing such transaction and the action which Borrower or
any member of the Controlled Group has taken, is taking or proposes to take with
respect  thereto,  (iii) a funding waiver request has been filed with respect to
any Plan together  with all  communications  received by either  Borrower or any
member of the Controlled  Group with respect to such request,  (iv) any increase
in the benefits of any existing Plan or the establishment of any new Plan or the
commencement of contributions to any Plan to which either Borrower or any member
of the Controlled Group was not previously  contributing  shall occur the effect
of which would have a Material Adverse Effect, (v) Borrower or any member of the
Controlled  Group shall receive from the PBGC a notice of intention to terminate
a Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer a Plan, together with copies
of each such notice,  (vi) Borrower or any member of the Controlled  Group shall
receive any unfavorable  determination  letter from the Internal Revenue Service
regarding the qualification of a Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, together
with copies of each such letter;  (vii) Borrower or any member of the Controlled
Group shall receive a notice  regarding the imposition of withdrawal  liability,
together with copies of each such notice;  (viii)  Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group shall fail to make a required installment or any other required
payment under Section 412 of the Code on or before the due date for


                                      -79-



<PAGE>



such installment or payment; (ix) Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group
knows that (a) a  Multiemployer  Plan has been  terminated and such  termination
would have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) the administrator or plan sponsor of a
Multiemployer  Plan intends to terminate a  Multiemployer  Plan, or (c) the PBGC
has  instituted  or will  institute  proceedings  under Section 4042 of ERISA to
terminate a Multiemployer Plan.

           9.15. Additional  Documents.  To the extent not inconsistent with any
other provision of this Agreement,  execute and deliver to Agent,  upon request,
such  documents  and  agreements  as Agent  may,  from time to time,  reasonably
request to carry out the purposes, terms or conditions of this Agreement.


X.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

           The  occurrence  of any  one or more of the  following  events  shall
constitute an "Event of Default":

                       10.1.  failure by Borrower to pay any principal or
interest  on the  Obligations  when due,  whether  at  maturity  or by reason of
acceleration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,  or by required prepayment
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or failure to pay any other  liabilities
or make any other  payment,  fee or charge to Lenders or Agent  provided  for in
this Agreement;

                       10.2.  any representation or warranty made or deemed
made by Borrower in this Agreement or any Other Document or in any  certificate,
document or financial or other statement furnished by Borrower or any Subsidiary
at any time in  connection  herewith  or  therewith  shall  prove  to have  been
misleading in any material  respect on the date when made or deemed to have been
made or furnished;

                       10.3.  failure by Borrower to (i) furnish when due the
financial  information  required under Article IX, or (ii) permit the inspection
of its  books  or  records  under  and in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this
Agreement;

                       10.4.  issuance of a notice of Lien, levy, assessment,
injunction or attachment  against  property of Borrower or Guarantors  having an
aggregate  value of more  than  $500,000  outstanding  at any time  which is not
stayed, bonded, paid or discharged for a period of sixty (60) days;

                       10.5.  except to the extent addressed by other Events
of Default,  failure or neglect of Borrower or any Guarantor to perform, keep or
observe any term, provision,  condition, covenant herein contained, or contained
in any other  agreement or  arrangement,  now or hereafter  entered into between
Borrower  and Lender which  failure or neglect  shall  remain  unremedied  for a
period of the earlier of (x) ten (10) days after Borrower shall


                                      -80-



<PAGE>



receive  written  notice from Agent of any such  failure or (y) thirty (30) days
after Borrower shall become aware thereof;

                       10.6.  any judgment is rendered or judgment liens
filed  against  Borrower  or  Guarantors  for an  aggregate  amount in excess of
$500,000  outstanding  at any time not fully  covered by insurance  which within
forty-five  (45)  days  of such  rendering  or  filing  is not  either  vacated,
satisfied, stayed, bonded or discharged of record;

                       10.7.  Borrower shall (i) apply for or consent to the
appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver,  custodian,  trustee
or liquidator of itself or of all or a  substantial  part of its property,  (ii)
make a general  assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors,  (iii)  commence  a
voluntary case under any state or federal  bankruptcy  laws (as now or hereafter
in effect),  (iv) be  adjudicated a bankrupt or  insolvent,  (v) file a petition
seeking to take  advantage of any other law providing for the relief of debtors,
(vi)  acquiesce  to, or fail to have  dismissed,  within  thirty (30) days,  any
petition filed against it in any involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws, or
(vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

                       10.8.  Borrower shall admit in writing its inability,
or be generally unable, to pay its debts as they become due or
cease operations of its present business;

                       10.9.  any Subsidiary (other than Receivable Financing
Corporation  and Premium  Sales  Northeast,  Inc.) of Borrower or any  Guarantor
shall  (i)  apply  for or  consent  to the  appointment  of,  or the  taking  of
possession by, a receiver,  custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all
or a substantial part of its property,  (ii) admit in writing its inability,  or
be generally  unable, to pay its debts as they become due or cease operations of
its  present  business,  (iii)  make a general  assignment  for the  benefit  of
creditors,  (iv) commence a voluntary case under any state or federal bankruptcy
laws  (as  now or  hereafter  in  effect),  (v) be  adjudicated  a  bankrupt  or
insolvent,  (vi) file a  petition  seeking  to take  advantage  of any other law
providing  for the  relief  of  debtors,  (vii)  acquiesce  to,  or fail to have
dismissed,  within  thirty  (30)  days,  any  petition  filed  against it in any
involuntary  case under such bankruptcy  laws, or (viii) take any action for the
purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

                       10.10.  An "Event of Default" under (and as defined
in) the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing;

                       10.11.  any Lien created hereunder or provided for
hereby or under any Other Document for any reason ceases to be or is not a valid
and perfected Lien having a first priority interest except as otherwise provided
herein or in any Other Document;



                                      -81-



<PAGE>



                       10.12.  any default of the obligations of Borrower
under any other agreement to which it is a party the effect of
which shall result in a Material Adverse Effect;

                       10.13.  termination or breach of the Guaranty,
Security  Agreement,  Stock  Pledge  Agreements,  or  Collateral  Assignment  of
Security, or Equipment Collateral Assignment of Security or Inventory Collateral
Assignment of Security or if any Guarantor attempts to terminate,  challenge the
validity of, or its liability under, any such Guaranty;

                       10.14.  any Change of Control;

                       10.15.  any material provision of this Agreement
shall, for any reason, cease to be valid and binding on Borrower,
or Borrower shall so claim in writing to Agent; or

                       10.16.  an event or condition specified in Sections
7.16 or 9.14  hereof  shall  occur or exist with  respect to any Plan and,  as a
result  of such  event or  condition,  together  with all other  such  events or
conditions,  Borrower or any member of the Controlled  Group shall incur,  or in
the opinion of Agent be reasonably likely to incur, a liability to a Plan or the
PBGC (or both) which, in the reasonable judgment of Agent, would have a Material
Adverse  Effect  upon the  Collateral  or the ability of Borrower to perform its
Obligations under this Agreement.


XI.  LENDERS' RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT.

           11.1. Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
pursuant to Section 10.7 all  Obligations  shall be immediately  due and payable
and this  Agreement  and the  obligation  of Lenders to make  Advances  shall be
deemed  terminated;  and,  upon the  occurrence  of any of the  other  Events of
Default and at any time thereafter (such Event of Default not having  previously
been cured or waived),  upon the declaration of the Agent with the consent of or
at the direction of Required  Lenders all  Obligations  shall be immediately due
and  payable  and with the consent of or at the  direction  of Required  Lenders
Agent shall have the right to terminate  this  Agreement  and to  terminate  the
obligation  of  Lenders to make  Advances.  Upon the  occurrence  and during the
continuance of any Event of Default,  Agent shall have the right to exercise any
and all other  rights  and  remedies  provided  for  herein,  under the  Uniform
Commercial Code and at law or equity generally,  including,  without limitation,
the right to foreclose the security interests granted herein and to realize upon
any Collateral by any available  judicial procedure and/or to take possession of
and sell any or all of the Collateral with or without  judicial  process.  Agent
may following the occurrence  and during the  continuance of an Event of Default
enter any of  Borrower's  premises or other  premises  without legal process and
without incurring liability to Borrower therefor, and Agent may thereupon, or at
any time  thereafter,  in its  discretion  without  notice or  demand,  take the
Collateral and remove


                                      -82-



<PAGE>



the same to such  place as  Agent  may deem  advisable  and  Agent  may  require
Borrower to make the Collateral  available to Agent at a convenient  place. With
or without  having the  Collateral at the time or place of sale,  Agent may sell
the Collateral,  or any part thereof,  at public or private sale, at any time or
place,  in one or more  sales,  at such  price or prices,  and upon such  terms,
either for cash,  credit or future  delivery,  as Agent may elect.  Except as to
that part of the Collateral which is perishable or threatens to decline speedily
in value or is of a type  customarily sold on a recognized  market,  Agent shall
give Borrower  reasonable  notification  of such sale or sales,  it being agreed
that in all events  written  notice  mailed to  Borrower  at least ten (10) days
prior to such sale or sales is reasonable notification. At any public sale Agent
or any Lender may bid for and become the purchaser, and Agent, any Lender or any
other  purchaser  at any such sale  thereafter  shall hold the  Collateral  sold
absolutely free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any equity
of redemption and such right and equity are hereby expressly waived and released
by Borrower.  The proceeds  realized  from the sale of any  Collateral  shall be
applied first to the reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys' fees and expenses
incurred by Agent for collection and for  acquisition,  completion,  protection,
removal,  storage,  sale and delivery of the Collateral;  second to interest due
upon any of the Obligations;  and third to the principal of the Obligations.  If
any  deficiency  shall arise,  Borrower shall remain liable to Agent and Lenders
therefor.  Any surplus shall be returned to Borrower  unless any other Person(s)
shall be entitled to same as a matter of law.

           11.2.  Agent's  Discretion.  Agent  shall  have the right in its sole
discretion to determine  which  rights,  Liens,  security  interests or remedies
Agent may at any time pursue, relinquish,  subordinate, or modify or to take any
other action with  respect  thereto and such  determination  will not in any way
modify or affect any of Agent's or Lenders' rights hereunder.

           11.3.  Setoff.  In  addition to any other  rights  which Agent or any
Lender  may have  under  applicable  law,  upon the  occurrence  and  during the
continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Agent and such Lender shall have a
right to apply any of  Borrower's  property  held by Agent and such Lender or by
IBJS to reduce the Obligations.

           11.4.       Rights and Remedies not Exclusive.  The enumeration of
the foregoing rights and remedies is not intended to be exhaustive
and the exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude the
exercise of any other right or remedies, all of which shall be
cumulative and not alternative.


XII.  WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS.

           12.1.       Waiver of Notice.  Borrower hereby waives notice of
non-payment of any of the Receivables, demand, presentment, protest


                                      -83-



<PAGE>



and notice thereof with respect to any and all instruments, notice of acceptance
hereof,  notice of loans or advances made, credit extended,  Collateral received
or  delivered,  or any other  action  taken in  reliance  hereon,  and all other
demands and notices of any  description,  except such as are expressly  provided
for herein.

           12.2.       Delay.  No delay or omission on Agent's or any
Lender's part in exercising any right, remedy or option shall
operate as a waiver of such or any other right, remedy or option or
of any default.

           12.3.  Jury Waiver.  EACH PARTY TO THIS  AGREEMENT  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY
WAIVES  ANY  RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY  CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION  OR CAUSE OF
ACTION (A) ARISING  UNDER THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR
AGREEMENT  EXECUTED  OR  DELIVERED  IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH,  OR (B) IN ANY WAY
CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR
ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR
AGREEMENT  EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH,  OR THE  TRANSACTIONS
RELATED  HERETO OR  THERETO  IN EACH CASE  WHETHER  NOW  EXISTING  OR  HEREAFTER
ARISING,  AND WHETHER  SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE  AND EACH PARTY
HEREBY CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND,  ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE
DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY,  AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY
FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN
EVIDENCE OF THE  CONSENTS OF THE PARTIES  HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY.


XIII.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION.

           13.1.  Term. This Agreement,  which shall inure to the benefit of and
shall be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of
Borrower,  Agent and each Lender,  shall become effective on the date hereof and
shall continue in full force and effect until the end of the initial Term unless
sooner  terminated as herein provided.  Borrower may terminate this Agreement at
any time  during the Term upon not less than  thirty  (30) days'  prior  written
notice to Agent  ("Termination  Date") upon payment in full of the  Obligations;
provided  however that Borrower pays to Agent for the ratable benefit of Lenders
an early  termination  fee in an amount equal to the Required  Percentage of the
Maximum Revolving Advance Amount.  For the purposes of this paragraph,  Required
Percentage  shall mean (a) 1% from the  Effective  Date  through  and  including
November 12, 1997, (b) 1/2% from November 13, 1997 through and including May 12,
1998 and (c) 0% at any time thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during
the period  commencing  February  12, 1998 through and  including  May 12, 1998,
Borrower secures  replacement  financing from another  financial  institution on
terms  and  conditions  similar  to (or  more  favorable  than)  those  provided
hereunder,  but without the  necessity  of a borrowing  base or formula  advance
rate, Agent and Lenders shall waive the early termination fee,  provided,  that,
prior to such





<PAGE>



termination Borrower shall provide Agent and Lenders a good faith opportunity to
match the terms of any replacement financing.

           13.2. Termination.  The termination of the Agreement shall not affect
any of Borrower's,  Agent's or any Lender's  rights,  or any of the  Obligations
having their inception prior to the effective date of such termination,  and the
provisions  hereof shall continue to be fully  operative  until all  Obligations
have been paid in full.  The  security  interests,  Liens and rights  granted to
Agent and Lenders  hereunder and the financing  statements filed hereunder shall
continue  in full force and  effect,  notwithstanding  the  termination  of this
Agreement  or the  fact  that  Borrower's  account  may  from  time  to  time be
temporarily  in a zero or  credit  position,  until  all of the  Obligations  of
Borrower  have been paid or  performed  in full  after the  termination  of this
Agreement or Borrower has  furnished  Agent and Lenders with an  indemnification
satisfactory to Agent and Lenders with respect thereto. Upon termination of this
Agreement and payment in full of all Obligations in immediately  available funds
(or,  with respect to  Obligations  arising out of an  indemnification  claim of
Agent and/or any Lender  against  Borrower in accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement  which has been  made at such  time,  the  establishment  of  security
arrangements  satisfactory to Agent and Lenders),  at the request and expense of
Borrower,  Agent  shall  deliver  to  Borrower  (without  recourse  and  without
representation  and warranty) all Collateral then in Agent's (or its designee's)
possession and deliver to Borrower (without recourse and without  representation
and warranty)  termination  statements  with respect to the  Collateral and take
such further  actions as may be required under the Other  Documents or as may be
reasonably  requested by Borrower to fully release (i) the  Collateral  from all
Liens in favor of Agent and (ii)  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  hereunder  and
under the Other Documents. All representations,  warranties,  covenants, waivers
and  agreements  contained  herein shall  survive  termination  hereof until all
Obligations  are repaid or performed in full,  except for those which,  by their
terms, expressly survive termination of this Agreement.


XIV.  Regarding Agent.

           14.1. Appointment. Each Lender hereby designates IBJS to act as Agent
for such Lender under this Agreement and the Other Documents. Each Lender hereby
irrevocably  authorizes  Agent to take  such  action  on its  behalf  under  the
provisions of this Agreement and the Other Documents and to exercise such powers
and to  perform  such  duties  hereunder  and  thereunder  as  are  specifically
delegated to or required of Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and Agent shall hold all Collateral,
payments of principal  and  interest,  fees,  charges and  collections  (without
giving effect to any collection days) received  pursuant to this Agreement,  for
the ratable benefit of Lenders. Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder by
or through its agents or employees. As to any matters not expressly


                                      -85-



<PAGE>



provided for by this Agreement (including without limitation,  collection of the
Revolving Credit Note) Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or
take any action,  but shall be  required  to act or to refrain  from acting (and
shall be fully  protected  in so  acting or  refraining  from  acting)  upon the
instructions of the Required Lenders,  and such  instructions  shall be binding;
provided,  however,  that Agent shall not be  required to take any action  which
exposes  Agent to liability or which is contrary to the  Documents or applicable
law unless Agent is furnished with an indemnification reasonably satisfactory to
Agent with respect thereto.

           14.2.   Nature   of   Duties.   Agent   shall   have  no   duties  or
responsibilities  except those  expressly set forth in this  Agreement.  Neither
Agent nor any of its  officers,  directors,  employees  or  agents  shall be (i)
liable  for any  action  taken  or  omitted  by them  as  such  hereunder  or in
connection  herewith,  unless  caused by their  gross  negligence  (but not mere
negligence)  or willful  misconduct,  or (ii)  responsible  in any manner to any
Lender for any  recitals,  statements,  representations  or  warranties  made by
Borrower or any officer thereof  contained in this  Agreement,  or in any of the
Other  Documents or in any  certificate,  report,  statement  or Other  Document
referred  to or provided  for in, or  received  by Agent under or in  connection
with, this Agreement or any of the Other  Documents or for the value,  validity,
effectiveness,  genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or
any of the Other  Documents  or for any  failure  of  Borrower  to  perform  its
obligations hereunder.  Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to
ascertain  or to  inquire  as to the  observance  or  performance  of any of the
agreements  contained in, or conditions  of, this  Agreement or any of the Other
Documents,  or to inspect  the  properties,  books or records of  Borrower.  The
duties of Agent shall be mechanical and  administrative  in nature;  Agent shall
not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary  relationship in respect of any
Lender; and nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended to or
shall be so construed as to impose upon Agent any obligations in respect of this
Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.

           14.3. Lack of Reliance on Agent and  Resignation.  Independently  and
without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender,  each Lender has made and shall
continue  to  make  (i)  its  own  independent  investigation  of the  financial
condition  and  affairs  of  Borrower  in  connection  with the  making  and the
continuance of the Advances hereunder and the taking or not taking of any action
in connection  herewith,  and (ii) its own appraisal of the  creditworthiness of
Borrower.  Agent shall have no duty or responsibility,  either initially or on a
continuing  basis,  to provide any Lender  with any credit or other  information
with respect  thereto,  whether coming into its possession  before making of the
Advances or at any time or times thereafter except as shall be provided by or on
behalf of Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof.  Agent shall not be responsible
to any Lender for any  recitals,  statements,  information,  representations  or
warranties


                                      -86-



<PAGE>



herein or in any agreement,  document,  certificate or a statement  delivered in
connection  with or for the  execution,  effectiveness,  genuineness,  validity,
enforceability, collectability or sufficiency of this Agreement or the Revolving
Credit Note, or of the financial  condition of Borrower,  or be required to make
any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions or conditions of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Note, the Other
Documents or the financial condition of Borrower,  or the existence of any Event
of Default.

           Agent may resign on sixty (60) days'  written  notice to Borrower and
each of the  Lenders  and upon  such  resignation,  the  Required  Lenders  will
promptly  designate a  successor  Agent  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Borrower.
Without the consent of any Lender,  the Borrower or any other Person,  Agent may
appoint IBJ Schroder Business Credit Corporation as successor Agent.

           Any such  successor  Agent shall  succeed to the  rights,  powers and
duties of Agent,  and the term "Agent" shall mean such successor agent effective
upon its appointment,  and the former Agent's rights, powers and duties as Agent
shall be  terminated,  without  any other or further  act or deed on the part of
such former Agent. After any Agent's  resignation or removal hereunder as Agent,
the  provisions of this Article XIV shall inure to its benefit as to any actions
taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

           14.4.  Certain Rights of Agent.  If Agent shall request  instructions
from  Lenders with  respect to any act or action  (including  failure to act) in
connection with this Agreement or any Other Document, Agent shall be entitled to
refrain  from such act or taking such  action  unless and until Agent shall have
received  instructions  from the  Required  Lenders;  and Agent  shall not incur
liability  to any  Person by  reason  of so  refraining.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing,  Lenders shall not have any right of action whatsoever  against Agent
as a result of its acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with
the instructions of the Required Lenders.

           14.5.  Reliance.  Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully
protected in relying,  upon any note, writing,  resolution,  notice,  statement,
certificate,  telex, teletype or telecopier message,  cablegram,  order or other
document or  telephone  message  believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed, sent or made by the proper person or entity, and, with respect
to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon
advice of counsel selected by it. Agent may employ agents and  attorneys-in-fact
and shall not be liable for the  default  or  misconduct  of any such  agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected by Agent with reasonable care.

           14.6.       Notice of Default.  Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default
hereunder or under the Other Documents, unless Agent has received


                                      -87-



<PAGE>



notice  from a Lender  or  Borrower  referring  to this  Agreement  or the Other
Documents,  describing  such Event of Default and stating  that such notice is a
"notice of default". In the event that Agent receives such a notice, Agent shall
give  notice  thereof to Lenders.  Agent shall take such action with  respect to
such Event of Default as shall be reasonably  directed by the Required  Lenders;
provided,  that,  unless and until Agent shall have  received  such  directions,
Agent may (but shall not be  obligated  to) take such  action,  or refrain  from
taking  such  action,  with  respect  to such  Event of Default as it shall deem
advisable in the best interests of Lenders.

           14.7.  Indemnification.  To the extent  Agent is not  reimbursed  and
indemnified  by Borrower,  each Lender will  reimburse  and  indemnify  Agent in
proportion  to its  respective  portion of the Advances  (or, if no Advances are
outstanding,  according to its Commitment Percentage),  from and against any and
all liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties,  actions, judgments,
suits,  costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which
may be imposed on,  incurred  by or asserted  against  Agent in  performing  its
duties hereunder,  or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or
any Other Document;  provided that,  Lenders shall not be liable for any portion
of  such  liabilities,   obligations,   losses,  damages,  penalties,   actions,
judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from Agent's gross
negligence (but not mere negligence) or willful misconduct.

           14.8.  Agent  in  its  Individual  Capacity.   With  respect  to  the
obligation of Agent to lend under this Agreement,  the Advances made by it shall
have the same rights and powers  hereunder as any other Lender and as if it were
not performing the duties as Agent  specified  herein;  and the term "Lender" or
any similar term shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates,  include
Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender.  Agent may engage in business with
Borrower  as if it were not  performing  the duties  specified  herein,  and may
accept fees and other  consideration  from  Borrower for services in  connection
with this  Agreement  or  otherwise  without  having to account  for the same to
Lenders.

           14.9.       Delivery of Documents.  To the extent Agent receives
documents and information from or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement, Agent will promptly furnish such
documents and information to Lenders.

           14.10.  Borrower'  Undertaking  to Agent.  Without  prejudice  to its
obligations  to the  Lenders  under  the  other  provisions  of this  Agreement,
Borrower  hereby  undertakes  with  Agent to pay to Agent  from  time to time on
demand all  amounts  from time to time due and  payable by it for the account of
Agent or the Lenders or any of them pursuant to this Agreement to the extent not
already paid.  Any such payment made to Agent  pursuant to any such demand shall
pro tanto satisfy Borrower's obligations to make payments for the account of the
Lenders or the relevant one or more of them pursuant to this Agreement.


                                      -88-



<PAGE>




           14.11.  Sharing of Setoffs.  Each of the Lenders  agrees that (i) all
Obligations  of  Borrower  to each  Lender  under this  Agreement  and under the
Revolving  Credit Note rank pari passu in all respects with each other, and (ii)
if any Lender shall,  through the exercise of a right of banker's lien,  setoff,
counterclaim or otherwise,  obtain payment  (whether from Borrower or otherwise)
with respect to principal of or interest on Revolving Advances, which results in
its receiving more than its pro rata share of the Revolving  Advances,  then (A)
such  Lender  shall be deemed to have  simultaneously  purchased  from the other
Lenders a share in their Revolving  Advances so that the amount of the Revolving
Advances of all Lenders shall be equal to their  Commitment  Percentage  and (B)
such other  adjustments shall be made from time to time as shall be equitable to
insure that all Lenders  share such payments  ratably.  If all or any portion of
any such excess  payment is thereafter  recovered from the Lender which received
the same,  the purchase  provided in this Section  14.11 shall be deemed to have
been  rescinded  to the  extent of such  recovery,  without  interest.  Borrower
expressly consents to the foregoing  arrangements and agrees that each Lender so
purchasing  a portion of another  Lender's  Revolving  Advances may exercise all
rights of payment (including without limitation,  all rights of setoff, banker's
lien or  counterclaim)  with  respect to such portion as fully as if such Lender
were the direct holder of such portion.

           14.12.  Applicability  of Section to  Borrower.  Except as  otherwise
provided in this Article XIV, the rights and  obligations of Borrower under this
Agreement  shall not be affected  by any  provision  otherwise  included in this
Article XIV.  Borrower shall be permitted to rely on  communications  from Agent
which it  reasonably  believes  are made on behalf of Agent  and,  if  specified
therein,  the Lenders or the Required Lenders, and except as otherwise set forth
specifically  herein,  all notices and payments to be made by Borrower hereunder
shall be made to Agent.  Further,  if any Lender shall be in default  hereunder,
such default shall not affect the rights and  obligations of Borrower  hereunder
or the rights and obligations of any other Lender hereunder.


XIV.  MISCELLANEOUS.

           15.1.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and
construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the  State  of New York  applied  to
contracts  to be  performed  wholly  within the State of New York.  Any judicial
proceeding   brought  by  or  against  Borrower  with  respect  to  any  of  the
Obligations, this Agreement or any related agreement may be brought in any court
of competent  jurisdiction  in the State of New York,  United States of America,
and, by execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  Borrower  accepts for itself
and in  connection  with its  properties,  generally  and  unconditionally,  the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be
bound by any  judgment  rendered  thereby  in  connection  with this  Agreement.
Nothing  herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner  permitted
by law or shall limit the


                                      -89-



<PAGE>



right of Lenders to bring  proceedings in the courts of any other  jurisdiction.
Borrower waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted
hereunder in the aforesaid courts and shall not assert any defense based on lack
of  jurisdiction  or venue or based  upon  forum non  conveniens.  Any  judicial
proceeding by Borrower against Lenders  involving,  directly or indirectly,  any
matter or claim in any way arising  out of,  related to or  connected  with this
Agreement or any related agreement,  shall be brought only in a federal or state
court located in the City of New York, State of New York.

           15.2.  Entire  Understanding.  (a) This  Agreement  and the documents
executed   concurrently   herewith  contain  the  entire  understanding  between
Borrower,  Agent  and each  Lender  and  supersedes  all  prior  agreements  and
understandings,  if any,  relating to the subject matter  hereof.  Any promises,
representations,  warranties or guarantees not herein  contained and hereinafter
made shall have no force and effect  unless in  writing,  signed by  Borrower's,
Agent's and each Lender's  respective  officers.  Neither this Agreement nor any
portion  or  provisions  hereof  may  be  changed,  modified,  amended,  waived,
supplemented,  discharged,  cancelled or  terminated  orally or by any course of
dealing,  or in any manner other than by an  agreement  in writing,  executed in
accordance with Section 15.2(b) hereof.  Borrower  acknowledges that it has been
advised by counsel in connection  with the  execution of this  Agreement and the
Other  Documents  and is not relying  upon oral  representations  or  statements
inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

                       (b)      The Required Lenders, Agent with the consent in
writing of the Required Lenders,  and Borrower may, subject to the provisions of
this  Section  15.2  (b),  from time to time  enter  into  written  supplemental
agreements to this Agreement,  the Revolving  Credit Note or the Other Documents
executed by Borrower,  for the purpose of adding or deleting any  provisions  or
otherwise  changing,  varying or  waiving  in any manner the rights of  Lenders,
Agent or Borrower  thereunder or the conditions,  provisions or terms thereof or
waiving any Event of Default  thereunder,  but only to the extent  specified  in
such written agreements;  provided, however, that no such supplemental agreement
shall, without the consent of all Lenders:

                       (i)     increase or decrease the amount of the Commitment
Percentage of any Lender,  it being understood and agreed that this Section 15.2
(b)(i)  does not (and shall not be deemed to)  require the consent of any Lender
(other  than a  transferor  Lender or  Purchasing  Lender) to an  increase  or a
decrease in the  Commitment  Percentage  of a transferor  Lender or a Purchasing
Lender in connection with an assignment effected in accordance with Section 15.3
(d) hereof.

                       (ii)    change the maturity of the Revolving Credit Note,
or increase the Maximum Revolving Advance Amount, the Maximum
Equipment Value Advance Amount, the Maximum Inventory Value Advance


                                      -90-



<PAGE>



Amount or the sublimit with respect to Letters of Credit,  or reduce the rate or
extend the time of payment of  interest  or of any fee  payable by  Borrower  to
Agent for the ratable benefit of Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

                       (iii)           alter the definition of the term Required
Lenders or the eligibility  standards  applied by Agent to the  determination of
which Receivables are Eligible Receivables.

                       (iv)       alter, amend or modify this Section 15.2(b) or
release Collateral having a fair market value of in excess of $100,000, it being
understood and agreed that this Section  15.2(b) (iv) does not (and shall not be
deemed  to)  require  the  consent  of any  Lender  (or all of the  Lenders)  in
connection with a sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment or other disposition of
any of Borrower's  properties or assets (or any of the Collateral) to the extent
any  such  sale,  transfer,  conveyance,  assignment  or  other  disposition  is
authorized or permitted by the terms of this Agreement or any Other Document.

                       (v)      change the rights and duties of Agent.

Any such  supplemental  agreement shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and
shall be binding upon Borrower,  Lenders and Agent and all future holders of the
Revolving Credit Note and all Participants. In the case of any waiver, Borrower,
Agent and Lenders shall be restored to their former  positions  and rights,  and
any Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing,  but
no waiver of a specific Event of Default shall extend to any subsequent Event of
Default (whether or not the subsequent Event of Default is the same as the Event
of Default which was waived), or impair any right consequent thereon.

           15.3.       Successors and Assigns; Participations; New Lenders.

                       (a)     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of Borrower, Agent, each Lender, all future holders of the Revolving
Credit Note and their  respective  successors and assigns,  except that Borrower
may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement
without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender.

                       (b)      Subject to Section 15.3(d), and subject to
Borrower's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, any Lender
may sell,  assign or transfer all or any part of its rights under this Agreement
and the Revolving Credit Note and all Other Documents, instruments and documents
provided  Borrower is given notice of such sale as soon as  practicable  and the
transferee  agrees to perform the obligations of the transferor.  In addition to
the foregoing,  any Lender may grant one or more participations in its interests
in the Advances in a minimum amount equal to $3,000,000 or in integral multiples
of $l,000,000 in excess thereof;  provided,  however, that (a) such Lender shall
remain a "Lender" for all purposes under this Agreement, (b) any


                                      -91-



<PAGE>



such grant of a  participation  will be made in compliance  with all  applicable
state or federal laws, rules and regulations,  and (c) no Lender shall grant any
participation  under  which the  participant  shall have  rights to approve  any
amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or the Other  Documents,  except to the
extent such amendment or waiver would: (i) increase the amount of the Commitment
Percentage of any Lender;  (ii) change the maturity of the Revolving Credit Note
or the  principal  amount  thereof,  or reduce  the rate or  extend  the time of
payment  of  interest  thereon  or of any fee  payable  by  Borrower  to Lenders
pursuant to this  Agreement;  (iii) alter the  definition  of the term  Required
Lenders;  (iv) alter,  amend or modify this Section  15.2(b);  or (v) change the
rights and duties of Agent.  In the case of any  participation,  the participant
shall not have any rights  under this  Agreement  or any of the Other  Documents
(the participant's right against such Lender in respect of such participation to
be those set forth in the  participation  or other  agreement  executed  by such
Lender and the  participant  related  thereto)  and all  amounts  payable to any
Lender  hereunder  (including,  without  limitation,  Sections  3.2, 3.10 or 3.9
hereof) shall be  determined as if such Lender had not sold such  participation.
In no event shall any  participant  grant a participation  in its  participation
interest in the Advances without the prior written consent of Agent.

                       (c)      In connection with any assignments,
participations or offers thereof pursuant to this Section 15.3 each Lender shall
be entitled to provide to any assignee or participant or prospective assignee or
participant such  information  pertaining to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
as  such  Lender  may  deem  appropriate  or such  assignee  or  participant  or
prospective assignee or participant may request;  provided,  however,  that such
assignee or participant or prospective  assignee or participant  shall agree (i)
to  treat  in  confidence  all  such  information,  (ii)  not to  disclose  such
information  to any third party,  and (iii) not to make use of such  information
for purposes of  transactions  other than  contemplated  by such  assignment  or
participation.

                       (d)      Subject to Borrower's consent, which consent
shall not be unreasonably  withheld, any Lender may sell, assign or transfer all
or any part of its rights under this Agreement and the Other Documents to one or
more additional banks or financial institutions and one or more additional banks
or  financial  institutions  may  commit  to  make  Advances  hereunder  (each a
"Purchasing Lender"),  in minimum amounts of not less than $3,000,000,  pursuant
to a  Commitment  Transfer  Supplement,  executed by a  Purchasing  Lender,  the
transferor  Lender,  and Agent and delivered to Agent for  recording.  Upon such
execution,  delivery,  acceptance  and  recording,  from and after the  transfer
effective date determined pursuant to such Commitment Transfer  Supplement,  (i)
Purchasing Lender thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided
in such  Commitment  Transfer  Supplement,  have the rights and obligations of a
Lender thereunder with a Commitment  Percentage as set forth therein;  provided,
however, that unless Borrower consents,  IBJS shall maintain at all times during
the Term


                                      -92-



<PAGE>



a  Commitment  Percentage  in  excess  of 50%,  and (ii) the  transferor  Lender
thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Commitment Transfer Supplement,
be released from its obligations under this Agreement,  the Commitment  Transfer
Supplement  creating a  novation  for that  purpose.  Such  Commitment  Transfer
Supplement  shall be deemed to amend this  Agreement to the extent,  and only to
the extent,  necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Lender and the
resulting adjustment of the Commitment  Percentages arising from the purchase by
such Purchasing Lender of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such
transferor Lender under this Agreement and the Other Documents.  Borrower hereby
consents to the addition of such Purchasing Lender and the resulting  adjustment
of the  Commitment  Percentages  arising  from the  purchase by such  Purchasing
Lender of all or a portion  of the  rights and  obligations  of such  transferor
Lender  under  this  Agreement  and the Other  Documents.  Without in any manner
limiting the foregoing,  the Borrower and each Lender  specifically  consents to
the sale,  assignment  and/or  transfer by IBJS to IBJ Schroder  Business Credit
Corporation  of  all or any  part  of its  rights  and  obligations  under  this
Agreement and the Other Documents in its capacity as Agent and as Lender.

                       (e)      Agent shall maintain at its address a copy of
each  Commitment  Transfer  Supplement  delivered  to  it  and a  register  (the
"Register") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Advances owing
to each  Lender  from  time to  time.  The  entries  in the  Register  shall  be
conclusive,  in the absence of manifest error,  and Borrower,  Agent and Lenders
may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the
Advance recorded therein for the purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall
be available for inspection by Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and
from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Agent shall receive a fee in the
amount of $3000 payable by the applicable  Purchasing  Lender upon the effective
date of each transfer or assignment to such Purchasing Lender.

                       (f)      At Agent's or Lenders' expense, Borrower shall
execute  and  deliver  to  Agent,  upon  request,  such  further  documents  and
agreements  and do such further acts and things as Agent may request in order to
carry out the purposes, terms or conditions of this Section 15.3.

           15.4.  Application  of Payments.  Agent shall have the continuing and
exclusive  right to apply or reverse  and  re-apply  any payment and any and all
proceeds of Collateral to any portion of the  Obligations in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement. To the extent that Borrower makes a payment or Agent or
any Lender  receives any payment or proceeds of the  Collateral  for  Borrower's
benefit,  which are  subsequently  invalidated,  declared  to be  fraudulent  or
preferential,  set  aside or  required  to be  repaid  to a  trustee,  debtor in
possession,  receiver,  custodian or any other party under any  bankruptcy  law,
common law or equitable  cause,  then, to such extent,  the  Obligations or part
thereof intended to


                                      -93-



<PAGE>



be  satisfied  shall be revived and  continue as if such payment or proceeds had
not been received by Agent or such Lender.

           15.5. Indemnity.  Borrower shall indemnify Agent and each Lender from
and against any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages,  penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses and  disbursements of any kind or
nature  whatsoever   (including,   without   limitation,   reasonable  fees  and
disbursements  of  counsel)  which may be imposed on,  incurred  by, or asserted
against  Agent or any  Lender in any  litigation,  proceeding  or  investigation
instituted or conducted by any  governmental  agency or  instrumentality  or any
other Person with respect to any aspect of, or any transaction  contemplated by,
or referred to in, or any matter related to, this Agreement,  whether or not the
Agent or any Lender is a party  thereto,  except to the  extent  that any of the
foregoing arises out of the gross negligence or willful  misconduct of the party
being indemnified.

           15.6.  Notice.  Any  notice  or  request  hereunder  may be  given to
Borrower or to Agent or any Lender at their respective addresses set forth below
or at such other address as may hereafter be specified in a notice designated as
a notice of  change  of  address  under  this  Section.  Any  notice or  request
hereunder shall be in writing and given by (a) hand delivery,  (b) registered or
certified mail, return receipt  requested,  (c) telex or telegram,  subsequently
confirmed by registered or certified  mail, or (d) telefax to the number set out
below (or such other number as may hereafter be specified in a notice designated
as a notice  of  change  of  address)  with  telephone  communication  to a duly
authorized  officer of the  recipient  confirming  its receipt and  subsequently
confirmed by registered or certified mail or recognized  overnight courier.  Any
notice or other  communication  required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement
shall be deemed  given on the earliest of (a) when  personally  delivered to any
officer  of the  party to whom it is  addressed,  (b) on the  earlier  of actual
receipt  thereof or five (5) days  following  posting  thereof by  certified  or
registered mail,  postage prepaid,  or (c) upon actual receipt thereof when sent
by a recognized  overnight  delivery  service or (d) upon actual receipt thereof
when  sent  by  telecopier  to  the  number  set  forth  below  with   telephone
communication  confirming  receipt in each case  addressed  to each party at its
address  set forth  below or at such  other  address  as has been  furnished  in
writing by a party to the other by like notice:

           (A) If IBJS (either as Agent or a Lender), at:

                                IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
                                   Company
                                One State Street
                                New York, New York 10004
                                Attention:  Alfred J. Scoyni
                                Telephone:   (212) 858-2020
                                Telecopier:  (212) 858-2151

               with a copy to:  Hahn & Hessen


                                      -94-



<PAGE>



                                 350 Fifth Avenue
                                 New York, New York 10118
                                 Attention: Steven J. Seif
                                 Telephone:   (212) 736-1000
                                 Telecopier:  (212) 594-7167

           (B) If to any Lender other than Agent, as specified in the applicable
Commitment Transfer Supplement (or a schedule thereto).

           (C)  If to Borrower, at:  Allstate Financial Corporation
                                     2700 South Quincy Street
                                     Suite 540
                                     Arlington, Virginia 22206
                                     Attention: Craig Fishman -
                                            President
                                     Telephone: (703) 931-2274
                                     Telecopier: (703) 931-2034

                       with a copy to its General Counsel at the same
address, telephone and telecopier numbers.

           15.7.  Severability.  If any part of this  Agreement  is contrary to,
prohibited  by, or deemed invalid under  applicable  laws or  regulations,  such
provision  shall be  inapplicable  and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary,
prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby
and shall be given effect so far as possible.

           15.8.  Expenses.  All  reasonable,  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
including,  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and  disbursements
incurred  by Agent,  Agent on behalf of Lenders  and  Lenders (a) in all efforts
made  to  enforce  payment  of  any  Obligation  or  effect  collection  of  any
Collateral,   or  (b)  in  connection  with  the  entering  into,  modification,
amendment,  administration  and enforcement of this Agreement or any consents or
waivers hereunder and all related agreements,  documents and instruments, or (c)
following the occurrence and during the  continuance of an Event of Default,  in
instituting,  maintaining,  preserving,  enforcing  and  foreclosing  on Agent's
security interest in or Lien on any of the Collateral,  whether through judicial
proceedings  or  otherwise,  or (d) in defending or  prosecuting  any actions or
proceedings  arising out of or relating to Agent's or any Lender's  transactions
hereunder with Borrower,  or (e) in connection with any advice given to Agent or
any Lender with respect to its rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and
all Other Documents, may be charged to Borrower's account as a Revolving Advance
and  shall  be  part  of  the  Obligations;   provided,   that,  the  reasonable
out-of-pocket  fees and  expenses  of  counsel to Agent in  connection  with the
initial  closing  of  the  loans  hereunder  shall  not  exceed  $50,000  in the
aggregate.

           15.9.       Injunctive Relief.  Borrower recognizes that, in the
event Borrower fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its
obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy at law


                                      -95-



<PAGE>



may prove to be inadequate  relief to Lenders;  therefore,  each Lender, if such
Lender so requests,  shall be entitled to  temporary  and  permanent  injunctive
relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

           15.10.      Consequential Damages.  Neither Lenders nor any agent
r attorney for any of them shall be liable to Borrower for
consequential damages arising from any breach of contract, tort or
other wrong relating to the establishment, administration or
collection of the Obligations.

           15.11.       Captions.  The captions at various places in this
Agreement are intended for convenience only and do not constitute
and shall not be interpreted as part of this Agreement.

           15.12.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.



                                      -96-



<PAGE>




           15.13. Construction.  The parties acknowledge that each party and its
counsel have reviewed this Agreement and that the normal rule of construction to
the effect that any  ambiguities  are to be resolved  against the drafting party
shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any amendments,
schedules or exhibits thereto.

           Each of the parties has signed this  Agreement  as of the 13th day of
May 1997.



                                 ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                 --------------------------------
           Name: Craig Fishman
            Title: President

                                 IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
         as Lender and as Agent


                                 -------------------------------
                                 Name:  Alfred J. Scoyni
          Title: Vice President

                                 Commitment Percentage:  60%

                                 NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, as Lender


                                 -------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                                 -------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                                 Commitment Percentage:  40%


                                      -97-



<PAGE>



STATE OF NEW YORK                 )
                                  ) ss.
COUNTY OF NEW YORK                )


           On  this  ______  day  of  May,  1997,   before  me  personally  came
_____________, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that
he is the  ______________  of ALLSTATE  FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  the corporation
described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; and that he signed his
name thereto by order of the board of directors of said corporation.

                               ------------------------------
                                               NOTARY PUBLIC


STATE OF NEW YORK                 )
                                  ) ss.
COUNTY OF NEW YORK                )


           On  this  _____  day  of  May,  1997,   before  me  personally   came
_________________,  to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that  he is  the  ______________  of IBJ  SCHRODER  BANK &  TRUST  COMPANY,  the
corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument and that he
was authorized to sign his name thereto on behalf of said corporation.


                                 ------------------------------
                                                 NOTARY PUBLIC




                                      -98-



<PAGE>





                                Table of Contents



I.         DEFINITIONS......................................................  1
           -----------
           1.1.          Accounting Terms...................................  1
                         ----------------
           1.2.          General Terms......................................  1
                         -------------
           1.3.          Uniform Commercial Code Terms...................... 22
                         -----------------------------
           1.4.          Certain Matters of Construction.................... 22
                         -------------------------------

II.        ADVANCES, PAYMENTS............................................... 23
           ------------------
           2.1.          (a)      Revolving Advances........................ 23
                                  ------------------
                         (b)      Discretionary Rights...................... 24
                                  --------------------
           2.2.          ................................................... 24
           2.3.          Disbursement of Revolving Advance Proceeds......... 27
                         ------------------------------------------
           2.4.          ................................................... 27
           2.5.          ................................................... 27
           2.6.          ................................................... 28
           2.7.          Statement of Account............................... 28
                         --------------------
           2.8.          Letters of Credit.................................. 28
                         -----------------
           2.9.          Issuance of Letters of Credit...................... 29
                         -----------------------------
           2.10.         Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit..... 29
                         ----------------------------------------------
           2.11.         Additional Payments................................ 31
                         -------------------
           2.12.         Manner of Borrowing and Repayment of Advances...... 31
                         ---------------------------------------------
           2.13.         Use of Proceeds.................................... 36
                         ---------------

III.  INTEREST AND FEES..................................................... 36
      -----------------
           3.1.          Interest........................................... 36
                         --------
           3.2.          Letter of Credit Fees.............................. 36
                         ---------------------
           3.3.          Closing Fee........................................ 37
                         -----------
           3.4.          Unused Line Fee.................................... 37
                         ---------------
           3.5.          Collateral Evaluation Fee.......................... 37
                         -------------------------
           3.6.          Field Examinations................................. 37
                         ------------------
           3.7.          Computation of Interest and Fees................... 37
                         --------------------------------
           3.8.          Maximum Charges.................................... 38
                         ---------------
           3.9.          Increased Costs.................................... 38
                         ---------------
           3.10.         Capital Adequacy................................... 39
                         ----------------
           3.11.  Survival.................................................. 39
                  --------


IV.  COLLATERAL:  GENERAL TERMS............................................. 40
     --------------------------
           4.1.          Security Interest in the Collateral................ 40
                         -----------------------------------
           4.2.          Perfection of Security Interest.................... 40
                         -------------------------------
           4.3.          Disposition of Collateral.......................... 41
                         -------------------------
           4.4.          Preservation of Collateral......................... 41
                         --------------------------
           4.5.          Ownership of Collateral............................ 42
                         -----------------------
           4.6.          Defense of Agent's and Lender's Interests.......... 42
                         -----------------------------------------
           4.7.          Books and Records.................................. 43
                         -----------------
           4.8.          Financial Disclosure............................... 43
                         --------------------
           4.9.          Compliance with Laws............................... 43
                         --------------------
           4.10.         Inspection of Premises............................. 43
                         ----------------------
           4.12.         Failure to Pay Insurance........................... 44
                         ------------------------


                                       -i-



<PAGE>



           4.13.         Payment of Taxes.................................... 44
                         ----------------
           4.14.         Payment of Leasehold Obligations.................... 45
                         --------------------------------
           4.15.         Receivables......................................... 45
                         -----------
                         (a)      Nature of Receivables...................... 45
                                  ---------------------
                         (b)      Solvency of Account Debtor................. 45
                                  --------------------------
                         (c)      Locations of Borrower...................... 46
                                  ---------------------
                         (d)      Collection of Receivables.................. 46
                                  -------------------------
                         (e)      Notification of Assignment of Receivables.. 46
                                  -----------------------------------------
                         (f)      Power of Agent to Act on Borrower's Behalf. 46
                                  ------------------------------------------
                         (g)      No Liability............................... 49
                                  ------------
           4.16.         Cash Management Systems............................. 50
                         -----------------------
           4.17.         Inventory........................................... 51
                         ---------
           4.18.         Maintenance of Equipment............................ 51
                         ------------------------
           4.19.         Exculpation of Liability............................ 52
                         ------------------------
           4.20.         Environmental Matters............................... 52
                         ---------------------

V.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................... 54
    ------------------------------
           5.1.          Authority........................................... 54
                         ---------
           5.2.          Formation and Qualification......................... 55
                         ---------------------------
           5.3.          Survival of Representations and Warranties.......... 55
                         ------------------------------------------
           5.4.          Tax Returns......................................... 55
                         -----------
           5.5.          Financial Statements................................ 55
                         --------------------
           5.6.          Corporate Name...................................... 56
                         --------------
           5.7.          O.S.H.A............................................. 56
                         --------
                         5.8.     Solvency; No Litigation, Violation, Indebte
                         ness or Default..................................... 57
                         ---------------
           5.9.          Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses........ 58
                         --------------------------------------------
           5.10.         Licenses and Permits................................ 58
                         --------------------
           5.11.         Default of Indebtedness............................. 59
                         -----------------------
           5.12.         No Default.......................................... 59
                         ----------
           5.13.         No Burdensome Restrictions.......................... 59
                         --------------------------
           5.14.         No Labor Disputes................................... 59
                         -----------------
           5.15.         Margin Regulations.................................. 59
                         ------------------
           5.16.         Investment Company Act.............................. 59
                         ----------------------
           5.17.         Disclosure.......................................... 59
                         ----------
           5.18.         Swaps............................................... 60
                         -----
           5.19.         Conflicting Agreements.............................. 60
                         ----------------------
           5.20.         Application of Certain Laws and Regulations......... 60
                         -------------------------------------------
           5.21.         Property of Borrower................................ 60
                         --------------------
           5.22.         Other Ventures...................................... 60
                         --------------
                         .................................................... 60

VI.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS................................................... 60
           6.1.          Payment of Fees..................................... 60
                         ---------------
           6.2.          Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
                         and Assets.......................................... 60
                         ----------
           6.3.          Violations.......................................... 61
                         ----------
           6.4.          Government Receivables.............................. 61
                         ----------------------
           6.5.          Execution of Supplemental Instruments............... 61
                         -------------------------------------
           6.6.          Payment of Indebtedness............................. 62
                         -----------------------
           6.7.          Standards of Financial Statements................... 62
                         ---------------------------------
           6.8.          Credit Standards.................................... 62
                         ----------------
           6.9.          Insurance........................................... 62
                         ---------
           6.10.         Filing of Financing Statements...................... 63
                         ------------------------------


                                      -ii-



<PAGE>




VII.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS..................................................... 63
           7.1.          Merger, Consolidation, Acquisition and Sale of
                         Assets.............................................. 63
                         ------
           7.2.          Creation of Liens................................... 64
                         -----------------
           7.3.          Guaranties.......................................... 64
                         ----------
           7.4.          Investments......................................... 65
                         -----------
           7.5.          Loans............................................... 65
                         -----
           7.6.          Capital Expenditures................................ 66
                         --------------------
           7.7.          Restricted Payments................................. 66
                         -------------------
           7.8.          Indebtedness........................................ 66
                         ------------
           7.9.          Nature of Business.................................. 67
                         ------------------
           7.10.         Transactions with Affiliates........................ 67
                         ----------------------------
           7.11.         Leases.............................................. 68
                         ------
           7.12.         Subsidiaries........................................ 68
                         ------------
           7.13.         Fiscal Year and Accounting Changes.................. 69
                         ----------------------------------
           7.14.         Intentionally Omitted............................... 69
                         ---------------------
           7.15.         Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws..... 69
                         -----------------------------------------------
           7.16.         Compliance with ERISA............................... 69
                         ---------------------
           7.17.         Prepayment of Indebtedness.......................... 70
                         --------------------------
                         .................................................... 70
           7.18.         Pledge of Credit.................................... 70
                         ----------------

VIII.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.................................................. 71
       --------------------
           8.1.          Conditions to Initial Advances...................... 71
                         ------------------------------
                         (a)      Revolving Credit Note...................... 71
                                  ---------------------
                         (b)      Filings, Registrations and Recordings...... 71
                                  -------------------------------------
                         (c)      Corporate Proceedings of Borrower.......... 72
                                  ---------------------------------
                         (d)      Incumbency Certificates of Borrower........ 72
                                  -----------------------------------
                         (e)      Certificates............................... 72
                                  ------------
                         (f)      Good Standing Certificates................. 72
                                  --------------------------
                         (g)      Legal Opinion.............................. 72
                                  -------------
                         (h)      No Litigation.............................. 72
                                  -------------
                         (i)      Financial Condition Certificate............ 73
                                  -------------------------------
                         (j)      Collateral Examination..................... 73
                                  ----------------------
                         (k)      Fees....................................... 73
                                  ----
                         (l)      Insurance.................................. 73
                                  ---------
                         (m)      Leasehold Agreements....................... 73
                                  --------------------
                         (n)      Reaffirmation of Guaranty, Stock Pledge
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                  Agreements, etc............................ 73
                         (o)      Payment Instructions; Borrowing Base
                                  Certificate................................ 73
                                  -----------
                         (p)      Lockbox Accounts........................... 74
                                  ----------------
                         (q)      Consents................................... 74
                                  --------
                         (r)      No Adverse Material Change................. 74
                                  --------------------------
                         (s)      Undrawn Availability....................... 74
                                  --------------------
                         (t)      Contract Review............................ 74
                                  ---------------
                         (u)      Closing Certificate........................ 74
                                  -------------------
                         (v)      Representations and Warranties............. 74
                                  ------------------------------
                         (w)      Other...................................... 74
                                  -----
           8.2.          Conditions to Each Advance.......................... 74
                         --------------------------
                         (a)      Representations and Warranties............. 75
                                  ------------------------------
                         (b)      No Default................................. 75
                                  ----------
                         (c)      Maximum Advances........................... 75
                                  ----------------



                                      -iii-



<PAGE>



IX.  INFORMATION AS TO BORROWER.............................................. 75
     --------------------------
           9.1.          Disclosure of Material Matters...................... 75
                         ------------------------------
           9.2.          Schedules; Borrowing Base Certificate............... 75
                         -------------------------------------
           9.3.          Litigation.......................................... 76
                         ----------
           9.4.          Occurrence of Defaults, etc......................... 76
                         ---------------------------
           9.5.          Intentionally Omitted............................... 77
                         ---------------------
           9.6.          Annual Financial Statements......................... 77
                         ---------------------------
           9.7.          Quarterly Financial Statements...................... 77
                         ------------------------------
           9.8.          Intentionally Omitted............................... 78
                         ---------------------
           9.9.          Other Reports....................................... 78
                         -------------
           9.10.         Additional Information.............................. 78
                         ----------------------
           9.11.         Projected Operating Budget.......................... 78
                         --------------------------
           9.12.         Intentionally Omitted............................... 79
                         ---------------------
           9.13.         Notice of Suits, Adverse Events..................... 79
                         -------------------------------
           9.14.         ERISA Notices and Requests.......................... 79
                         --------------------------
           9.15.         Additional Documents................................ 80
                         --------------------

X.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT........................................................ 80

XI.  LENDERS' RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT.............................. 82
     ------------------------------------------
           11.1.         Rights and Remedies................................. 82
                         -------------------
           11.2.         Agent's Discretion.................................. 83
                         ------------------
           11.3.         Setoff.............................................. 83
                         ------
           11.4.         Rights and Remedies not Exclusive................... 83
                         ---------------------------------

XII.  WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS....................................... 83
      --------------------------------
           12.1.         Waiver of Notice.................................... 83
                         ----------------
           12.2.         Delay............................................... 84
                         -----
           12.3.         Jury Waiver......................................... 84
                         -----------

XIII.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION........................................ 84
       ------------------------------
           13.1.         Term................................................ 84
                         ----
           13.2.         Termination......................................... 85
                         -----------

XIV.  Regarding Agent........................................................ 85
      ---------------
           14.1.         Appointment......................................... 85
                         -----------
           14.2.         Nature of Duties.................................... 86
                         ----------------
           14.3.         Lack of Reliance on Agent and Resignation........... 86
                         -----------------------------------------
           14.4.         Certain Rights of Agent............................. 87
                         -----------------------
           14.5.         Reliance............................................ 87
                         --------
           14.6.         Notice of Default................................... 87
                         -----------------
           14.7.         Indemnification..................................... 88
                         ---------------
           14.8.         Agent in its Individual Capacity.................... 88
                         --------------------------------
           14.9.         Delivery of Documents............................... 88
                         ---------------------
           14.10.        Borrower' Undertaking to Agent...................... 88
                         ------------------------------
           14.12.        Applicability of Section to Borrower................ 89
                         ------------------------------------

XIV.  MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................... 89
           15.2.         Entire Understanding................................ 90
                         --------------------
           15.3.         Successors and Assigns; Participations; New
                         Lenders............................................. 91
                         -------
           15.4.         Application of Payments............................. 93
                         -----------------------
           15.5.         Indemnity........................................... 94
                         ---------
           15.6.         Notice.............................................. 94
                         ------


                                      -iv-



<PAGE>


           15.7.         Severability........................................ 95
                         ------------
           15.8.         Expenses............................................ 95
                         --------
           15.9.         Injunctive Relief................................... 95
                         -----------------
           15.10.        Consequential Damages............................... 96
                         ---------------------
           15.11.         Captions........................................... 96
                          --------
           15.12.  Counterparts.............................................. 96
                   ------------
                         15.13.  Construction................................ 96



                                       -v-



<PAGE>




                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                       TO
          AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT




                  FIRST AMENDMENT ("First  Amendment") dated as of June 20, 1997
to the Amended and Restated  Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of
May 28, 1997 (as  amended  and waived to the dated  hereof and as may be further
amended,  supplemented,  modified  or  waived  from  time  to  time,  the  "Loan
Agreement") by and among ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a corporation organized
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia ("Borrower"), IBJ SCHRODER BANK &
TRUST COMPANY ("IBJS"), the other lenders party to the Loan Agreement (IBJS, and
each of the other  lenders which may now or in the future be a party to the Loan
Agreement,  the  "Lenders")  and IBJS, as agent for the Lenders  (IBJS,  in such
capacity, the "Agent").


                                   BACKGROUND


                  Borrower has  requested  that Agent and Lenders  amend certain
provisions  of the Loan  Agreement and Agent and Lenders are willing to do so on
the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of any loan or advance or
grant of credit  heretofore or hereafter  made to or for the account of Borrower
by  Lenders,  and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

                  1.       Definitions.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
Agreement.

                  2.       Amendments to Loan Agreement.  Subject to
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 below, the
Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                  (a)      Section 1.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
as follows:

                           (i) the following defined terms are hereby added in
appropriate alphabetical order:

               "Allstate Factors" shall mean the Allstate Factors
division of Borrower.

                "Allstate Factors Borrowing Base" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 2.2B(a).


<PAGE>




                           "Allstate Factors Advances" shall mean the Advances
made to Allstate Factors pursuant to Section 2.2B(a) hereof.

                "Allstate Factors Lockbox Account" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 4.16(a).

                           "Allstate Factors Operating Account" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 4.16(d).

                           "Amounts Due From Republic" shall mean, at any time,
all amounts or balances (i) due from Republic to Borrower (or Allstate  Factors)
at such time (whether or not payable at such time) and (ii)  otherwise  standing
on the books of Republic to the credit of Borrower (or Allstate Factors) at such
time,  but only to the extent  such  amounts,  balances  or credits  are payable
directly to the Allstate  Factors  Lockbox  Account under and in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement and the Republic Intercreditor Agreement.

                           "First Amendment" shall mean the First Amendment
dated as of June 20, 1997 to Amended and Restated  Revolving Credit and Security
Agreement dated as of May 28, 1997.

                           "First Amendment Effective Date" shall mean the date
on which all  conditions  set forth in  Section  4 of the  First  Amendment  are
satisfied or waived in writing by the Agent.

                           "Republic" shall mean Republic Business Credit
Corporation and shall include its successors and assigns.

                           "Republic Collateral" shall mean "Collateral" as
defined in Section 3 of the Republic Factoring Agreement.

                           "Republic Factoring Agreement" shall mean the
Factoring  Agreement  between  Borrower  (or  Allstate  Factors) and Republic in
substantially  the form attached  hereto as Exhibit  1.2(e),  together with such
modifications  thereto  as  Borrower  and  Republic  may from  time to time deem
appropriate or desirable;  provided,  however, that no such modifications can be
made, without Agent's prior approval,  (i) at any time, to (a) the definition of
"Collateral"  set forth in Section 3 thereof,  (b)  Section 4 thereof or (c) the
definition of "Receivables"  set forth in Section 15 thereof,  or (ii) following
the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default,  any other
Section thereof, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

                           "Republic Intercreditor Agreement" shall mean the
Subordination  Agreement and Assignment of Monies Due Under Factoring  Agreement
among Republic,  Agent and Borrower (or Allstate  Factors) in substantially  the
form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2(f), together with such modifications thereto
as may be made from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

                                        2

<PAGE>




                          (ii)    the following defined terms are hereby amended
in their entirety to provide as follows:

                           "Advances" shall mean and include, without
duplication, the Revolving Advances, the Allstate Factors Advances,
the Inventory Value Advances, the Equipment Value Advances and
Letters of Credit.

                           "Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble to this  Agreement  and shall extend to all  permitted  successors  and
assigns.  Unless the  context  otherwise  requires,  the term  "Borrower"  shall
include  Allstate  Factors.  In certain  circumstances in this Agreement and the
Other  Documents,  the  term  "Borrower"  may  be  followed  by  words  such  as
"including,  without limitation,  Allstate Factors" or other words or phrases of
similar import. In such  circumstances,  the reference to "Allstate  Factors" is
intended to provide emphasis only and not to exclude "Allstate Factors" from the
term "Borrower" in other circumstances.  In addition, the inclusion of "Allstate
Factors" is for emphasis only and is not intended to mean that Allstate  Factors
has a legal existence separate from that of Borrower.

                           "Cash Collateral Account" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2.10(d).

                           "Revolving Advances" shall mean Advances made other
than Letters of Credit, Equipment Value Advances, Inventory Value
Advances and Allstate Factors Advances.

                           (iii)            the word "and" appearing immediately
before  clause  (n) of the  definition  of  "Permitted  Encumbrances"  is hereby
deleted;  clause (n) of the  definition  of "Permitted  Encumbrances"  is hereby
re-lettered clause (o) and the following new clause (n) is inserted  immediately
before clause (o) (as re-lettered):

                "(n) Liens on the Republic Collateral in favor of
                Republic (which Liens may be senior to the Liens
                thereon in favor of Agent) relating solely to the
                Republic Collateral, but only to the extent such
                Liens do not secure outstanding Indebtedness for
                  borrowed money by, or actual cash advances by
                 Republic to, Borrower or Allstate Factors; and"

                           (iv)     the definition of "Receivables" is hereby
amended by (x) inserting the words ", without  duplication"  immediately  before
clause (a) thereof, (y) re-designating clause (iv) thereof as clause (v) and (z)
inserting the following new clause (iv) at the end of clause "(iii)" thereof:

                           "(iv)  the Republic Factoring Agreement (including,
                           without limitation, all Amounts Due from Republic)"

                                        3

<PAGE>




                           (v)     Exhibit 1.2(c) attached to the Loan Agreement
is hereby  amended  to  include  as a  "Factoring  Agreement"  an  agreement  in
substantially  the form attached hereto as Exhibit I and the Republic  Factoring
Agreement  and the  Republic  Intercreditor  Agreement  are hereby  attached  as
Exhibits 1.2(e) and 1.2(f), respectively, to the Loan Agreement.

                  (b)      Section 2.1(a)(x) of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the parenthetical phrase appearing therein and
inserting the following in lieu thereof:

                  "(less  the sum of the  aggregate  amount  of (I)  outstanding
                  Letters of Credit, (II) outstanding  Equipment Value Advances,
                  (III)   outstanding   Inventory   Value   Advances   and  (IV)
                  outstanding Allstate Factors Advances"

                  (c) The Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended by  inserting  the
following new Section 2.2B immediately after Section 2.2A thereof:

                  "2.2B Allstate Factors Advances.  (a) Subject to the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement,  each Lender,  severally and not jointly,
         agrees to make loans to Allstate Factors  ("Allstate Factors Advances")
         in aggregate  amounts  outstanding  at any time equal to such  Lender's
         Commitment  Percentage  of the  lesser  of (x)  the  Maximum  Revolving
         Advance Amount (less the sum of the aggregate amount of (I) outstanding
         Revolving  Advances,   (II)  outstanding   Letters  of  Credit,   (III)
         outstanding  Equipment  Value Advances and (IV)  outstanding  Inventory
         Value Advances) or (y) an amount equal to the lesser of 85% (subject to
         increase or decrease in the same manner as changes to the Advance Rates
         under Section  2.1(b) hereof) of (i) the Amounts Due from Republic from
         time to time or (ii) the aggregate amount from time to time outstanding
         of actual cash advances by Allstate  Factors to Clients  secured by the
         Amounts  Due from  Republic  at such time,  less (in either  case) such
         reserves as Agent may reasonably deem proper and necessary from time to
         time in connection with charges, judgments or other amounts which Agent
         may  have to pay to  preserve  the  Amounts  Due from  Republic  or the
         priority of the Lien of the Agent therein  (preceding  clause (y)(i) or
         (ii), as applicable, the "Allstate Factors Borrowing Base").

         (b)  Allstate  Factors  Advances  shall be made on and  after the First
         Amendment Effective Date and thereafter during the Term, subject to the
         terms hereof. Allstate Factors may use the Allstate Factors Advances by
         borrowing,  repaying and reborrowing,  all in accordance with the terms
         and conditions  hereof.  The proceeds of each Allstate  Factors Advance
         requested by Allstate  Factors  shall,  to the extent Lenders make such
         Allstate Factors Advance,  be made available to Allstate Factors on the
         day so requested by way of credit to

                                        4

<PAGE>



         Allstate Factors Operating Account, in immediately available federal or
         other  immediately  available funds. The aggregate  principal amount of
         Allstate Factors Advances outstanding on the last day of the Term shall
         be  payable  in full  upon  the  expiration  of the  Term,  subject  to
         acceleration  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default  under this
         Agreement or termination of this Agreement.

                  (d) The Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended by  inserting  the
following new Section 2.5B immediately after Section 2.5A thereof:

                "Maximum Allstate Factors Advances. The aggregate
balance of Allstate  Factors  Advances  outstanding at any time shall not exceed
the lesser of (x) the Maximum  Revolving  Advance  Amount  less (a)  outstanding
Revolving Advances, (b) outstanding Letters of Credit, (c) outstanding Equipment
Value Advances and (d) outstanding Inventory Value Advances and (y) the Allstate
Factors Borrowing Base."

                  (e)      Section 2.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
in its entirety to provide as follows:

                           "2.6  Repayment  of Excess  Advances.  The  aggregate
                  balance  of  Revolving  Advances,   Equipment  Value  Advance,
                  Inventory Value Advances and Allstate Factors Advances, as the
                  case may be,  outstanding at any time in excess of the maximum
                  permitted  under  Section 2.4,  Section  2.5,  Section 2.5A or
                  Section  2.5B, as  applicable,  shall be  immediately  due and
                  payable  without the  necessity of any demand,  at the Payment
                  Office,  whether  or not a  Default  or Event of  Default  has
                  occurred."

                  (f) Section  2.8 of the Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
inserting the following new clause immediately after clause (c) thereof:

                  "less (d) outstanding Allstate Factors Advances"

                  (g)      Section 2.10(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following new clause immediately after
clause (iv) thereof:

                  "less (v) outstanding Allstate Factors Advances"

                  (h) Section 2.12 (a) of the Loan  Agreement is hereby  amended
by inserting the words ", Allstate  Factors  Advance" after the words "Equipment
Value Advance" appearing in the first sentence thereof.

                  (i)      Sections 2.12(h) and (j) of the Loan Agreement are
hereby amended by deleting the words "Revolving Advances" appearing

                                        5

<PAGE>



therein and inserting in lieu thereof the words "Advances (other than Letters of
Credit)".

                  (j)      The first sentence of Section 2.12(k) of the Loan
Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Each  payment  (including  each  prepayment)  by  Borrower on
                  account of the  principal  of and  interest  on the  Revolving
                  Credit Note,  shall,  subject to Sections  2.1,  2.2, 2.2A and
                  2.2B, be applied to the Revolving  Advances,  Equipment  Value
                  Advances,   Inventory  Value  Advances  and  Allstate  Factors
                  Advances,  as  the  case  may  be,  as  applicable,  pro  rata
                  according to the Commitment Percentages of the Lenders."

                  (k)  Sections  2.12(l)(i),  2.12(m)  and  2.12(n)  of the Loan
Agreement  are  hereby  amended  by  inserting  the  words ",  Allstate  Factors
Advances"  after the words  "Equipment  Value  Advances"  each place they appear
therein.

                  (l) Section  4.4 of the Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
inserting the  parenthetical  phrase "(but subject in all events to the terms of
the Republic  Intercreditor  Agreement)"  immediately  after the words "Event of
Default" appearing therein.

                  (m) Section 4.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (x)
inserting  the words  "(but  subject in all events to the terms of the  Republic
Intercreditor  Agreement)"  after the words "Event of Default"  appearing in the
fourth  sentence  thereof  and (y)  deleting  the last  sentence  thereof in its
entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

                  "Following the occurrence  and during the  continuation  of an
                  Event of Default,  Borrower  shall (except with respect to the
                  Republic   Collateral)  at  Agent's  request,  and  Agent  may
                  (subject   to  the   terms  of  the   Republic   Intercreditor
                  Agreement),  at its option, instruct all suppliers,  carriers,
                  forwarders,  warehouses  or others  receiving or holding cash,
                  checks,  Inventory,  documents or  instruments  in which Agent
                  holds a  security  interest  to deliver  same to Agent  and/or
                  subject  to  Agent's   order  and  if  they  shall  come  into
                  Borrower's  possession  they and each of them  (except  to the
                  extent any of them constitute Republic  Collateral),  shall be
                  held by  Borrower  in trust as Agent's  trustee and (except to
                  the  extent  any  of  them  constitute  Republic   Collateral)
                  Borrower  shall  immediately  deliver  them to  Agent in their
                  original form together with any necessary endorsement."

                  (n) Section 4.15(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by
(x) inserting the parenthetical  phrase "(other than Receivables that constitute
Republic Collateral)" immediately after

                                        6

<PAGE>



the word "Receivables" appearing in the first sentence thereof and (y) inserting
the words "or cause to be deposited in the Allstate Factors Lockbox Account,  as
the case may be," immediately after the words "Lockbox Account" appearing in the
second sentence thereof.

                  (o) Section 4.15(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by
(x)  inserting  the  parenthetical  phrase  "(but  subject  to the  terms of the
Republic  Intercreditor  Agreement)"  immediately  after  the  words  "Event  of
Default"  appearing  in the first  sentence  thereof  and (y) by  inserting  the
parenthetical  phrase  "(subject  to the  terms  of the  Republic  Intercreditor
Agreement)"  immediately  after the phrase  "Agent  shall  have the sole  right"
appearing in the second sentence thereof.

                  (p)  Section  4.15  (f)(2)  of the Loan  Agreement  is  hereby
amended by inserting the parenthetical phrase "(but subject in all events to the
terms of the  Republic  Intercreditor  Agreement)"  immediately  after the words
"Event of Default" appearing at the end of the introductory paragraph thereof.

                  (q) Sections  4.15(f)(5) and 4.15(g) of the Loan Agreement are
hereby amended by inserting the parenthetical  phrase "(but subject to the terms
of the Republic Intercreditor  Agreement)" immediately after the words "Event of
Default" each place they appear therein.

                  (r)      Section 4.16(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu
thereof:

                  "(a)  Commencing on the Original  Closing Date and for so long
                  as any  Obligations  are  outstanding,  Borrower shall deposit
                  within three (3) Business  Days  following the date of receipt
                  thereof or cause to be deposited  directly  all cash,  checks,
                  notes, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or
                  constituting   payments   made  in  respect  of  any  and  all
                  Receivables  (other than Amounts Due from Republic and amounts
                  due in respect of the Republic Collateral) into one collection
                  account in Borrower's  name at each bank set forth on Schedule
                  4.16 hereto that have no rights of setoff or recoupment or any
                  other claim against such accounts (collectively,  the "Lockbox
                  Accounts").  To the extent that any Lockbox  Accounts are from
                  time to time  maintained  at Agent or any  other  Lender,  all
                  cash, checks, notes, drafts and other similar items of payment
                  from time to time deposited in such Lockbox  Accounts shall be
                  made  available  to Borrower  for all  purposes  hereof at the
                  times and in a manner  consistent  with IBJS's past  practices
                  with Borrower.

                  Commencing on the date on which the Republic Factoring
                  Agreement becomes effective and for so long as it remains

                                        7

<PAGE>



                  effective  and  any  Obligations  are  outstanding,   Borrower
                  (including  Allstate  Factors)  shall,  at the time and to the
                  extent  same  would   otherwise   be   available  to  Borrower
                  (including  Allstate Factors) under and in accordance with the
                  Republic  Factoring  Agreement,  cause Republic to deposit all
                  Amounts Due from Republic directly into one collection account
                  in Borrower's (or Allstate  Factors' name) maintained at Agent
                  (the "Allstate  Factors  Lockbox  Account").  All amounts from
                  time to time deposited in the Allstate Factors Lockbox Account
                  shall be made  available to Allstate  Factors for all purposes
                  hereof  at the times and in a manner  consistent  with  IBJS's
                  past  practices  with  Borrower's   deposits  to  the  Lockbox
                  Account(s).  Blocked account arrangements shall be established
                  with the banks at which the Lockbox  Accounts and the Allstate
                  Factors Lockbox Account are maintained.

                  At any  time  when an  Event  of  Default  is not  continuing,
                  Borrower  may pay down the  Advances  (other  than  Letters of
                  Credit) by (i) wiring  funds from the  Lockbox  Account or the
                  Allstate  Factors  Lockbox  Account,  as the case  may be,  to
                  Agent's depository account as designated by Agent from time to
                  time (the "Depository Account"),  and (ii) providing notice to
                  Agent of such deposit. At any time when an Event of Default is
                  not  continuing,  Borrower may, in lieu of wiring funds to the
                  Depository Account, cause the transfer of funds in the Lockbox
                  Accounts to the  Operating  Accounts and funds in the Allstate
                  Factors  Lockbox  Account to the  Allstate  Factors  Operating
                  Account.

                  At any time  when an  Event  of  Default  is  continuing,  all
                  amounts  deposited  in the Lockbox  Accounts  and the Allstate
                  Factors  Lockbox  Account  shall on the  same  day  that  such
                  amounts are available for transfer, unless the Lockbox Account
                  banks are, or the Allstate  Factors  Lockbox  Account bank is,
                  otherwise instructed by Agent, be deposited via wire transfer,
                  in immediately  available funds, into the Depository  Account.
                  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  unless an Event of Default is
                  continuing  under Section 10.1, 10.7 or 10.8 hereof,  Allstate
                  Factors  shall  be  permitted  to  transfer  amounts  from the
                  Allstate  Factors  Lockbox  Account  to the  Allstate  Factors
                  Operating  Account  to the  extent  (but  only to the  extent)
                  necessary to enable Allstate  Factors to remit such amounts to
                  (or for the benefit or account of) Clients of Allstate Factors
                  who have no  outstanding  loans or advances  owing to Allstate
                  Factors.

                  Agent  shall give  Borrower  at least five (5)  Business  Days
                  notice prior to changing the Depository Account. So long as no
                  Default has occurred, Borrower may open a Lockbox

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  Account  with  any  bank in lieu of or in  addition  to  those
                  listed on Schedule 4.16 hereto;  provided,  however,  that (i)
                  Agent  shall have  consented  to the  opening of such  Lockbox
                  Account with such bank, and (ii) at the time of the opening of
                  such Lockbox Account Borrower shall deliver to Agent a blocked
                  account  agreement duly executed by Borrower and such bank, in
                  form and substance satisfactory to Agent. The Lockbox Accounts
                  and  the  Allstate  Factors  Lockbox  Account  shall  be  cash
                  collateral  accounts,  with all cash, checks and other similar
                  items of  payment  in such  accounts  securing  payment of the
                  Obligations, and in which Borrower will have granted a Lien to
                  Agent for the benefit of Lenders."

                  (s)      Section 4.16 of the Loan Agreement is hereby further
amended by inserting the following new subsection (d) immediately
after subsection (c) thereof:

                  "(d) Borrower (or Allstate  Factors) shall maintain an account
                  (the  "Allstate   Factors   Operating   Account")  at  a  bank
                  acceptable  to Agent in which Agent or Lenders shall from time
                  to time,  (i) deposit  proceeds of Allstate  Factors  Advances
                  made  pursuant  to  Section  2.2B  hereof  to be used  for the
                  working  capital  and  general  corporate  needs  of  Allstate
                  Factors and (ii) in accordance with Section 4.16(a),  cause or
                  permit  transfers from the Allstate  Factors Lockbox  Account.
                  The  Allstate  Factors  Operating  Account  shall  be  a  cash
                  collateral  account,  with all cash  checks and other  similar
                  items of  payment  in such  account  securing  payment  of the
                  Obligations,  and in which  Borrower  (and  Allstate  Factors)
                  hereby  grants a Lien to Agent  for the  benefit  of  Lenders,
                  provided that,  unless an Event of Default is continuing under
                  Section  10.1,  10.7 or 10.8  hereof,  neither  Agent  nor any
                  Lender  shall  exercise  its  rights,  remedies or powers with
                  respect to any  amounts on  deposit  in the  Allstate  Factors
                  Operating  Account  to the  extent  (but  only to the  extent)
                  Allstate  Factors  is  obligated   pursuant  to  one  or  more
                  Factoring  Agreements  to remit  such  amounts  to (or for the
                  benefit or account of) Clients of Allstate Factors who have no
                  outstanding loans or advances owing to Allstate Factors.

                  (t) Section  6.4 of the Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
inserting the parenthetical  phrase (x) "(other than Receivables that constitute
Republic Collateral) immediately after the word "Collateral" appearing in clause
(a) thereof, (y) "(except to the extent such Receivables are sold,  transferred,
conveyed or assigned to Republic in accordance  with Section 7.1 hereof)" at the
end of clause (b) thereof,  and (z) "(other than a Receivable  that  constitutes
Republic  Collateral)"  immediately  after the word  "Receivable"  appearing  in
clause (c) thereof.

                                        9

<PAGE>




                  (u) Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (i)
deleting  the  word  "and"  appearing  at the end of  clause  (ix)  thereof  and
inserting in lieu thereof "," and (ii)  inserting  the following new clause (xi)
immediately after clause (x) thereof:

                  "and (xi) Borrower (or Allstate  Factors) may sell,  transfer,
                  convey, assign or otherwise dispose of Receivables to Republic
                  but only if (i) such  Receivables  are  acquired  by  Allstate
                  Factors  pursuant  to a Factoring  Agreement  with a Client of
                  Allstate  Factors,  (ii)  such  sale,  transfer,   conveyance,
                  assignment or other  disposition is made to Republic  pursuant
                  to the Republic  Factoring  Agreement,  and (iii) the Republic
                  Intercreditor Agreement is in full force and effect"

                  (v) Section 7.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (i)
inserting  immediately  after the date  "December 31, 1996"  appearing in clause
(iv) thereof the phrase "and credit balances and other amounts due to Clients of
Allstate  Factors  under  and  in  accordance  with  the  applicable   Factoring
Agreements  as long as such credit  balances and other  amounts are reflected on
Borrower's  balance  sheet in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles",  (ii)  deleting  the word "and"  appearing at the end of clause (x)
thereof and (iii)  inserting the following  new clause (xii)  immediately  after
clause (xi) thereof:

                  "and (xii)  Indebtedness  to Republic  under and in accordance
                  with the Republic Factoring  Agreement other than Indebtedness
                  for  borrowed  money or actual  cash  advances  by Republic to
                  Borrower (or Allstate Factors)"

                  (w) Section 7.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (i)
deleting the date "December 31, 1993"  appearing in the first  sentence  thereof
and inserting in lieu thereof the date  "December  31, 1996" and (ii)  inserting
the following new sentence at the end thereof:

                  "Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Borrower  (through  Allstate
                  Factors)  may  expand  its  business  (as  constituted  on the
                  Effective Date) to include traditional  factoring products and
                  services and other reasonably  related or incidental  products
                  and services.

                  (x)      Section 7.19(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following new, stand-alone sentence at the
end thereof:

                  "For purposes of Section 7.19(d)(ii),  "Receivables" shall not
                  include  Amounts Due from Republic and "Account  Debtor" shall
                  not include Republic."


                                       10

<PAGE>



                  (y) Section  8.2(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by
(i) deleting the word "or" before the words "Section 2.5A" and inserting in lieu
thereof "," and (ii)  inserting the words "or Section 2.5B"  immediately  before
the word "hereof" appearing therein.

                  (z) Section  9.2 of the Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
inserting the following sentence immediately after the first sentence thereof:

                  "Within  three  (3)  business  days of  receipt  by  Borrower,
                  Borrower  shall  deliver  to  Agent  a copy  of  each  monthly
                  statement  received from Republic (together with all pertinent
                  supporting documentation received from Republic)."

                  (aa)     Section 11.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
by inserting the following sentence at the end thereof:

                  "Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this
                  Article  XI, the rights,  remedies  and powers of Agent or any
                  Lender shall, as they relate to Receivables sold, transferred,
                  conveyed or assigned to Republic in  accordance  with  Section
                  7.1  hereof,   be  subject  to  the  terms  of  the   Republic
                  Intercreditor Agreement."

                  (bb) Section 11.3 of the Loan  Agreement is hereby  amended by
inserting after the words "Agent and such Lender shall" the following clause:

                  ",  subject to Sections  4.16(a) and 4.16(d) as same relate to
                  transfers from the Allstate  Factors  Lockbox Account into the
                  Allstate  Factors  Operating  Account  and from  the  Allstate
                  Factors  Operating  Account to (or for the  benefit or account
                  of) Clients of Allstate Factors who have no outstanding  loans
                  or advances owing to Allstate Factors,"

                  3.  Each  Lender,  by its  signature  hereto,  authorizes  and
directs Agent to execute and deliver the Republic Intercreditor Agreement and to
take such actions from time to time as Agent deems  necessary or  appropriate to
comply with the terms thereof.

                  4.       Conditions of Effectiveness.     This First Amendment
shall become effective as of the date first above written (the
"First Amendment  Effective Date") upon receipt by Agent of a copy of this First
Amendment  duly executed by Borrower and each Lender and consented to by each of
the Guarantors.

                  5.       Representations and Warranties.       Borrower hereby
represents and warrants as of the First Amendment Effective Date as
follows:


                                       11

<PAGE>



                  (a) This First  Amendment and the Loan  Agreement,  as amended
         hereby, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower
         and  are  enforceable   against   Borrower  in  accordance  with  their
         respective terms.

                  (b) After  giving  effect to this  First  Amendment,  Borrower
         hereby reaffirms all covenants,  representations and warranties made in
         the Loan Agreement and the Security  Agreement and agrees that all such
         covenants,  representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
         remade as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

                  (c) No  Event  of  Default  or  Default  has  occurred  and is
         continuing  or would exist,  in each case,  after giving effect to this
         First Amendment.

                  (d)      Borrower has no defense, counterclaim or offset to
         the Obligations.

                  6.       Effect on the Loan Agreement.

                  (a) Upon the effectiveness of Section 2 hereof, each reference
         in the Loan  Agreement  to  "this  Agreement,"  "hereunder,"  "hereof,"
         "herein" or words of like import  shall mean and be a reference  to the
         Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

                  (b) Except as specifically  amended hereby, the Loan Agreement
         and all other  documents,  instruments  and agreements  executed and/or
         delivered  in  connection  therewith,  shall  remain in full  force and
         effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                  (c)  Except as  expressly  set forth  herein,  the  execution,
         delivery and effectiveness of this First Amendment shall not operate as
         a waiver  of any  right,  power or remedy  of Agent  and  Lenders,  nor
         constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan Agreement or any other
         documents, instruments or agreements executed and/or delivered under or
         in connection therewith.

                  7.       Governing Law.  This First Amendment shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective  successors  and assigns and shall be  governed by and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                  8.       Headings.    Section headings in this First Amendment
are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
constitute a part of this First Amendment for any other purpose.

                  9.       Counterparts; Telecopy Signatures.         This First
Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in  one  or  more  counterparts,
each of which taken together shall be deemed to

                                       12

<PAGE>



constitute  one and the same  agreement.  Any signature  delivered by a party by
facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto,  by  their  duly
authorized  officers,  have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year
first above written.

                                      IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST
                                      COMPANY, as Agent and Lender


                                      By
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                      NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, a
                                      Lender


                                      By
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                      By
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



                                      ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                      By
                                        Name:           Craig Fishman
                                        Title:          President




                                       13

<PAGE>


CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:

LIFETIME OPTIONS, INC., A
VIATICAL SETTLEMENT COMPANY


By
  Name:           Craig Fishman
  Title:          President

PREMIUM SALES NORTHEAST, INC.                      SETTLEMENT SOLUTIONS, INC.


By                                                 By
  Name:           Craig Fishman                    Name:          Craig Fishman
  Title:          President                        Title:         President

RECEIVABLE FINANCING CORPORATION


By
  Name:           Craig Fishman
  Title:          President

BUSINESS FUNDING OF FLORIDA, INC.


By
  Name:           Craig Fishman
  Title:          President

BUSINESS FUNDING OF AMERICA, INC.


By
  Name:           Craig Fishman
  Title:          President

AFC HOLDING CORPORATION


By
  Name:           Craig Fishman
  Title:          President


                                       14

<PAGE>




                            STANDARD  FORM OF OFFICE LEASE The Real Estate Board
                       of New York, Inc.

    2/94

    AGREEMENT  OF  LEASE,  made as of the 26th day of  September,  1997  between
    MIDTOWN REALTY COMPANY, L.L.C., a New York limited liability company, having
    an office at 1775 Broadway, New York, New York 10019 ("Owner".) and ALLSTATE
    FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a  Virginia  corporation,  (."Tenant"),  having its
    principal office at 2700 South Ouincy Street, Arlington, Virginia 22206.

                                     WITNESSETH

    Owner hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant  hereby hires from Owner the space
    known as Suite 604  depicted  on  Exhibit A annexed  hereto  and made a part
    hereof  (the  Demised  premises)  located  on the sixth  (6th)  floor in the
    building (the  Building)  known as 1775  Broadway,  New York, New York for a
    term of four (4) years  commencing  on  November  1, 1997 (the  Commencement
    Date.) and ending on October 31, 2001 (the  Expiration  Dater) or until such
    term shall  sooner  cease and  expire as  hereinafter  provided,  both dates
    inclusive,  at an annual rental rate (hereinafter  sometimes  referred to as
    "Base  Rent.) of  $86,130.00  per annum from  December I . 1997  through and
    including the Expiration Date. which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of
    the United  States  which shall be legal  tender in payment of all debts and
    dues,  public  and  private,  at  the  time  of  payment  in  equal  monthly
    installments  in advance on the first day of each month  during said term at
    the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate,  without any
    set off or deduction  whatsoever except that: (i) Tenant shall pay $7,177.50
    on the execution  hereof which shall be applied  against the  installment of
    Base Rent due hereunder on December 1, 1997; and (ii) Tenant shall pay Owner
    an amount of $652.50 per month, as additional rent, for electricity supplied
    to the demised  premises  from the  Commencement  Date through and including
    November 30, 1997.

    The parties hereto, for themselves,  their heirs,  distributees,  executors,
    administrators,  legal  representatives,   successors  and  assigns,  hereby
    covenant as follows:

     Rent:  1. Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as  hereinafter  provided.
Occupancy:  2.  Tenant  shall use and occupy  the  demised  premises  solely for
executive  and  administrative  offices for Tenant's  factoring  and  commercial
lending business and for no other purpose.
     Tenant 3. Tenant  shall make no changes in or to the  Alterations:  demised
premises of any nature without  Owner's prior written consent l . Subject to the
prior written consent of Owner,  and to the provisions of this article,  Tenant,
at Tenant's
    expense,  may make  alterations,  installations,  additions or  improvements
    which  are  non-structural  and  which do not  affect  utility  services  or
    plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the demised premises
    by using  contractors or mechanics first approved in each instance by Owner.
    Tenant shall,  before making any  alterations  additions,  installations  or
    improvements, at its expense, obtain all permits, approvals and certificates
    required  by  any  governmental  or  quasi-governmental   bodies  and  (upon
    completion)  certificates  of  final  approval  thereof  and  shall  deliver
    promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner
    and  Tenant  agrees  to carry  curd  will  cause  Tenant's  contractors  and
    sub-contractors  to carry such workman's  compensation,  general  liability,
    personal  and  property  damage  insurance  as  Owner  may  require.  If any
    mechanic's  lien is filed against the demised  premises,  or the building of
    which the same  forms A part,  for work  claimed  to have been done for,  or
    materials  furnished  to,  Tenant,  whether  or not  done  pursuant  to this
    article,  the  same  shall  be  discharged  by  Tenant  within  thirty  days
    thereafter,  at Tenant's expense,  by payment or filing the bond required by
    law.  All 2.  fixtures  and all  paneling,  partitions,  railings  and  like
    installations  installed in the premises at any time, either by Tenant or by
    Owner on Tenant's behalf,  shall, upon installation,  become the property of
    Owner and shall  remain upon and be  surrendered  with the demised  premises
    unless  Owner,  by notice to Tenant no later than  twenty  days prior to the
    date fixed as the  termination of this lease,  elects to relinquish  Owner's
    right  thereto and to have them  removed by Tenant,  in which event the same
    shall be removed from the premises by Tenant prior to the  expiration of the
    lease,  at Tenant's  expense.  Nothing in this Article shall be construed to
    give  Owner  title to or to  prevent  Tenant's  removal  of trade  fixtures,
    moveable office  furniture and equipment,  but upon removal of any such from
    the premises or upon removal of other








    installations as may be required by Owner,  Tenant shall  immediately and at
    its expense, repair and restore the premises to the condition existing prior
    to  installation  and  repair  any  damage to the  demised  premises  or the
    building  due to such  removal.  All  property  permitted  or required to be
    removed,  by Tenant at the end of the term  remaining in the premises  after
    Tenant's  removal  shall be deemed  abandoned  and may,  at the  election of
    Owner,  either be  retained as Owner's  property or may be removed  from the
    premises by Owner, at Tenant's expense.

    1

    Maintenance 4. Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease,
    and take good care of the demised premises and the
Repairs: fixtures and appurtenances therein. Tenant shall be
    responsible for all damage or injury to the demised
    premises or any other part of the building and the systems and
    equipment thereof, whether requiring structural or nonstructural repairs
    caused by or resulting from carelessness. omission neglect or improper

    the demised  premises caused by the moving of Tenant's  fixtures,  furniture
    and equipment.  Tenant shall promptly make, at Tenant's expense, all repairs
    in and to the demised  premises for which Tenant is responsible,  using only
    the contractor for the trade or trades in question,  selected from a list of
    at least two" contractors for the trade or trades in question, selected from
    a list of at least tug contractors  per trade submitted by Owner.  Any other
    repairs in or to the  building or the  facilities  and  systems  thereof for
    which  Tenant is  responsible  shall be  performed  by Owner at the Tenant's
    expense.  Owner shall maintain in good working order and repair the exterior
    and the  structural  portions  of the  building,  including  the  structural
    portions of its demised  premises,  and the public  portions of the building
    interior  and the building  plumbing,  electrical,  heating and  ventilating
    systems (to the extent such  systems  presently  exist)  serving the demised
    premises.  Tenant agrees to give prompt notice of any defective condition in
    the premises for which Owner may be responsible hereunder. There shall be no
    allowance to Tenant for  diminution  of rental value and no liability on the
    part of Owner by reason of  inconvenience.  annoyance  or injury to business
    arising  from Owner or others  making  repairs,  alterations,  additions  or
    improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises or
    in  and  to  the  fixtures,   appurtenances  or  equipment  thereof.  It  is
    specifically  agreed  that  Tenant  shall not be  entitled  to any setoff or
    reduction  of rent by reason  of any  failure  of Owner to  comply  with the
    covenants  of this or any other  article of this Lease.  Tenant  agrees that
    Tenant's sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for
    damages for breach of contract.  The  provisions of this Article ~ shall not
    apply in the case of fire or other  casualty which are dealt with in Article
    9 hereof.

    Window 5. Tenant will not clean nor require,  permit.  suffer  Cleaning:  or
    allow any window in the demised  premises to be cleaned  from the outside in
    violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or any other applicable law of the
    Rules of the Board of Standards  and Appeals,  or of any other Board or body
    having or asserting jurisdiction.

    Requirements 6. Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if
    of Law, Tenant is then in possession, and at all times

    Fire Insurance, thereafter, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, Floor
    Loads:  shall promptly  comply with all present and future laws,  orders and
    regulations  of  all  state,  federal,   municipal  and  local  governments,
    departments,  commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer
    pursuant to lab:,  and all  orders,  rules and  regulations  of the New York
    Board of Fire Underwriters,








    Insurance  Services  Office,  or any  similar  body which  shall  impose any
    violation,  order or duty upon Owner or Tenant  with  respect to the demised
    premises,  arising out of Tenant's use or manner of use thereof,  (including
    Tenant's permitted use) or, with respect to
     the  building  if  arising  out of  Tenant's  use or  manner  of use of the
premises or the building (including the use permitted under the lease).  Nothing
herein shall require Tenant to make  structural  repairs or  alterations  unless
Tenant has, by its manner of use of the demised  premises or method of operation
therein,  violated any such laws,  ordinances,  orders,  rules,  regulations  or
requirements with respect thereto. Tenant may, after securing Owner to
    Owner's   satisfaction  ad  damages.   interest.   penalties  and  expenses,
    including,  but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, by caste deposit
    or by surety  bond in an amount  and in a company  satisfactory  It"  Owner,
    contest and appeal any such laws, ordinances,  orders, rules, regulations or
    requirements  provided  same is done  with  all  reasonable  promptness  and
    provided such appeal shall not subject Owner to  prosecution  for a criminal
    offense or  constitute  a default  under any lease or  mortgage  under which
    Owner may be obligated,  or cause the demised premises or any pan thereof to
    be condemned  or vacated.  Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to
    be done in or to the  demised  premises  which is  contrary to law, or which
    will  invalidate  or be in  conflict  with public  liability,  fire or other
    policies  of  insurance  at any time  carried by or for the benefit of Owner
    with  respect to the demised  premises or the  building of which the demised
    premises  form a pan. or which shall or might subject Owner to any liability
    or  responsibility  to any person or for property  damage.  Tenant shall not
    keep anything in the demised  premises except as now or hereafter  permitted
    by the Fire Department.  Board of Fire  Underwriters,  Fire Insurance Rating
    Organization
   or other authority having jurisdiction. and then only in such manner and
   such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to
    the building, nor use the premises in a manner which will increase the
  insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that 3.
 Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses.  fines,  penalties, or damages. which may
    be imposed  upon Owner by reason of I  Tenant's  failure to comply  with the
    provisions  of this  article  end if by  reason  of such  failure  the  fire
    insurance rate shall.
    be higher than it
    otherwise  would be, then Tenant shall  reimburse  Owner, as additional rent
    hereunder,  for that portion of all fire insurance premiums  thereafter paid
    by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant. In
    any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or
    "make-up"  of rate for the  building or demised  premises  issued by the New
    York Fire  Insurance  Exchange,  or other body making fire  insurance  rates
    applicable  to said  premises  shall be  conclusive  evidence  of the  facts
    therein  stated and of the several  items and charges in the fire  insurance
    rates then  applicable to said premises.  Tenant shall not place a load upon
    any floor of the demised  premises  exceeding the floor load per square foot
    area  which it was  designed  to carry and which is  allowed  by law.  Owner
    reserves  the  right to  prescribe  the  weight  and  position  of all safes
    business  machines and mechanical  equipment.  Such  installations  shall be
    placed  and  maintained  by  tenant,  at  Tenant's   expense,   in  settings
    sufficient, In Owner's judgement, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and
    annoyance.

Subordination;  7,  This  lean is  subject  and  subordinate  to all  ground  or
    underlying  leases and to all  mortgages  which may now or hereafter  affect
    such leases or the real property of which demised  premises arc a pan and to
    all renewals, modifications,  consolidations, replacements and extensions of
    any such underlying leases and mortgages.
    This  clause  shall  be   self-operative   am  no  further   instrument   of
    subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any
    mortgagee,  affecting  any lease or the real  property  of which the demised
    premises arc a pan. In confirmation of such subordination. Tenant shall from
    time to time execute promptly any certificate that Owner may request.

    Property Loss, Damage Reimbursement Indemnity: 8. Owner or its agents shall
    not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others
    entrusted to employees of the building, Or for loss
    of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or
    otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons
    or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature,  unless caused by
    or due to the negligence of Owner, to agents,  servants or employees.  Owner
    or its agents will not be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants
    or  persons  in,  upon or about said  building  or caused be  operations  in
    construction of any private,  public or quasi pubic work. If at any time any
    windows of the demised premises are temporarily  closed.  darkened or backed
    up (or  permanently  closed.  darkened or bricked up if required by law) for
    any reason whatsoever including.  but not limited to Owner's own acts, Owner
    shall not be liable for any damage  Tenant may  sustain  thereby  and Tenant
    shall  not be  entitled  to  any  compensation  tberefor  nor  abatement  or
    diminution  of rent nor shall the same release  Tenant from its  obligations
    hereunder  nor  constitute  an  eviction.  Tenant shall  indemnify  and save
    harmless  Owner  against  and  from  all  liabihues,  obligations,  damages,
    penalties,  claims,  costs  and  expenses  for  which  Owner  shall  not  be
    reimbursed  by  insurance,   including  reasonable  attorneys  fees,.  paid,
    suffered or incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant,  Tenant's  agents,
    contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees, of any covenant or condition
    of this lease, or the  carelessness,  negligence or improper  conduct of the
    Tenant.  Tenant's  agents,  contractors,  employees,  invitees or licensees.
    Tenant's  liability  under this lease extends to the acts and  ommissions of
    any sub-tenant, and any agent, contractor,  employee, invitee or licensee of
    any sub-tenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner by
    reason of any such claim.  Tenant,  upon written notice from Owner, will, at
    Tenant's  expense,  resist or defend  such action or  proceeding  by counsel
    approved by Owner in waung, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

    Destruction, Fire and Other Casualty:
     9. (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire
 or other casualty, Tenant
             shall give  immediate  notice thereof to Owner and this lease shall
             continue in full force and effect except
    as hereinaher set forth. (b) If the demised  premises are partially  damaged
    or  rendered  partially  unusable  by fire or other  casualty,  the  damages
    thereto  shall be  repaired  by and at the expense of Owner and the rent and
    other items of  additional  rent,  until such repair shall be  substantially
    completed,  shall  be  apportioned  from  the  day  following  the  casualty
    according  to the part of the premises  which is usable.  (c) If the demised
    premises are totally  damaged or rendered  wholly  unusable by fire or other
    casualty,  then the rent and other items of additional  rent as  hereinafter
    expressly  provided  shall  be  proportionately  paid up to the  time of the
    casualty and thenceforth  shall cease until the date when the premises shall
    have been  repaired  and restored by Owner (or sooner  reoccupied  by Tenant
    then rent shall be  apportioned  as provided in subsection  (b),  subject to
    Owner's right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided.  (d)
    If the demised  premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the
    demised  premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building  shall be
    so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in
    any of such events, Owner
     may elect to terminate this lease by written  notice to Tenant,  given with
     90 days after such fire or  casualty,  or 30 days after  adjustment  of the
     insurance claim
    for such fire or  casualty,  whchever is sooner,  specifying  a date for the
     expiration  of the  lease,  which date shall not be more than 60 days after
     the giving of such notice, and upon the date
    specified  in such notice the term of this lease  shall  expire as fully and
    completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination
    of this lease and Tenant  shaft  forthwith  quit,  surrender  and vacate the
    premises without prejudice however,  to 4 rights and remedies against Tenant
    under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent
    Owing shad be paid up to such date and any  payments  of rent made by Tenant
    which  were on  account  of any  period  subsequent  to such  date  shall be
    returned  to  Tenant.  Unless  Owner  shall  serve a  termination  notice as
    provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the
    conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to
    delays due to  adjustment  of insurance  claims,  labor  troubles and causes
    beyond Owner's control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with
    Owner's  restoration by removing from the premises as promptly as reasonably
    possible,  all of Tenant's  salvageable  inventory  and moveable  equipment,
    furniture, and other property. Tenant's liability for rent shall resume five
    (5) days after written notice from Owner that the premises are substantially
    ready for  Tenant's  occupancy.  (e)  Nothing  contained  hereinabove  shall
    relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire
    or  other  casualty.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   including  Owner's
    obligation to restore under  subparagraph  (b) above,  each party shall look
    first to any  insurance  in its favor  before  making any claum  against the
    other party for  recovery  for loss or damage  resulting  from fire or other
    casualty, and to the extent that such insurance
    is in force and  collectible  and to the extent  permitted by law, Owner and
    Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to
    subpaAgApbs  (b), (d), and (e) above,  against the other or any one claiming
    through  or  under  each of them by way of  subrogation  or  otherwise.  The
    release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or
    damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal  property,  equipment,
    trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release
    and waiver  shall be in force  only if both  releasers'  insurance  policies
    contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shil not invalidate
    the insurance.  If, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only
    by the payment of additional  premiums,  then the party  benefiting from the
    waiver shil pay such premium  within ten days after written  demand or shall
    be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining  insurance  coverage shall
    be free of any further  obligation under the provisions  hereof with respect
    to waiver of  subrogation.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  Owner will not carry
    insurance  on  Tenant's  furniture  and/or  Furnishings  or any  fixtures or
    equipment,  improvements,  or  appurtenences  5 Tenant and agrees that Owner
    will not be obligated to repair any damage  thereto or replace the same. (f)
    Tenant hereby waives the  provisions of Section 227 of the Real Properly Law
    and agrees that the  provisions  of this article shall govern and control in
    lieu thereof.

    Eminent Domain:  10. If the whole or any part of the demised premises
     shall be acquired or  condemned  by Eminent  Domain for any public or quasi
public use or  purpose,  then and in that  event,  the term of this lease  shall
cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proeeeding and Tenant
shall  have no claim  for the  value of any  unexpired  term of said  lease  and
assigns to Owner,  Tenant's entire interest in any such award. Tenant shall have
the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value
    of Tenant's  moving  expenses  and  personal  property,  trade  fixtures and
    equipment, provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to
    remove such property, trade fixture and equipment at the end of the term and
    provided further such claim does not reduce Owner's award.

   Assignment, Mortgage, Etc.:  11. Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees,
    executors, administrators. legal representative
    successor and assigns, expressly covenants that it
    shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this
    agreement,  nor  underlet,  or suffer or permit the demised  premises or any
    part  thereof to be used by others.  without  the prior  written  consent of
    Owner in each instance. Transfer of the majority of the stock of a Corporate
    Tenant or the majority partnership interest of a partnership Tenant shall be
    deemed an assignment.  If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises
    or any part  thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody  other than  Tenant.
    Owner  may,  after  default  by  Tenant,  collect  rent  from the  assignee,
    under-tenant  or  occupant,  and apply the net amount  collected to the rent
    herein  reserved,  but  no  such  assignment,   underletting,  occupancy  or
    collection  shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant,  or the acceptance of
    the  assignee,  under-  temnt or occupant as tenant,  or a release of Tenant
    from the further  Performance  by Tenant of covenants  on the part  ofTenant
    herein  contained.  The consent by Owner to an assignment  or  underlettingg
    shall not in any wax be  construed  to relieve  Tenant  from  obtaining  the
    express consent in wnung of Owner to any hunher assignment or underierting.

    Electric Current:   12. Rates and conditions in respect to submetering
     or rent inclusion, as the case may be, to be added in
    RIDER attached hereto. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use
    of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the
    building or the risers or
    wiring  installation and Tenant may not use any electrical  equipment which,
    in Owner's opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations
     or interfere  with the use thereof by other  tenants of the  building.  The
change at any time of the  character of electric  service  shall in no wise make
Owner liable or responsible to Tenant,  for any loss,  damages or expenses which
Tenant may sustain.
    Access to
    Premises:

    13. Owner or Owner's agents shall have the right
    (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised
    premises m any emergency at any ume, and, at ocher
    reasonable times, to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements
    and improvements as Owner may deem necessary and reasonably desirable to the
    demised  premises or to any other portion of the building or which Owner may
    elect to perform. Tenant shall permit Owner to use and

    Maintain and replace pipes and conduits in and through the demised  premises
and to erect new pipes and conduits  therein  provided they are concealed within
the walls, floor, or ceiling.  Owner may, during the progress of any work in the
demised premises,  take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises
without the same  constituting  an eviction  nor shall the Tenant be entitled to
any  abatement  of rent while  such work is in  progress  nor to any  damages by
reason of loss or  interruption  of business or otherwise.  Throughout  the term
hereof  Owner shall have the right to enter the demised  premises at  reasonable
hours for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgages
of the  building,  and  during  the six  months of the term for the  purpose  of
showing the same to  prospective  tenants.  If Tenant is not present to open and
permit an entry into the demised premises, Owner or Owner's agents may enter the
same  whenever  such  entry  maybe  necessary  or  permissible  by master key or
forcibly  and  provided  reasonable  care is  exercised  to  safeguard  Tenant's
property,  such entry shall not render Owner or it's agents liable therefor, nor
in any event shall the  obligations of Tenant  hereunder be affected.  If during
the last month of the term Tenant shall have removed all or substainially all of
Tenant's  property  therefrom Owner may immediately  enter,  alter,  renovate or
redecorate  the demised  premises  without  limitations or abatement of rent, or
incurring  liability to Tenant for any  compensation  and such act shall have no
effect on this lease or Tenant's obligation's hereunder.

    Vault,
    Vault Space,
    Area:

    14. No Vaults,  vault space or area, whether or not enclosed or covered, not
    within  the  property  line of the  buildup  is leased  hereunder.  anything
    contained  in or indicated  on any sketch,  blue print or plan,  or anything
    contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding.
    Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the
    building.  All  vaults  and vault  space and all such  areas not  within the
    property line of the  building,  which Tenant may be permitted to use and or
    occupy, is to be used znd/or occupied under a revocable license,  and if any
    such  license  be  revoked.  or if the  amount  of  such  space  or  area be
    diminished  or required by any  federal,  state or  municipal  authority  or
    public utility. Owner shall not be subject to any liability nor shall Tcnant
    be entitled to any  compensation  or  diminution  or abatement of rent,  nor
    shall such revocation,  diminution or requisition be deemed  constructive or
    actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such
     vault or  area shall be paid by Tcnant.

    Occupancy:  15.  Tenant  will  not at any  time use or  occupy  the  demised
premises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of
which the demised  premises are a part.  Tenant has  inspected  the premises and
accepts them as is, subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owacr's
work, if any. In any event Owner makes no  representation as to the condition of
the premises and Tenant agrees to accept the same subject to violations, whether
or not of record.

     Bankruptcy:  16.  (a)  Anything  elsewhere  in this  lease to the  contrary
norwithstanding,  this  Iease  may be  cancelled  by Owner by the  sending  of a
written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one
or more of the following events.. ( I ) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy
or under the laws of any state naming Tenant as the debtor, or (2) the making by
Tenant of an  assignment or any other  arrangement  for the benefit of creditors
under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under
Tenant.  or by reason  of any  statue or order of  count,  shall  thereafter  be
entitled to  possession  of the premises  demised but shall  forthwith  quit and
surrender the premises.  If this lease shall be assigned in accordance  with its
terms,  the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable  only to the party
then owning Tenant's interest in this lease.
    (b) it is  stipulated  and agreed that in the event of the termmanon of this
lease pursuant to (a) hereof,  Owner shall forthwith,  norwithstanding any other
provisions of this lease to the contrary,  be entitled to recover from Tenant as
and for liquidated  damages an amount equal to the  difference  between the rent
reserved  hereunder for the  unexpired  portion of the team demised and the fair
and reasonable  rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the
computation of such damages
    the difference  between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after
    the date of  termination  and the fair and  reasonable  rental  value of the
    demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable shall
    be  discounted to the date of  termination  at the rate of four percent (4%)
    per annum.  If such  premises or any part thereof be re-let by the Owner for
    the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof.  Before  presentation
    of proof of such liquidation  damages to any count,  commission or tribunal,
    the amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall be
    deemed to be the fair and reasonable  rental value for the part or the whole
    of the premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting.  Nothing herein
    contained  shall limit or prejudice  the right of the Owner to prove for and
    obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination,  an amount equal
    to the  maximum  allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time
    when. and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved.
    whether or not such amount be greater,  equal to, or less than the amount of
    the difference referred to above.

    Default: 17. (1) If Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of
    for the payment of rent or additional rent: or if the demised premises
    become vacant or deserted: or if any execution or attachment shall be Issued
    against Tenant or any of Tenant's property whereupon the demised premises
    shall be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant or if this lease be
    rejected  under Title 11 of the U.S. Code  (bankruptcy  code).  or if Tenant
    shall fail to move into or take  possession  of the premises  within  thirty
    (30) days after the commencement of the term of this lease. then, in any one
    or more of such  events,  upon Owner  serving z written  notice  upon Tenant
    specifying  the nature of said  default  and upon the  expiration  of Tenant
    shall have  failed to comply  with or remedy  such  default,  or if the said
    default or omission complained of shall be of nature that the same cannot be
    completely  cured or remedied within and if Tenant shall not have diligently
    commenced   curing  such  default  within  and  shall  not  thereafter  with
    reasonable  diligence  and in good  faith,  proceed  to  remedy or cure such
    default,   then  Owner  may  serve  a  written  five  (5)  days'  notice  of
    cancellation of this lease upon Tenant. and upon the expiration of said five
    (S) days this lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully
and  completely  as if the  expiration  of such five (5) day period were the day
herein  definitely  fixed for the end and  expiration of this lease and the term
thereof and Tenant shall then quit and surrender  the demised  premises to Owner
but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

      (2) 1f the notice  provided for in (1) hereof  shall have been given,  and
          the term shall expire as aforesaid; or if Tenant shall make default
    in the payment of the rent reserved  herein or any item of  additional  rent
    herein mentioned or any part of either or in making any other payment herein
    required;  then and in any of such events Owner may without notice, re-enter
    the demised premises either by force or otherwise,  and dispossess Tenant by
    summary proceedings or otherwise,  and the legal representative of Tenant or
    other  occupant of demised  premises and remove  their  effects and hold the
    premises as if this lease had not been made,  and Tenant  hereby  waives the
    service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings

    to that end. If Teneant shall make default hereunder prior to the date fixed
    as the commencement of any or extension of this lease.  Owner may cancel and
    terminate such renewal or extension agreement by written notice.


    Remedies of
    Oowner and
    Waiver of
    Redemption:

    18. In czar of any such default. re-enrry. expiration
    znd/or dispossess by summary proceedings or order
    wise, (a) the rent shall become due thereupon and be
    paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/
    or expiration, (b) Owner may re-let the premises or
    any part or parts thereof.  either in the name of Owner or otherwise,  for a
    term or terms, which may at Owner's option be less than or exceed the period
    which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease
    and may grant concessions or free rent or charge a higher rental

    than that in this lease,  and/or (c) tenant or the legal  representatives of
    Tenant shall also pay Owner as liquidated  damages for the failure of Tenant
    to observe  and  perform  said  Tenant's  covenants  herein  contained,  any
    deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and
    the net amount,  if any, of the rents  collected  on account of the lease or
    leases of the  demised  premises  for each month of the period  which  would
    otherwise  have  constituted  the  balance  of the term of this  lease.  The
    failure of Owner to re-let the premises or any part or parts  thereof  shall
    not released or affect  Tenant's  liability for damages.  In computing  such
    liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses
    as Owner may incur in connection  with  re-letting,  such as legal expenses.
    Reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  brokerage,  advertising  and for  keeping the
    Demised premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any
    Such liquidated  damages shall be paid in monthly  installments by Tenant on
    The rent day  specified  in this lease and any suit  brought to collect  the
    Amount of the  deficiency  for any month shall not  prejudice in any way the
    Rights of Owner to collect  the  deficiency  for anv  subsequent  month by a
    Similar proceeding.  Owner, in putting the demised premises in good order or
    preparing  the  same  for  re-rental  may.  at  Owner's  option,  make  such
    alterations,  repairs,  replacements,  and/or  decorations  in  the  demised
    premises  as Owner,  in Owner's  sole  judgement,  considers  advisable  and
    necessary for the purpose of re-letting the demised premises, and the making
    of such alterations,  repairs,  replacements,  and/or  decorations shall not
    operate or be  construed  to release  Tenant  from  liability  hereunder  as
    aforesaid.  Owner  shall in no event be  liable  in any way  whatsoever  for
    failure to re-let the  demised  premises,  or in the event that the  demised
    premuses are re-let,  for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-
    letting,  and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess, if
    any of such net  rents  collected  over the sums  payable  by Teant to Owner
    hereunder. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of
    the covenants or provisions hereof, Owner shall have the right of injunction
    and the  right to  invoke  any  remedy  allowed  at law or in  equity  as if
    re-entry,  summary  proceedings  and other remedies were not herein provided
    for.  Mention in this lease of any  particular  remedy.  shall not  preclude
    Owner from any other remedy,  in law or in equity.  Tenant hereby  expressly
    waives any and all rights of  redemption  granted by or under any present or
    future laws in the event of Tenant  being  evicted or  dispossessed  for any
    cause, or in the event of Owner obtaining possession o demised premises,  by
    reason of the  violation by Tenant of any of the coveants and  conditions of
    this lease, or otherwise.

    Fees  and 19.  If  Tenant  shall  default  in the  observance  or  Expenses:
    performance  of any team or  covenant  on  Tenant's  part to be  observed or
    performed  under  or by  virtue  of any of the  terms or  provisions  in any
    article of this lease,  after  notice  required and upon  expiration  of any
    applicable  grace  period if any,  (except in an  emergency),  then,  unless
    otherwise  provided  elsewhere in this lease Owner may immediately or at any
    time   thereafter  and  without  notice  perform  the  obligation  of  Tenam
    thereunder. If Owner, in connection with the foregoing or in connection with
    any  default  by Tenant in the  covenant  to pay rent  hereunder,  makes any
    expenditures or incurs any  obligations for the payment of money,  including
    but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees, in instituting,  prosecute or
    defending  any  action  or  proceeding.  and  prevails  in any  such  action
    proceeding  then  Tenant  will  reimburse  Owner  for  such  sums so paid or
    obligations  incurred  with  interest  and  costs.  The  foregoing  expenses
    incurred by reason of Tenant's default shall be deemed to be additional rent
    hereunder  and shall be paid by Tenant m Owner within (10) days of rendition
    of on bill or statement to Tenant therefor If Tenant's lease term shall have
    expired  at the time of making of such  expenditures  or  incurring  of such
    obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Owner, as damages.

    Building
    Alterations
    and
    Management:
    20. Owner shall have the right at any time
        without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring
        liability to Tenant therefor to change the arrangement and/or location
        of public entrances.  passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, eleva
    tors,  stairs,  toilets or other  public parts of the building and to change
    the name,  number or designation  bv which the building may be known.  There
    shall be no  allowance  to Tenant  for  diminution  of  rental  value and no
    liability  on the part of Owner by reason  of  inconvenience,  annoyance  or
    injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenants making any repairs in
    the  building  or  any  such   alterations,   additions  and   improvements.
    Furthermore,  Tenant  shall  not have any claim  against  Owner by reason of
    imposition  of such  controls  of the  manner of access to the  building  by
    Tenant's social or business visitors as the Owner may deem necessary for the
    security of the building and its occupants.

    No Repre-
    sentations
    by Owner:

     21.  Neither  Owner nor  Owner's  agents have made any  representations  or
promises with respect to the physical  condition of the building,  the land upon
Which it is erected or the  demised  premises,  the rents,  leases,  expenses of
operation  or any other  matter or thing  affecting  or related to the  premises
except as herein  expressly  set forth and no nghts.  easements  or licenses are
acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise  except as expressly set forth in
the provisions of this lease.  Tenant has inspected the building and the demised
Premises and is thoroghly acquainted with their condition and agrees to take the
     as is and  acknowledge  that  the  taking  of  possession  of  the  demised
     premises by Tenant shall be conclusive  evidence that the said premises and
     the  building  of which the same form a part were in good and  satisfactory
     condition  at the time  such  possession  was so taken  except as to latent
     defects.  All  understandings  and agreements  heretofore  made between the
     parties  hereto  are  merged  in  this  contract.  Which  alone  fully  and
     completely  expresses  the  agreement  between  Owner  and  Tenant  and any
     executory  agreement  hereafter  made  shall be in  ineffective  to change,
     modify,  discharge  or  effect  an  abandonment  of it in whole or in part,
     unless  such  executory  agreement  is in  writing  and signed by the party
     against  whom  enforcement  of  the  change,  modification,   discharge  or
     abandonment is sought.

Term:

    22.  Upon the  expiration  or other  termination  of the term of this lease,
    Tenant shall quit gad surrender to Owner the demised premises,  broom clean,
    in good order and condition, ordinary wear and damages which Tenant is not
    required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted,  and Tenant
    shall remove all its  property.  Tenant's  obligation  to observe or perform
    this covenant  shall survive the  expiration  or other  termination  of this
    lease . If the last day of the term of this  Lease or any  renewal  thereof,
    falls on Sunday,  this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding  Saturday
    unless it be a legal  holiday in which  case it shall  expire at noon on the
    preceeding business day.

       23.    Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the
    Quiet     rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the
    Enjoyment terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant's part to be observed
              and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises
              hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions
              of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 31 hereof and
              to the ground leases,  underlying leases and mortgages  hereinfore
              mentioned.
    Failure
    to Give
    Possession:

     24. If Owner is unable to give  possession  of the demised  premises on the
date of the  commencement  of the term hereof,  because of the  holding-over  or
retention of possession of any tenant, undenenant or occupants or if the demised
premises are located in a building being constructed,  because such building has
not been  sufficiently  completed  to make the premises  ready for  occupancy or
because of the fact that a certicate of occupancy  has not been  procured or for
any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liabibry for failure to give
possession  on said date and the  validity  of the lease  shall not be  impaired
under such circumstances,  nor shall the same be construed in any wise to extend
the term of this lease, but the rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided
Tenant is not responsible for Owner's inability to obtain possession or complete
construction)  until after Owner shall have given Tenant written notice that the
Owner is able to deliver  possession  in condinon  required  by this  lease.  If
permission  is given to  Tenant  to enter  into the  possession  of the  demises
premises or to occupy premises other than the demised premises prior to the date
specified as the  commencement of the term of this Tenant,  covenants and agrees
that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms,
covenants,  conditions and provisions of this lease except the obligation to pay
the fixed annual rent set forth in the preamble to this lease. The provisions of
this article are intended to  Constitute  -an express  provision to the contrary
within the meaning of Sccoon 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

No Waiver:  25. The  failure of Owner to seek  redress for  violation  of, or to
insist upon the strict  performance of any covenant or condinon of this lease or
of any of the Rules or  Regulauons,  set forth or  hereafter  adopted  by Owner,
shall not prevent a subsequent  act which would have  originally  constituted  a
vioiabon  from  having all the force and effect of an  original  violation.  The
receipt Dy Owner of rent and/or  additional rent with knowledge of the breach of
any  covenant  of this lease  shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no
provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Owncr unless such
waiver be in writing  signed by Owncr.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Owner
of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to
    be other than on  account of the  earliest  stipulated  rent,  nor shall any
    endorsement or statement of any check or any letter  accompanying  any check
    or  payment  as rent be  deemed an accord  and  satisfaction,  and Owner may
    accept such check or payment  without  prejudice to Owner's right to recover
    the balance of such rent or pursue any other  remedy m this lease  provided.
    No act or thing  done by  Owneror  Owncr's  agents  during  the term  hereby
    demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of said  premises,  and
    no  agreement  to accept  such  surrender  shall he valid  unless in writing
    signed by Owner.  No employee of Owner or Owner's agent shall have any power
    to accept the keys of said premises  prior to the  termination  of the lease
    and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee  shall not operate as
    a termination of the lease or a surrender of the premises

    Waiver of
    Trial by Jury:

    26.  It is  mutually  agreed  by and  berween  Owner  and  Tenant  that  the
respective  parties  hereto  shall and they hereby do waive trial by Jury in any
action  proceeding  or  counterclaim  brought  by either of the  parties  hereto
against  the other  (except  for  personal  injury or  property  damage ) on any
matters  whatsoever  arising out of or in any way connected  with this lease the
relationship  of Owner and Tenant  Tenant"s use of or occupancy of said premises
and any  emergency  statutory  or any  other  statutory  remedy.  It is  further
mutuallv  agreed that in the event Owner  commences any proceeding or action for
possession including a summary proceeding for possession of the premises. Tenant
will not interpose any  counterclaim  of whatever  nature or  description in any
such  proceeding  including a  counterclaim  under Anicle 4 except for statutory
mandatory counterclaims.

    Inability to     27. This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay
    Perform:          rent hereunder and perform all of the other cov-
                      enants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant
    to be performed shall in no wise be affected impaired or excused because
    Owner is unable to  fulfill  any of its  obligations  under this lease or to
supply or is delayed in  supplying  any service  expressly  or  impliedly  to be
Supplied or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repair additions
    alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying
    any equipment  fixtures or other  materials if Owner is prevented or delayed
    from so doing by reason of strike or labor troubles or any cause  whatsoever
    including but not limited to government  preemption  or  restrictions  or by
    reason of any rule.  order or  regulation of any  department or  subdivision
    therefore of any  government  agency or by reason of  conditions  which have
    been or are  affected  ,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  by war or other
    emergency.

     28. Except as otherwise in this lease provided, a bill,  statement,  notice
         or communication which Owner may desire or be reqwuired to give Tenant,
         shall  be  deemed  sufficiently  given  or  rendered  if,  in  writing,
         Delivered to Tenant  personally or sent by registered or certified mail
         Addressed to Tenant at the building of which the demised  premises form
         Part or at the last known residence address or business of Tenant or
     Left at any of the aforesaid  premises addressed to Tenant, and the time of
the  renition  of such bill or  statement  and of the  giving of such  notice or
communication  shall be  deemed  to be the time  when the same is  delivered  to
Tenant, mailed, or left at the premises as herein provided. Any notice Tenant to
Owner must be served by registered or certified  mail  addressed to Owner at the
address  first  hereinabove  given  or at such  other  address  as  Owner  shall
designate by written Price.
    Services
    Provided by
    Others:

    29. As long as Tenant is not in default  under any of the  covenants of this
lease beyond the applicable  grace period  provided in this lease for the curing
of such  defaults  Owner shall  provide:  (a) necessary  elevator  facilities on
business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and have one elevator subject to call at all
other times:  (b) heat to the demised  premises  when and as required by law. on
business days from 8 Am. to 6 p.m.; (c) water for ordinary lavatory purposes but
If Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purpose or in unusual  quantities
(of which fact On. ner shall be the sole judge)  Owner may install a water meter
at Tenant's expense which Tenant shall  thereafter  maintain at Tenant's expense
in good working order and repair to register such water  consumption  and Tenant
shall pay for water  consumed as shown on said meter as  additional  rent as and
when bills are  rendered;  (d)  cleaning  service  for the  demised  premises on
business  days at Owner's  expense  provided  that the same are kept in order by
Tenant. (e) If the demised premises are serviced by
     1  Owner's   air   conditioning/cooling   and   ventilating   system.   air
conditioning/  cooling will be furnished on business  days during the  aforesaid
hours except when air  conditioning/cooling  is being furnished as aforesaid. If
Tenant requires air  conditioning/cooling or ventilation for more extended hours
or on  Saturdays.  Sundays  or on  holidays.  Owner will  furnished  the same at
Tenant's expense.  RIDER to be added in respect to rates and conditions for such
additional
service;  (f) Owner  reserves the right to stop  services of heating,  elevators
plumbing,   air-conditioning  electric,  power  systems  or  cleaning  or  other
services,  it  any,  when  necessary  by  reason  of  accident  or  for  repairs
alterations  replacements or improvements necessary or desirable in the judgment
of Owner for as long as may be  reasonably  required by reason  thereof.  If the
building of which the demised  premises are a part  supplies  manually  operated
elevator  service.  Owner at any time may substitute  automatic control elevator
service and proceed  diligently with alterations  necessary  therefor without in
any wise affecting this lease or the obligation of Tenant hereunder.

     Captions: 30. The Captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and
for  reference  and In no way define.  Limit or describe the scope of this lease
nor the intent of any  provisions  thereof.  Definitions:  31. The term -office-
or~offices-. Wherever used in this lease shall not be construed to mean premises
used as a store or stores for the sale or display at any time,  of goods.  wares
or merchandise  of any kind or as a restaurant  shop.  booth  bootblack or other
stand barber shop. or for other similar purposes or for manufac" turing The term
"Owner-  means a landlord  or lessor,  and as used in this lease  means only the
owner  or the  mortgagee  in  possession,  for the  time  being  of the land and
building (or the owner of a lease of the building or o of the land and building)
of which  the  demised  premises  form a pan so that in the event of any sale or
sales of said land and  building  or of said lease or In the event of a lease of
said building.  or of the land and building.  The said Owner shall be and hereby
Is  entirely  freed and  relieved  of all  covenants  and  obligations  of Owner
hereunder and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between
the parties or their successors in
     interest or between the parties and the  purchaser  at any such safe or the
said lessee of the buildup or of the land and  building.  that the  purchaser or
the  lessee of the  butiding  has  assumed  and  agreed to carry out any and all
covenants artd obligations of Owncr hereunder.  The words ~re-enter- and re-enty
as used in this lease are not restricted to their techanical legal meaning.  The
term "business days" as used in this lease shall exclude  Saturdays  Sundays and
all days as observed by the State or Federal  Government  as legal  holidays and
those designated as holidays by the applicable  building service union employees
service contact or by the applicable  Operating  Engineers contract with respect
to HVAC  service.  Wherever it is expressly  provided in this lease that consent
shall not be  unreasonably  withheld  such  consent  shall  not be  unreasonably
delayed.

    AdJacent
    Excavation-
    Shoring:

     32.  If an  excavation  shall be made  upon land  adjacent  to the  demised
premises or shall be autho- rized to be made.  Tenant shall afford to the person
causing or authorized to cause such excavation license to enter upon the demised
premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem  necessary
to preserve the wall or the building of which demised  premises form a part from
injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claim
for damages or indemnity against Owner or diminution or abatement of rent.

 Rules and Regulations:

     33. Tenant and Tenant's  servants.  employees agents visitors and licensees
shall observe  faith- fully and comply  strictly with the Rules and  Regulations
and such other and further  reasonable  Rules and Regulanons as Owner or Owner's
agents  may  from  time  to  time  adopt.  Notice  of any  additional  rules  or
regulations  shall be given in such  manner as Owner may elect In case

  Notes to
Printed Form

     1.  which  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed in the case of
nonstructural  alterations  that do not  affect  Building  systems  and are made
wholly within the demised premises.

    2. (including carpeting)

    3. otherwise in effect

     is this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or
obligation to enforce the Rules seal Regulations or terms, covenant or condition
in any other lease, as against say other tenant And Owner shall not be liable to
tennat for violation of the same by any other tenants, its servants,  employees,
agents, visitors or licensees.
Security

     34.  Tenant has  deposited  with Owner the sum of $7,177.50 as security for
the faithful  perfomance and  observance by Tenant of the terms,  provisions and
conditions of this lease.

    SEE RIDER ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF

    In Witness Whereof,  Owner And Tenant Eve respectively  signed ;md Bled this
    lease as of the day ~ year first above written.

    MIDTOWN REALTY
    

    By  
    
    ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     
    By  /s/ Peter D. Matthy
        Executive Vice President


    RIDER ATTACHED TO AND FORMING PART OF LEASE DATED
    AS OF SEPTEMBER 26, 1997 BETWEEN MIDTOWN REALTY
    COMPANY, L.L.C., AS OWNER, AND ALLSTATE FINANCIAL
    CORPORATION, INC., AS TENANT, COVERING SUITE 604
    ON THE SIXTH FLOOR IN THE BUILDING LOCATED AT 1775
    BROADWAY. NEW YORK. NEW YORK

    37. ACCEPTANCE OF DEMISED PREMISES; OWNER'S WORK.

    Tenant  acknowledges  and  represents  to Owner  that it has  inspected  and
    examined  the  demised  premises  and the  Building or caused the same to be
    inspected  and  examined,  and is  fully  familiar  and  satisfied  with the
    physical  condition and state of repair thereof and all materials  existing,
    utilized and/or present therein,  and hereby agrees to accept  possession of
    the demised  premises in their existing  condition and state of repair,  "as
    is",  subject,  however,  to  substantial  completion  of  Owner's  Work (as
    hereinafter  defined) and Tenant  agrees that Owner shall have no obligation
    to do any work or make  any  installation  or  alteration  to or in  respect
    thereof,  except  that Owner  shall:  (i)  furnish  and  install  additional
    partitions  and interior  doors;  (ii) furnish and install a pantry sink and
    counter top and appropriate electric outlets;  (iii) furnish and install new
    Building standard i' phoenix Designweave 2802" carpet throughout the demised
    premises (except that pantry and air conditioning

    ~^~--- _o:..~ :_ ..vt be -~  ~l-l-enanc s color  choice;  and (iv) paint the
    demised  premises with one coat  Building  standard  Benjamin  Moore t' Bone
    White" paint (except that window frames, ceiling and entrance door shall not
    be painted),  all as more particularly  depicted on Exhibit B annexed hereto
    and made part  hereof.  Provided  that Tenant  notifies  Owner of its carpet
    color selection by no later than October 6, 1997, Owner shall use reasonable
    efforts   (subject  to  force   majeure)  to   substantially   complete  the
    aforementioned items ("Owner's Work") by the Commencement Date. Owner's Work
    shall be performed in a good and  workerlike  manner in accordance  with all
    applicable legal requirements.

    Moms snail not De carpeted) in Tenant's
    paint the demised ~

    38. ELECTRIC INCLUSION. A. Owner shall, through
    Owner's facilities, equipment and installations in the Building
    furnish the electricity Tenant shall reasonably require in the
    demised premises on a "rent inclusion)' basis (i.e., there shall
    be no separate charge to Tenant for such electricity by way of
    measuring the same on any meter or otherwise); the furnishing of
    such electricity being included in the Base Rent reserved
    hereunder as estimated in Paragraph B of this Article, subject,
    however, to all of the other provisions of this Article. Owner
    shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure or
    defect in the supply or character of electricity furnished to the
    demised premises other
    negligent or otherwise

    than such as may result from Owner's

    ~ wrongful acts with respect to Owner's
    continuing  maintenance  and  keeping in good  repair of Owner's  electrical
    equipment,  facilities  and  installations  in the  Building.  Tenant  shall
    maintain all lighting  fixtures and furnish and install all lighting  tubes,
    lamps, ballast transformers,  starters and bulbs in the demised premises, in
    accordance with the standards of the Building.

















    supplying electricity to the Building as of April 1, 1996. At any time after
    Tenant  commences  occupancy  of the demised  premises and opens the demised
    premises  for  business  either  Owner or Tenant  may  demand a survey to be
    prepared  by the Office of James Carey  ("Carey"),  or if Carey shall not be
    available,  or if in Owner's judgment Carey is not suitable for the purpose,
    then by another reputable,  independent electrical consultant to be selected
    by Owner, the cost of which survey shall be borne by Tenant.  The purpose of
    said  survey  shall be to  determine  the  appropriate  charge to Tenant for
    electricity  to be included  in the Base Rent  taking into  account the full
    electric service  including the potential demand  (connected load) necessary
    or useful  for  Tenant's  operation  of all  equipment,  lighting  and other
    installations,  including, without limitation, air conditioning, heating and
    ventilation  and any  additional  hours in excess of normal  business  hours
    during  which the demised  premises are in use.  The rent  inclusion  factor
    shall,  from time to time, be determined on the basis of the then prevailing
    local public  utility  rates at the highest per unit rates  payable by Owner
    for  electric  service,   inclusive  of  all  applicable   "demand",   "fuel
    adjustment",  "time of day" and any other charges and any taxes  included in
    or applicable to such rates and without  regard to the  electricity  used in
    the remainder of the Building.  When the charge for  electricity has been so
    determined  as a result of such survey,  the Base Rent shall be increased or
    decreased, as the case may require, by the difference between the charge per
    annum  determined by the survey and the  estimated  rent  inclusion  factor,
    effective as of the first day of the term hereof.

    C. Tenant's use of electricity in the demised premises shall not at any time
    exceed  the  capacity  of  any  of  the  electrical  conductors,  equipment,
    installations or facilities as hereinbefore  enumerated or otherwise serving
    the demised premises.  In order to ensure that such capacity is not exceeded
    and to avert a possible adverse effect upon the Building  electric  service,
    Tenant shall not,  without  Owner's prior written  consent in each instance,
    connect any additional fixtures,  appliances or equipment (other than lamps,
    personal  computers,   desktop  copiers,   facsimile  machines,   fractional
    horsepower  appliances and similar items of small power  consumption) to the
    Building electric  distribution system or make any alteration or addition to
    the electric system of the demised premises  existing as of the commencement
    date of this lease.  Should Owner grant such consent,  all additional risers
    or other  equipment  required  therefor  shall be installed by Owner and the
    cost  thereof  shall be paid by Tenant,  as  additional  rent,  upon Owner's
    demand.  As a condition  to granting  such  consent,  Owner may require that
    Tenant agree to an increase in the Base Rent by an amount which will reflect
    the  additional  service to be  furnished by Owner,  that is, the  potential
    electric energy  (connected  load) to be made available to Tenant based upon
    the  estimated  additional  capacity  of such  additional  risers  or  other
    equipment.  Such  increases  shall be determined on the basis of the cost of
    furnishing and installing any additional equipment or electrical  facilities
    as well as the then prevailing local public utility rates at the highest per
    unit  rates  payable  by  Owner  for  electric  service,  inclusive  of  all
    applicable "demand",  "time of day", "fuel adjustment" and any other charges
    and any taxes  included in or applicable to such rates and without regard to
    the electricity used in the remainder of the Building. If Owner And T=n=~-









    adjusted. Such increase and adjustment shall be effective
    retroactive to the date such additional service is made
    available.

    D. If Tenant shall  require  electricity  beyond the normal  business  hours
    specified  above or for  purposes  other than as specified in Paragraph B of
    this  Article,  or if  the  public  utility  rate  schedule,  including  any
    supplementary  charges such as "fuel adjustments",  "time of day" charges or
    any other  charges for the supply of  electricity  to the Building  shall be
    increased or imposed  subsequent to the date hereof,  or if there shall be a
    change in taxes,  or if  additional  taxes shall be imposed upon the sale or
    furnishing  of such  electricity,  then the Base Rent shall be  adjusted  to
    reflect the resulting increases in Owner's service in providing  electricity
    to the  demised  premises,  and the amount set forth in  Paragraph B of this
    Article shall also be adjusted accordingly. If Owner and Tenant cannot agree
    thereon,  the amount of such increases  shall be determined by Carey,  or if
    Carey  shall  not be  available,  or if in  Owner's  judgment  Carey  is not
    suitable for the purpose, then by another reputable,  independent electrical
    consultant  to be selected by Owner,  and paid  equally by Owner and Tenant.
    Such increases shall be based on the application of the thereby  established
    potential  demand and electrical  consumption to the then  prevailing  local
    public  utility  rates at the  highest  per unit rates  payable by Owner for
    electric service, inclusive of all applicable "demand", "time of day", "fuel
    adjustment" and any other charges and any taxes included in or applicable to
    such rates,  and without regard to the electricity  used in the remainder of
    the  Building.  In the event that during the term hereof there should be any
    change in the  regulations  of the  public  utility  company  or the  Public
    Service Commission or any governmental or quasi governmental entity claiming
    jurisdiction   or  in  the  event   there   should  be  any  change  in  the
    interpretation  of  such  regulations  or  ordinances  by any  court  of law
    claiming  jurisdiction which may affect the furnishing of electricity to the
    demised  premises by Owner,  Base Rent shall be adjusted to fully defray the
    cost, on a pro rata square foot of occupancy  basis,  of complying  with any
    such revised regulations, requirements or interpretations and the amount set
    forth in Paragraph B of this Article shall also be adjusted accordingly.

    E. If Owner shall be required by law, by any
    governmental authority claiming jurisdiction or by the utility
    company supplying electric energy to the Building, or if Owner
    shall make it a policy with respect to the Building's tenants in

    ~ discontinue
    furnishing  electricity,  Owner  shall  have the  right to  discontinue  the
    furnishing of electricity  upon not less than ninety (90) days prior written
    notice to Tenant.  If Owner exercises such right,  this lease shall continue
    in full force and effect and shall be unaffected  thereby,  except that from
    and after the  effective  date of such  discontinuance,  Owner  shall not be
    obligated to furnish  electricity  to Tenant and the Base Rent payable under
    this lease shall be reduced by the then applicable rent inclusion factor. If
    Owner so discontinues furnishing electricity to Tenant,  Tenantshall arrange
    to obtain  electricity  directly from the public utility company  furnishing
    electricity  to the  Building  as  expeditiously  as is  possible  and shall
    thereafter  pay Owner for  maintaining  the  current  transformers.  service
    sWihch-Q-- fast

    general Lout not necessarily all tenants) to

directly from the public
    to the Building as








    thereafter pay Owner









    F. Whenever, pursuant to any of the provisions of this Article the amount of
    the rent  inclusion  factor shall be adjusted,  the parties shall execute an
    agreement supplementary hereto to reflect such adjustment, and the Base Rent
    shall be  adjusted  accordingly  and the amount set forth in  Paragraph B of
    this Article shall  likewise be adjusted,  effective from the effective date
    of such  increase  or decrease  in usage or from the  effective  date of the
    change in public utility rates;  but such adjustment shall be effective from
    such date whether or not such supplementary agreement is executed.

    G.  At no time  shall  Tenant's  connected  electrical  load in the  demised
    premises  exceed 5.0 watts per square  foot of  rentable  space.  Tenant has
    reviewed  the  electrical  capacity  available  to the demised  premises and
    represents that it is satisfied therewith.

    39. EXPENSE  ESCALATION.  A. For purposes of this lease the following  terms
    shall have the following meanings: (i) "Rate" shall mean the minimum regular
    hourly  wage  rate  without  fringe  benefits  prescribed  for  Porters  (as
    hereinafter  defined)  for  Class  A  office  buildings  (or  any  successor
    category),  pursuant to the present and any successor  agreement between the
    Realty  Advisory Board on Labor  Relations,  Incorporated  (or any successor
    thereto)  and  Local 32B of the  Building  Service  Employees  International
    Union,  AFL-CIO  (or any  successor  thereto),  covering  the wage rates for
    Porters in such buildings ("Agreement"),  provided, however, that if, at any
    time during the term hereof:  (a) regular  employment  of Porters  occurs on
    days or during hours when  overtime or other premium pay rates are in effect
    pursuant to the  Agreement,  "Rate" shall mean the average  hourly wage rate
    for the hours in a calendar week during which Porters are regularly employed
    (e.g.,  if,  pursuant to the  Agreement,  the regular  weekly  employment of
    Porters is for forty (40) hours at a regular  hourly wage rate of $20.00 for
    the first  thirty (30) hours and an overtime  hourly wage rate of $30.00 for
    the  remaining  ten  (10)  hours,  the  average  hourly  wage  rate  for the
    applicable  period  shall be the weekly wage rate of $900.00  divided by the
    number of regular hours of employment,  to wit, forty (40), or $22.50);  and
    (b) no  Agreement  exists,  "Rate"  shall mean the average  minimum  regular
    hourly  wage rate  actually  payable to  Porters by Owner or the  contractor
    performing cleaning services in the Building, or, if no Porters are employed
    at the Building,  such rate for Porters employed at Class A office buildings
    (as such  buildings are presently  described in the  Agreement);  (ii) "Base
    Rate"   shall  mean  the  Rate  in  effect  on   January   1,  1998;   (iii)
    "Multiplication  Factor"  shall mean 2,700;  and (iv)  "Porters"  shall mean
    those  employees  who have been  employed for ten (10) years or more and who
    are engaged in the general  maintenance  and operation of office  buildings,
    classified  as  "Others"  in  the  current   Agreement,   or,  failing  such
    classification  in any  subsequent  Agreement,  the most  nearly  comparable
    classification in such Agreement.

    B. If, in any period during the term hereof, the
    Rate exceeds the Base Rate, Tenant shall pay Owner an amount
    ("Expense Escalation") equal to the product of the Multiplication
    Factor multiplied by one (1) cent for each one (1) cent that
    the Rate exceeds the Base Rate, appropriately adjusted for any
    such period which is only partially within the term hereof. The









    termination of this lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if, by reason of
    any law, or any rule,  order,  regulation or requirement of any governmental
    or   quasi-governmental   authority   having   or   asserting   jurisdiction
    (collectively,  the  "Restrictions"),  an increase in the Rate is reduced or
    does not take effect,  or  increases in the Rate are limited or  prohibited,
    then, for the period of the Restrictions (the  "Restrictions  Period"),  the
    applicable  increase  (the  "Increase")  in the  Rate for  purposes  of this
    Article  shall be the  Increase in the Rate  ("Prior  Increase")  which most
    immediately  preceded the effective date of the  Restrictions.  The Increase
    shall take effect on the date following the expiration of the period for the
    Prior  Increase  and an  equivalent  Increase  shall  take  effect  on  each
    anniversary of such effective date during the Restriction Period.

    C. Each notice given by Owner pursuant to
    Paragraph B of this  Article  shall be binding  upon Tenant  unless,  within
    ninety (90) days after its receipt of such notice,  Tenant notifies Owner of
    its disagreement therewith, specifying the portion thereof with which Tenant
    disagrees.  Pending  resolution  of  such  dispute,  Tenant  shall,  without
    prejudice  to its  rights,  pay all  amounts  determined  by Owner to be due
    subject to refund or credit by Owner  (without  interest)  upon any contrary
    determination.

    D.  Owner's  failure  to  timely  bill  all or any  portion  of the  Expense
    Escalation  (or any increase  therein) for any period or periods  during the
    term hereof (whether because of a failure to timely  consummate an Agreement
    or because of an error or oversight  of Owner or its  managing  agent or for
    any  other  reason)  shall  not  constitute  a waiver  of  Owner's  right to
    ultimately collect such amount, nor a waiver of Owner's right to bill Tenant
    at any  subsequent  time  retroactively  for the entire  amount so untilled,
    which untilled  amount shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after
    Tenant is so billed.

    E. Any  payments  due under this  Article for any period of less than a full
    calendar year or a full calendar month shall be equitably prorated. Tenant's
    obligation  to make any payments  pursuant to this Article shall survive the
    expiration or sooner termination of this lease,

    F. Nothing  contained in this Article shall be construed so as to reduce the
    Base Rent below the sum set forth in this lease, plus any increases therein,
    pursuant to any provisions of this lease.

    G. Upon request of Owner, Tenant shall execute an agreement supplementary to
    this lease confirming any Expense  Escalations due pursuant to this Article,
    but such  amounts  shall be due and payable  regardless  of whether any such
    supplementary agreement is executed.

    40. IMPOSITIONS. A. For the purposes of this lease
    the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i)
    "Impositions" shall mean and include all real estate taxes, water
    and sewer rents, rates and charges, all assessments and levies
    attributable or payable to any business improvement or similar
    district in which the Building is located and all other
    governmental and quasi-governmental fees, charges and

    : ~









    Impositions  shall be deemed to include income taxes assessed against Owner,
    capital levy, franchise,  estate, succession,  inheritance or transfer taxes
    of Owner;  provided,  nevertheless,  that if at any time  during the term of
    this lease the present method of taxation or assessment  shall be changed so
    that  in lieu of or in  addition  to the  whole  or any  part of the  taxes,
    assessments or other charges now levied,  assessed or imposed on real estate
    or the  improvements  thereon,  there  shall be levied,  assessed or imposed
    wholly or  partially  a  franchise  tax,  capital  levy or other tax on real
    estate  as such,  or on the use and  occupancy  thereof,  or on the rents or
    income derived therefrom, or if any such tax or charge, or any part thereof,
    howsoever called,  shall be measured by or based on the Building or the Land
    or the rents or income derived therefrom,  then all such taxes, assessments,
    levies or charges or the part  thereof so  measured or based shall be deemed
    to be  included  within the  definition  of the term  "Impositions"  for the
    purpose of this  lease,  to the extent that such tax would be payable if the
    Building and the Land were the only  property of Owner  subject to such tax;
    (ii) "Base Tax Yeari'  shall mean the period  comprised  of the twelve  (12)
    full calendar months ending June 30, 1998; and (iii)  "Tenant's  Percentage"
    shall mean 0.46~; Tenant hereby acknowledges the fact that, and agrees that,
    Tenant's  Percentage  is greater  than the  relationship  between the actual
    measurable size of the demised premises and the size of the Building.

    B. If the Impositions,  or any item thereof,  for or allocable to any fiscal
    tax year,  or any part  thereof,  subsequent  to the Base Tax Year  shall be
    greater  than the  amount of such  Impositions  (or such item  thereof),  as
    finally  determined,  due and payable for or allocable to the Base Tax Year,
    whether  by reason  of an  increase  either in the tax rate or the  assessed
    valuation,  or both,  or by reason of the levy,  assessment or imposition of
    any tax on real  estate or rents not now  levied,  or for any other  reason,
    Tenant  shall pay and hereby  covenants  to pay Owner,  as  additional  rent
    hereunder,  an amount  equal to Tenant's  Percentage  of the increase in the
    amount  of such  Impositions  or any item  thereof,  over the  corresponding
    Impositions,  or any item  thereof,  paid or payable for or allocable to the
    Base Tax Year, at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which any such
    Imposition or installment  thereof is due and payable or, at Owner's option,
    on a  monthly,  quarterly  or  semi-annual  basis  within  twenty  (20) days
    following the rendition of a bill by Owner.  Upon Tenant's  request therefor
    Owner shall provide  Tenant with a copy of the bill rendered to Owner by the
    taxing authority. If a final determination in legal proceedings shall reduce
    Impositions  for the  Base  Tax  Year,  the  reduced  amount  thereof  shall
    thereafter  determine  the  amount  of  additional  rent  payable  by Tenant
    pursuant  to this  Paragraph  B and,  in such  event,  the  additional  rent
    theretofore  paid  by  Tenant  in  respect  of  such  Impositions  shall  be
    recomputed on the basis of such reduction and Tenant shall pay Owner, within
    twenty (20) days after being billed  therefor,  any  deficiency  between the
    amount of such  additional  rent as  theretofore  computed  and paid and the
    amount thereof due as a result of such  recomputation.  If any tax exemption
    or  abatement,  in whole  or in  part,  shall  be  granted  or be or  become
    effective with respect to the Building  and/or the Land, or any part thereof
    or unit (or subdivision) therein, by reason of the ownership or any interest
    in or occupancy of the Buildina and/nr the T.=n~ ^' are, ~,_. -~^ - ~^=









    extent as if no such  exemption  or  abatement  had been  granted  or become
    effective.  In the case of any such  exemption or abatement,  any statement,
    certification  or bill  issued  by the  taxing  authority,  or any  official
    thereof,  indicating the amount of Impositions which would be payable during
    any period if such  exemption or abatement had not been granted,  or had not
    become  effective,  shall be  conclusive  upon the  parties  hereto  for the
    purpose of computing Tenant's Percentage of any increase in Impositions over
    the Base Tax Year. The additional  rent payable by Tenant under this Article
    for the final  lease  year shall be  prorated  on the basis of the number of
    days within the  applicable  fiscal tax year falling within the term of this
    lease and such obligation shall survive the expiration or sooner termination
    of the term of this lease.

    C. If Owner shall file any application or
    institute  any action or conduct any  negotiation  either  before or after a
    valuation is assessed for a reduction of the assessed  valuation of the Land
    or any part thereof  and/or the  Building or any part  thereof  and/or shall
    prosecute any proceeding or action (including appeals) in pursuance thereof,
    or shall  compromise  and settle the same on such terms as Owner in its sole
    judgment shall deem proper, there shall be charged against Tenant,  Tenant's
    Percentage of the expenses (including,  without limitation,  attorneys' fees
    and expenses and appraisers'  fees) incurred by Owner in connection with any
    such  application,  proceeding,  action,  appeal or  negotiation.  If, after
    Tenant  shall have made a payment  of  additional  rent under this  Article,
    Owner shall receive a refund of any portion of the Impositions on which such
    payment  shall  have  been  based as the  result  of any  such  application,
    proceeding,  action or appeal, Owner shall pay Tenant Tenant's Percentage of
    the  refund.  Nothing in this  Article  shall be deemed or be  construed  to
    require Owner to pay to Tenant any portion of a refund of  Impositions  paid
    to Owner during or in respect of the Base Tax Year or to reflect a reduction
    in the amount of  Impositions  to a level below  those in effect  during the
    Base Tax Year,  or during any period  Tenant shall be in default  hereunder.
    Tenant shall not institute tax reduction, certiorari or other proceedings to
    reduce the assessed value of the Land, the Building or any part of either of
    them,  it being  expressly  understood  and agreed  that only Owner shall be
    eligible to institute such proceedings.

    D. Tenant shall also pay Owner,  within  twenty (20) days after being billed
    therefor  and as  additional  rent for the year in which  the same  shall be
    payable by Owner, an amount equal to Tenant's  Percentage of any assessments
    or installment  thereof for public betterments or improvements  (whether the
    same shall have been  commenced or completed  prior to or  subsequent to the
    date of this lease) which may be levied upon the Land and/or the Building, a
    description of which betterments and improvements shall accompany such bill.
    Owner,  if permitted  to do so under any  mortgage(s)  encumbering  the Land
    and/or the Building,  may take the benefit of the  provisions of any statute
    or ordinance permitting any such assessment to be paid over a period of time
    and, in such case, Tenant shall be obligated to pay only Tenant's Percentage
    of the  installments  of any such  assessments  which become due and payable
    during  the  term  of  this  lease;   and  such  additional  rent  shall  be
    appropriately prorated for the final lease year-of the term of this lease.









    Saturdays,  Sundays or on holidays  between May 1st and October 10th,  Owner
    will furnish same at Tenant's expense,  provided that same shall be provided
    in minimum increments of four (4) hours. The electric consumption of the air
    conditioning  and  mechanical  ventilation  to be  provided  in the  demised
    premises  under this Article shall be governed by the  provisions  governing
    electrical  usage in the  demised  premises  set forth in Article 38 hereo..
    Owner shall maintain the air conditioning  equipment of the Building in good
    working  condition  throughout  the term hereof.  Tenant  agrees to keep and
    cause to be kept  closed  all  windows  in the  demised  premises  and doors
    leading to the demised premises while the air  conditioning  equipment is in
    operation  and likewise to lower and close the blinds when  necessary due to
    the sun's  position and Tenant  agrees at all times to cooperate  fully with
    Owner  and to abide by all  regulations  and  requirements  which  Owner may
    prescribe  for  the  protection  of  and  proper   functioning  of  the  air
    conditioning system at its optimum potential.  Owner, throughout the term of
    this lease, shall have free and unrestricted  access to all air conditioning
    equipment  and  facilities  in the demised  premises and Owner  reserves the
    right to interrupt,  curtail,  stop or suspend air conditioning service when
    necessary by reason of accident or for repairs,  alterations or improvements
    which are, in the judgment of Owner,  desirable or necessary to be made,  or
    by reason of the difficulty or unavailability in securing supplies or labor,
    strikes, or for any other causes beyond Owner's control,  whether such other
    causes be similar or dissimilar to those hereinabove specifically mentioned.
    Furthermore,  Owner reserves the right,  at any time  throughout the term of
    this lease,  to modify,  change,  reconstruct or alter the air  conditioning
    system or any portion  thereof,  and the risers,  pipes,  ducts and conduits
    used in connection  therewith,  without  affecting the obligations of Tenant
    hereunder or incurring any liability to Tenant therefor.

                               , ~ ~_--~ TV ~= ~=,,llsed

    42. INDEMNITY.  From and after the date Tenant enters into possession of the
    demised premises Tenant hereby assumes, except as herein otherwise provided,
    the sole responsibility for the condition, operation, management and control
    of the demised  premises,  and hereby  covenants and agrees to indemnify and
    hold Owner and its  agents  and  employees  harmless  (except  for injury or
    damage resulting from the negligence of Owner, its agents or employees) from
    and against all claims, actions,  judgments,  damages, liability or expense,
    including reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements,  in connection with
    damage to property or injury or death to persons, arising from or out of the
    use,  alteration,  occupation,  management,  possession  or  control  of the
    demised  premises,  or occasioned  wholly or in part by any act, omission or
    other  wrongful  act  of  Tenant,   its  agents,   employees,   contractors,
    subtenants, invitees, licensees and the like, or any breach by Tenant of its
    obligations under this lease.

    In case  Owner,  without  fault  on its  part,  shall be made a party to any
    litigation  commenced  against  Tenant,  Tenant shall protect and hold Owner
    harmless  and  shall  pay  all  costs  and  expenses,  including  reasonable
    attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  incurred or paid by Owner in connection
    with such litigation.  Upon request by Owner, Tenant shall resist and defend
    any such  action or  proceeding  by  counsel  chosen by Tenant  who shall be
    reasonably satisfactory to Owner. Tenant or its counsel shall
     keep Owner fully apprised at alltimes of the status of such defense.

     43. Notice of Damage. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Owner of any fire,
accident,  loss  or  damage  or  dangerous  or  defective  condition  materially
affecting  the  demised  premises  or any part  therof or the  fixtures or other
property of Owner  therin of which Tenant has any  knowledge.  Such notice shall
not,  however,  be deemed or  construed to impose upon Owner any  obligation  to
perform any work to be  performed  by Tenant  under this lease or not  otherwise
hereunder undertaken to be performed by Owner.

 44. ASSIGNMENT SUBLETTING.
    hereby amended in the following respects:

    Article 11 hereof is

    Provided  this  lease is then in full  force and effect and Tenant is not in
    default hereunder.

    A. (1) If Tenant  desires  to  assign  this  lease or to  sublet  all of the
    demised  premises,  and shall have obtained a proposed assignee or subtenant
    upon terms satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant shall submit to Owner in writing a
    request for Owner's  consent,  together  with:  (i) the name of the proposed
    assignee  or  subtenant;  (ii) the  terms  and  conditions  of the  proposed
    assignment  or  subletting;  (iii) the nature and  character of the business
    which the proposed assignee or subtenant  proposes to conduct in the demised
    premises; (iv) current financial statements and banking and other references
    of such  proposed  assignee  or  subtenant;  and (v) such other  information
    concerning  such proposed  assignment or subletting as Owner may  reasonably
    request.

    (2) Owner shall thereupon have the right and option,  which may be exercised
    within thirty (30) days following Owner's receipt of Tenant's aforementioned
    request for Owner's consent and documentation,  to cancel and terminate this
    lease  effective  as of the date  proposed by Tenant of such  assignment  or
    subletting,  by giving notice to Tenant within the aforesaid thirty (30) day
    period of  Owner's  election  so to do.  If Owner  shall  exercise  its said
    option, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the demised premises in the manner
    prescribed  in  Article 22 hereof on or before  the  effective  date of such
    termination,  all  rents,  additional  rents  and  other  charges  shall  be
    apportioned as of said date and Tenant's obligation in respect thereof shall
    survive the  termination  of this lease.  Owner shall  thereupon  be free to
    lease the demised  premises  and/or  other space in the Building to Tenant's
    prospective assignee or subtenant.  If Owner shall exercise its said option,
    Owner shall have no liability to Tenant in such event.

    B. (1) If Owner shall not exercise its  aforesaid  option to terminate  this
    lease pursuant to Paragraph A of this Article, and provided Tenant shall not
    then be in default  under this lease  beyond  any  applicable  cure  period,
    Owner's consent to any such proposed  assignment or subletting  shall not be
    unreasonably withheld if Owner, in its reasonable  discretion,  is satisfied
    as to the reputation and financial  responsibility  of the proposed assignee
    or subtenant, that the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is and
    will be conducted in the demised  premises in a manner  consistent  with the
    character  and  reputation  of the  Building  and is for  administrative  or
    executive  use  for  another   responsible   professional  use  or  business
    acceptable to Owner.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however, if Owner, in
    its  reasonable  discretion  is  dissatisfied  with the type of  business or
    profession,  or the reputation or financial  responsibility  of the proposed
    assignee  or  subtenant,  or is of the  opinion  that  the  business  of the
    proposed  assignee  or  subtenant  is not  consistent  with or  will  not be
    conducted in a manner consistent with the character and reputation of the

      -.     .,,   -









    assignee or subtenant. If Owner's sole objection to a prospective subletting
    is the form of the proposed sublease agreement, Owner shall inform Tenant of
    the nature of Owner's  objection(s)  and if Tenant  revises  the form of the
    sublease agreement so as to fully satisfy Owner's objection(s),  Owner shall
    consent to the subletting.

    (2) It shall not be deemed unreasonable if
    Owner  withholds  its consent to an  assignment or subletting of the demised
    premises for any of the following reasons:

    (a) if the effective date of the proposed
    assignment or subletting occurs during the last 6
    months of the term of the lease;

    (b) if the  proposed  assignee or  subtenant  is a tenant or occupant of the
    Building  or a  subsidiary,  division  or  affiliate  of any such  tenant or
    occupant of the Building,  or is a party with whom Owner is then negotiating
    to lease space in the Building;

    (c) if the  proposed  assignment  or  subletting  is for use of the  demised
    premises  or any  part  thereof  as an  auction  room,  public  stenographic
    service,  political  campaign office, or governmental  (foreign or domestic)
    agency,  department or office,  labor union offices or hiring hall, dance or
    music modeling or art studio, radio or television broadcasting  transmission
    activities,  sound  recording  studio,  talent or  audition  agency,  travel
    agency,  airline ticket office,  personnel or employment agency,  gymnasium,
    real  estate  brokerage  business,  restaurant  or  other  place  of  public
    assembly,  barber  shop,  beauty  salon,  doctors' or dentists'  office,  or
    messenger service;

    (d) if the proposed  subletting is for less than all of the demised premises
    (and any such partial  subletting  shall be deemed a material breach of this
    lease); or

    (e) if the proposed  subletting  shall be at a rental rate that is more than
    two ($2.00)  dollars per rentable square foot less than the rental rate then
    being charged by Owner for comparable space in the Building.

    (3) If Owner shall grant its consent to a
    proposed  assignment of this lease or  subletting  of the demised  premises,
    such consent and the  effectiveness  of any such  assignment  or  subletting
    shall  nevertheless be conditioned  upon Tenant complying with the following
    conditions:  (a) in the  case of an  assignment,  the  assignee  shall  duly
    assume,  directly for the benefit of Owner, all of the obligations of Tenant
    hereunder  and  shall  cause  a  written   assumption   agreement  (in  form
    satisfactory  to  Owner)  to be  delivered  to  Owner;  and (b) a  duplicate
    original of the executed assignment and assumption agreement~or sublease, as
    the case may be, shall be delivered to









    treated as a nullity and of no force or effect whatsoever against
    Owner.

    C. Every assignment of this lease or subletting hereunder shall be expressly
    subject to the condition and restriction that the assigned lease or sublease
    shall not be assigned,  encumbered or otherwise transferred or the subleased
    premises  further  sublet by the  sublessee in whole or in part,  or without
    first complying with all of the provisions of this Article. Every subletting
    hereunder shall he subject to hereunder

                                       ~ ,~ the
    express  condition,  and by accepting a sublease  hereunder  each  subtenant
    shall be  conclusively  deemed to have agreed,  that if this lease should be
    terminated  prior to the expiration  date herein set forth or if Owner shall
    succeed to Tenant's estate in the demised premises, then at Owner's election
    the subtenant shall attorn to and recognize  Owner as the subtenant's  owner
    under the sublease,  any  provision of law to the contrary  notwithstanding;
    and the subtenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Owner any instrument
    Owner may reasonably request to evidence such attornment, and each subtenant
    shall conclusively be deemed to have appointed Owner its attorney-in-fact to
    execute  and  deliver  any  such  certificate  for  and on  behalf  of  such
    subtenant.

    D. Tenant shall reimburse Owner on demand for the
    amount of any reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements (other
    than fees and disbursements of Owner's in-house counsel),
    reasonable architectural and engineering fees and other costs
    incurred by Owner in acting upon any proposed assignment or
    subletting by Tenant, including fees and costs incurred by Owner
    in preparing the demised premises in every respect for such
    assignee's or subtenant's occupancy, whether before or after
    Owner's consent is granted and whether or not Owner's consent is
    granted. ~

    E.  Notwithstanding  any  assignment  and  assumption by the assignee of the
    obligations of Tenant  hereunder or subletting of the demised  premises,  or
    the consent of Owner thereto, the Tenant herein named, and each immediate or
    remote  successor  in  interest of the Tenant  herein  named,  shall  remain
    liable, jointly and severally (as a primary obliger),  with its assignee and
    all  subsequent  assignees  for  the  performance  of  Tenant's  obligations
    hereunder  and,  without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  shall
    remain fully and directly  responsible  and liable to Owner for all acts and
    omissions  on the part of any  assignee  subsequent  to it in  violation  or
    breach of any of Tenant's obligations under this lease.

    F. If Tenant shall receive any consideration  from its assignee or subtenant
    for or in  connection  with the  assignment  of this  lease or a  subletting
    permitted  hereunder,  or if Tenant  shall  sublet the  demised  premises to
    anyone for rents  which for any period  shall  exceed the Base Rent  payable
    under this lease during the term of the  sublease,  Tenant shall  account to
    Owner therefor and shall pay over to Owner,  as additional  rent  hereunder,
    fifty (50%) percent of such  consideration  or excess amount within ten (10)
    days after such consideration or excess amount is payable to Tenant.

                 ~ - G. If Tenant is a corporation, any sale,

               :: Q =; tareCal   ~ __ _ ~ C _ _ ~ _ ~ ~

















    H. Tenant  agrees  that in  connection  with any  assignment  or  subletting
    hereunder,  Tenant shall be solely responsible for any alteration work to be
    done in connection  therewith and such  alterations  shall only be permitted
    upon  compliance  with the terms,  covenants  and  provisions  of this lease
    relating to alterations.

    I. Except as expressly modified by this Article,
    all of the terms and provisions of Article 11 hereof shall remain
    in full force and effect.

    45. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES. A. All questions,
    issues and disputes arising under or in connection with this
    lease which cannot be resolved by Owner and Tenant acting alone
    shall be resolved or settled by arbitration in the Borough of
    Manhattan, City and State of New York, in accordance with the
    rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association,
    governing commercial arbitration.

    ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES. A

    B. The expenses of arbitration  shall be shared equally by Owner and Tenant,
    but each party shall pay and be separately  responsible  for its own counsel
    and witness fees. Owner and Tenant agree to sign all documents and to do all
    other things  necessary  to submit any  question,  issue or dispute  arising
    hereunder or in connection herewith to arbitration and further agree to, and
    hereby do,  waive any and all rights  they or either of them may at any time
    have to revoke their  agreement  hereunder to submit to  arbitration  and to
    abide by the decision rendered thereunder and agree that a judgment or order
    may  be  entered  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  based  on  an
    arbitration award (including the granting of injunctive  relief) but nothing
    contained  herein or  otherwise  shall  prevent,  delay or impede Owner from
    bringing  any action at law or in equity in any court or before any tribunal
    of-competent jurisdiction against Tenant or otherwise in connection with any
    breach of or default under this lease by Tenant.

    C. The  arbitrators  shall have the right to retain and consult  experts and
    competent authorities skilled in the matters under arbitration, but any such
    consultation  shall be made in the  presence of both Owner and Tenant,  with
    full right on their part to cross-examine such experts and authorities.  The
    arbitrators shall render their decision and award not later than thirty (30)
    days after the appointment of the third arbitrator. Their decision and award
    shall be in writing and  counterpart  copies  thereof  shall be delivered to
    Owner and Tenant.  In rendering  their decision and award,  the  arbitrators
    shall  have no power to modify or in any  manner  alter or reform any of the
    provisions of this lease, and the jurisdiction of the arbitrators is limited
    accordingly.

    D. Neither invocation of the right to arbitrate a question, issue or dispute
    or the  commencement  of  arbitration  shall in any way delay or vitiate the
    obligation of Tenant, hereby confirmed, to perform each and every one of its
    obligations hereunder,  including,  without limitation its obligation to pay
    when due all rent, additional rent and other charges specified herein and to
    observe all of its  covenants  herein  contained.  Any action or  proceeding
    which may be brought by Owner by Summary  Proceedings is hereby specifically
    excluded from being .ql]h4.=r~ ~m ant; -~. 4 ~ _~ :_ _~ . ~









    from and  against  any and all  claims,  demands or  judgments  (and for all
    expenses,  including but not limited to counsel fees and expenses,  incurred
    by  Owner  in  connection  therewith)  for any  commissions,  fees or  other
    compensation  of any kind by or in favor of any broker or other  party other
    than  Williamson,   Picket,   Gross,  Inc.  claiming  to  have  brought  the
    availability  of the demised  premises to the  attention of Tenant and/or to
    have  exhibited  the  demised  premises to Tenant or any  representative  of
    Tenant and/or claiming to have acted in any capacity as a broker in bringing
    about this lease or the transaction  contemplated hereby. In case any action
    or proceeding shall be instituted  against Owner for the payment of any such
    commissions,  fees or other  compensation to any broker or other party other
    than Williamson,  Picket, Gross, Inc. upon notice from Owner and at Tenant's
    sole  expense,  shall resist and defend such action or proceeding by counsel
    chosen by and paid for by Tenant,  who shall be reasonably  satisfactory  to
    Owner,  and Owner  shall also have the  right,  but not the  obligation,  to
    participate  in the defense of any such action or  proceeding  by counsel of
    its own choice paid for by Owner.

    47. OWNER'S ALTERATIONS.  Tenant understands and acknowledges that Owner may
    alter,  restore and/or  renovate the entrance lobby and/or other portions of
    the Building (exclusive of the demised premises,  except as herein otherwise
    expressly  set  forth)  and  that  such  alterations,   restoration   and/or
    renovation or other work in the Building (including,  without limitation the
    temporary  relocation of the entrance to the Building) may result in certain
    inconveniences  or  disturbances  to  Tenant  and  other  occupants  of  the
    Building.  Tenant  agrees  that the  performance  of any such work shall not
    constitute  or be deemed to be a  constructive  eviction or be grounds for a
    termination of this lease or the term hereof,  nor shall the same in any way
    affect the obligations of Tenant under lease, including, without limitation,
    the obligation to pay the rents herein  reserved or give Tenant the right to
    claim  damages or any matter or thing  from  Owner or  Owner's  agent(s)  or
    contractor(s).

    Owner shall have the right,  in its sole judgment,  from time to time during
    the term of this lease, to modify and change: (i) which particular elevators
    shall serve particular  floors;  (ii) the number of elevators that serve any
    particular  floor  or  group  of  floors;  (iii)  which  elevators  shall be
    passenger  elevators and which elevators shall be freight  elevators or part
    one and part the other;  and (iv)  whether  any  elevators  be  manually  or
    automatically  controlled;  and to make any and all alterations which may be
    necessary  to  effect  all or any of the  foregoing  without  affecting  the
    obligations  of  Tenant  hereunder  or  incurring  any  liability  to Tenant
    therefor,  provided  that one (1)  elevator  serving  the floor on which the
    demised premises are located shall be in service at all times.

    48. SUBORDINATION. ATTORNMENT. A. Tenant hereby
    acknowledges that as of the date hereof Owner is not the owner of
    the entire Building but rather the owner of the condominium unit
    in which the demised premises is located and the lessee of the
    balance of the Building. This lease is subject and subordinate
    to the declaration of condominium now affecting the Building and
    the Land (as same may be amended from time to time; the
    "Declaration"), all ground or underlying leases and all mortgages

    subordination,  Tenant  shall  execute  promptly any  certificate  Owner may
    request.  Owner hereby represents that to its knowledge consummation of this
    lease will not conflict  with the  Declaration  and that it has not received
    any notice of default under the Declaration.  Owner agrees to use reasonable
    efforts to obtain  non-disturbance  agreements from holders of any mortgages
    which may now or hereafter affect the leases  hereinbefore  described or the
    real property of which the demised premises are a part (such non-disturbance
    agreements  to be in form and  content  satisfactory  to the holders of such
    mortgages)  but the failure or  inability  of Owner to obtain same shall not
    affect this lease or Tenant's obligations hereunder.

    B. Tenant  covenants  and agrees that, if by reason of a default on the part
    of Owner, as lessee under any ground or underlying lease, in the performance
    of any of the terms or provisions of such ground or  underlying  lease,  for
    any other reason of any nature  whatsoever,  such ground or underlying lease
    and the  leasehold  estate of Owner as lessee  thereunder  is  terminated by
    summary  proceeding or otherwise,  or if such ground or underlying lease and
    such leasehold estate is terminated through foreclosure  proceedings brought
    by the holder of any  mortgage to which such ground or  underlying  lease is
    subject  or  subordinate,  or in case  of any  foreclosure  of any  mortgage
    affecting the real property of which the demised premises is a party, Tenant
    will  attorn to the lessor  under  such  ground or  underlying  lease or the
    purchaser  in such  foreclosure  proceedings,  as the case may be,  and will
    recognize  such lessor or such purchaser as Tenant's owner under this lease,
    unless the lessor under such ground or underlying lease or the holder of any
    such mortgage in any such proceedings shall elect in connection therewith to
    terminate  this  lease and the  rights of  Tenant to the  possession  of the
    demised premises.  Tenant agrees to execute and deliver at any time and from
    time to time, upon the request of Owner, the lessor under any such ground or
    underlying  lease, or such mortgagee or purchaser,  any instrument which may
    be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment.  Such attornment by
    Tenant shall contain,  among other things,  provisions to the effect that in
    no event  shall  such  lessor,  mortgagee  or  purchaser,  as owner:  (i) be
    obligated to repair, replace or restore the Building or the demised premises
    in the event of damage or  destruction,  beyond such repair,  replacement or
    restoration  as can be  reasonably  accomplished  from the net  proceeds  of
    insurance  actually  received by or made  available  to such owner;  (ii) be
    responsible  for any  previous  act or  omission  of the owner or the tenant
    under such  ground or  underlying  lease or for the  return of any  security
    deposit  unless  actually  received by such  owner;  (iii) be subject to any
    liability or offset  accruing to Tenant against Owner;  (iv) be bound by any
    previous modification or extension of this lease unless previously consented
    to; or (v) be bound by any previous prepayment of more than one month's rent
    or other charge. Tenant further waives the provisions of any statute or rule
    of law now or  hereafter  in effect which may give or purport to give Tenant
    any right of election to terminate this lease or to surrender  possession of
    the demised premises in the event such ground or underlying lease terminates
    or any such summary  proceeding or foreclosure  proceeding is brought by the
    lessor under any such ground or  underlying  lease or the holder of any such
    mortgage, and agrees that, unless and until any such lessor under No Huh









    office use rubbish and refuse and the general cleaning services performed by
    Owner in the Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall
    pay Owner the cost of removal of all of Tenant's  refuse and rubbish that is
    in excess of such normal  executive  office use, such as large quantities of
    refuse,  as well as cartons,  boxes,  crates,  packing cases,  furniture and
    furnishings,  filing  cabinets,  etc.  Tenant  shall,  at its sole  cost and
    expense,  comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of
    all  state,   federal,   municipal  and  local   governments,   departments,
    commissions  and boards  regarding the collection,  sorting,  separation and
    recycling  of waste  products,  garbage,  refuse  and  trash  (collectively,
    "Refuse").  Tenant shall sort and separate  Refuse into such  categories  as
    required by law and shall place such sorted  Refuse in separate  receptacles
    reasonably  approved by Owner.  Owner may refuse to remove  Tenant's  Refuse
    that is not separated and sorted as required by law.

    50.  OTHER  SERVICES.   Tenant  shall  pay  Owner's  customary  charges  (as
    additional  rent)  within  fifteen  (15) days of receipt of Owner's  invoice
    therefor,  for any and all maintenance  and/or repair work done by Owner for
    Tenant,  at Tenant's  request,  but nothing  contained  herein  shall in any
    manner or to any degree obligate Owner to do any such  maintenance or repair
    work.

    51. FEES AND EXPENSES. Whenever any default by Tenant causes Owner to engage
    an attorney and/or incur any other expenses, Tenant agrees that it shall pay
    such reasonable fees and expenses within twenty (20) days after being billed
    therefor as additional rent.

    52. LATE  CHARGE.  If during the term of this lease Tenant shall fail to pay
    Base Rent,  additional rent or any other charge due or payable  hereunder or
    in  connection  herewith  within  ten (10) days  after  same is first due or
    payable,  Tenant  agrees to pay to Owner:  (i) as and for  agreed  upon late
    charges (and not a penalty) on account of Owner's additional administrative,
    accounting and overhead costs attributable to Tenant's delinquency, five (5)
    cents for each dollar that is not timely  paid;  and (ii) an amount equal to
    the lower of: (a) 23% per annum;  or (b) the highest rate  permitted by law,
    on the  amount  not paid  when  due,  from the due  date  until  the date of
    payment.  All amounts  payable to Owner  pursuant to this  Article  shall be
    considered  additional rent.  Nothing contained in this Article or otherwise
    is  intended  to grant  Tenant any  extension  of time in respect of the due
    dates for any payments  under this lease,  nor shall same be construed to be
    in  limitation  of or in  substitution  for any other  rights,  remedies  or
    privileges  available  to Owner  under  this  lease,  at law,  in  equity or
    otherwise.

    53. BILLS INVOICES OR STATEMENTS. All bills, invoices or statements rendered
    to Tenant  pursuant to the terms of this lease shall be deemed  binding upon
    Tenant and  determined  by Tenant to be correct in all respects  if,  within
    ninety (90) days after its receipt of same, Tenant fails to notify Owner, in
    writing, that it disputes such bills, invoices or statements.

    54. ADDITIONAL RENT. In addition to the Base Rent,
    all other payments required to be paid by Tenant hereunder shall
    be deemed-to be additional rent, whether or not the same shot ~ h"









    additional  listings on the  directory  board in the lobby of the  Building,
    except  that no name  shall be listed on the  directory  board that is not a
    person or entity  directly  related  to or  associated  with  Tenant  and an
    occupant of the demised premises.

    56.  ESTOPPEL  CERTIFICATES.  At any  time,  and from  time to time,  within
    fifteen (15) days after  written  demand  therefor,  Tenant  shall  execute,
    acknowledge and deliver to Owner,  without charge, a statement  addressed to
    Owner  (and/or  such  other  persons  or  parties  as Owner  shall  require)
    certifying  that this lease is unmodified  and in full force and effect (or,
    if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect,
    as modified,  and stating the  modifications),  certifying the date to which
    the Base Rent and additional  rents have been paid,  and stating  whether or
    not Owner is in default in performance of any of its obligations  under this
    lease, and if so,  specifying each such default,  it being intended that any
    such statement  delivered  pursuant  thereto may be relied upon by Owner and
    others with whom Owner may be dealing.

    57.  LIMITATION OF  LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained in this
    lease or at law or in equity to the  contrary,  it is expressly  understood,
    acknowledged  and  agreed by  Tenant  that  there  shall at no time be or be
    construed as being any  personal  liability by or on the part of Owner under
    or in  respect of this lease or in any wise  related  hereto or the  demised
    premises;  it being further understood,  acknowledged and agreed that Tenant
    is accepting  this lease and the estate  created  hereby upon and subject to
    the understanding  that it shall not enforce or seek to enforce any claim or
    judgment or any other matter, for money or otherwise, personally against any
    officer,  director,  member,  stockholder,  partner, principal (disclosed or
    undisclosed), representative or agent of Owner, but shall look solely to the
    equity of Owner in the  condominium  unit in which the demised  premises are
    located,  and not to any other assets of Owner,  for the satisfaction of any
    and all  remedies or claims of Tenant in the event of any breach by Owner of
    any of the terms,  covenants  or  agreements  to be performed by Owner under
    this lease or otherwise; such exculpation of any officer,  director, member,
    stockholder,  partner, principal (disclosed or undisclosed),  representative
    or agent of Owner from personal liability as set forth in this Article to be
    absolute, unconditional and without exception of any kind.

    If Tenant  shall at any time  claim  that Owner  unreasonably  withheld  its
    consent to any act to which Owner has agreed  hereunder not to  unreasonably
    withhold  its  consent,  Owner's  sole  obligation  or  liability  to Tenant
    therefor shall be to consent thereto if Tenant prevails  against Owner in an
    arbitration  commenced  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Article 45
    hereof,  and Tenant  hereby waives and  relinquishes  any and all claims for
    damages or other compensation by reason thereof.

    58.  RESTRICTIONS  ON RENTS.  If at the  commencement  of, or at any time or
    times  during  the term of this  lease,  the Base Rent or  additional  rents
    reserved  in this  lease  shall  not be fully  collectible  by reason of any
    Federal,  State, County or City law, proclamation,  order or regulation,  or
    direction of any public officer or body pursuant to law,  Tenant shall enter
    into such agreement(s) and take such other steps as Owner may request









    permissible,  an  amount  equal to the  rents  which  would  have  been paid
    pursuant to this lease but for such legal rent  restriction,  less the rents
    paid by Tenant to Owner during the period(s) such legal rent restriction was
    in effect.

    59.  BEE~RUd3IL[IX.  If any of the terms or  provisions of this lease or the
    application  thereof shall be held invalid or otherwise  unenforceable,  the
    remaining  terms and provisions of this lease andtor the application of such
    term(s) or  provision(s)  to persons  or  circumstances  other than those to
    which the same were held  invalid  or  unenforceable  shall not be  affected
    thereby  and  shall  remain  in full  force  and  effect,  and each term and
    provision of this lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent
    permitted by law.

    60.  INTERPRET,~]ON  OF LEASE.  In the  event of any  conflict  between  the
    printed portions of this lease and the typewritten  provisions or this Rider
    forming a part  hereof,  the  typewritten  provisions  of this  Rider  shall
    control.

    61. INSURANCE. Supplementing the provisions of
    Article 8 hereof;

    Tenant  hereby  covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold Owner (which term
    as used in this  Article  and  Article a shall  include  Owner's  employees,
    agents, partners, officers, members,  shareholders and directors, whether or
    not  disclosed)  harmless  from and  against  any and all  claims,  actions,
    judgments, damages, liabilities and expenses, including (without limitation)
    reasonable attorneys,  fees, in connection with damage to property or injury
    or death to persons, or any other matters (except for injury,  damage, death
    or other  matters  resulting  from the  negligence  of Owner,  its agents or
    employees),  arising  from or out of the use, or  occupation  of the demised
    premises or the  execution of this lease.  If Owner shall be made a party to
    any litigation  commenced against Tenant, then Tenant shall protect and hold
    owner  forever  harmless and shall pay all  reasonable  costs and  expenses,
    including (without limitation) reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements,
    incurred or paid by Owner in connection with such litigation.  Tenant hereby
    agrees that fees  charged by Owner's  insurer Is  attorneys  shall be deemed
    reasonable.  In furtherance of Tenant's  obligations  under this Article and
    this lease (but not in limitation  thereof) Tenant covenants and agrees,  at
    its sole cost and expense, to carry and maintain in force from and after the
    date of this lease and throughout the term hereof: (i) worker's compensation
    and all other required statutory forms of insurance in statutory limits; and
    (ii)  comprehensive  general  public  liability  insurance,  which  shall be
    written on an-occurrence  basis,  naming Tenant and Owner as the insured and
    naming the lessor under any ground or  underlying  lease or others having an
    interest in the Land and/or the Building as additional  insureds,  in limits
    (subject  to  increase  at  Owner's  reasonable  request)  of not less  than
    03,000,000.00  for bodily and personal injury or death to any one person and
    not less than  $4,000,000.00  for bodily and personal injury or death in any
    one occurrence,  and for property damage of not less than  $1,000,000.0O per
    occurrence,  protecting the aforementioned  parties from all such claims for
    bodily or personal injury or death or property damage  occurring in or about
    the demised  premises and its  appurtenances.  All insurance  required to be
    maintained by Tenant shall be carried with a company or companies acceptable
    to Owner,  rated "A-10n or better by Best Insurance Guide and licensed to do
    business in the State of New York and shall be written for terms of not less
    than one year. Tenant shall furnish Owner (and any other parties required to
    be designated as additional insureds under all insurance








    policies required to be maintained by Tenant) with certificates  evidencing:
    (a) the  maintenance  of  insurance  as  aforesaid;  (b) the  payment of the
    premiums  therefor;  and (c) the renewals  thereof at least thirty (30) days
    prior to the  expiration of any such policy.  Such policy or policies  shall
    also  provide  that it or they shall not be  cancelled  or  altered  without
    giving owner at

    ItL3:190131.4

    -17-









    least thirty (30) days prior written  notice  thereof which shall be sent to
    Owner by certified  mail at the address to which  notices are required to be
    sent to Owner  hereunder.  Upon Tenant's  default in obtaining or delivering
    any such policy,  policies or  certificates  or Tenant's  failure to pay the
    premiums  therefor,  Owner may (but shall not be obligated to) secure or pay
    the premium for any such policy or policies and charge  Tenant as additional
    rent therefor.

    Tenant hereby  releases Owner from all liability,  whether for negligence or
    otherwise,  in connection with all losses covered by any insurance  policies
    which  Tenant  carries  (whether  or not such  insurance  is  required to be
    carried  under this  lease) or is  obligated  to carry  with  respect to the
    demised premises, or any interest or property therein or thereon.

    62. END OF TERM. Article 22 hereof is hereby amended
    to add the following:

    "If the demised  premises are not surrendered and vacated as and at the time
    required by this lease (time being of the  essence),  Tenant shall be liable
    to Owner for: (a) all losses and damages which Owner may incur or sustain by
    reason  thereof,   including,   without  limitation,   attorneys'  fees  and
    disbursements,  and Tenant  shall"indemnify Owner against all claims made by
    any  succeeding  tenants  against  Owner  or  otherwise  arising  out  of or
    resulting  from the  failure of Tenant  timely to  surrender  and vacate the
    demised  premises in accordance  with the provisions of this lease;  and (b)
    per diem use and occupancy in respect of the demised  premises  equal to two
    times the Base Rent and additional rent payable  hereunder for the last year
    of the term of this lease (which amount Owner and Tenant  presently agree is
    the minimum to which Owner would be entitled and is  presently  contemplated
    by them as being  fair and  reasonable  under such  circumstances  and not a
    penalty).  In no event shall any provision hereof be construed as permitting
    Tenant to hold over in possession of the demised  premises after  expiration
    or termination of the term hereof."

    63. SECURITY.
    add the following:

    Article 34 hereof is hereby amended to

    "As  long as  major  commercial  banks in the  City  make  interest  bearing
    security deposit accounts  available,  said security deposit shall be placed
    by Owner or its agent in an  interest  bearing  account.  Interest  that may
    accrue thereon shall belong to Tenant,  except such portion thereof as shall
    be equal to one (1~) per cent per annum of said  security  deposit  (or such
    higher  percentage  as Owner may from time to time be  lawfully  entitled to
    retain),  which such percentage  shall belong to and be the sole property of
    Owner as an  administrative  fee which Owner may withdraw  from time to time
    and  retain.  That  portion of the  interest  belonging  to Tenant  shall be
    accumulated   and  retained  with  such  deposit  and  shall  be  considered
    additional  security  hereunder.  The  obligation to pay any taxes,  whether
    income or  otherwise,  related to or affecting  any interest  earned on such
    security  deposit (except as to that portion thereof which belongs to Owner)
    shall be the sole  responsibility  of Tenant and Tenant hereby agrees to pay
    same and to forever indemnify and save
    herein described as the demised premises.  This lease shall not be or become
    binding  upon Owner to any extent or for any purpose  unless and until it is
    executed by Owner and a fully executed copy thereof is delivered to Tenant.



    ADDITIONAL RULES AND REGULATIONS

    16. No machine or mechanical equipment of any kind, including window mounted
    or portable air conditioners,  other than typewriters,  desk-top  computers,
    desk-top  printers,  desk-top copiers and other ordinary  portable  computer
    equipment and business machines, may be installed or operated in any tenant'
    s  premises  without  Owner's  prior  written  consent,  which  shall not be
    unreasonably withheld or delayed, and in no case (even where the same are of
    a type so excepted or as so  consented  to by Owner)  shall any  machines or
    computer  or  mechanical  equipment  be so placed or  operated as to disturb
    other tenants;  and such machines and computer and  mechanical  equipment as
    may be permitted to be installed and used in a tenant's premises shall be so
    equipped,  installed  and  maintained  by  such  tenant  as to  prevent  any
    disturbing noise,  vibration or electrical or other  interference from being
    transmitted  from such  premises  to any other  area of the  Building.  Hand
    trucks not  equipped  with rubber  tires and side  guards  shall not be used
    within the Building.

    17.  No  noise or other  activity,  including  the  playing  of any  musical
    instruments,  radio,  television or other sound reproduction  system,  which
    would, in Owner's judgment,  disturb other tenants in the Building, shall be
    made  or  permitted  by any  tenant,  and no  cooking  shall  be done in the
    tenant's premises, except as expressly approved in writing by Owner.

    18. All entrance doors in each tenant's premises shall be left locked by the
    tenant when the tenant's  premises are not in use.  Entrance  doors shall be
    kept closed at all times.

    19. Owner and its cleaning  contractor and their employees shall have access
    to the Tenant's  premises  after regular  business hours and the free use of
    light,  power and water as may be  reasonably  required  for the  purpose of
    cleaning the Tenant's premises in accordance with Owner's  obligations under
    the Tenant's lease. All locks affording  access to Tenant's  premises and to
    circulation  within  Tenant's  premises shall be conformed to Owner's master
    key system.

    20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to
    the  Building  Superintendent  at  his  office  in  the  Building.  Building
    employees  shall not be requested by any tenant,  and will not be permitted,
    to perform any work or services  specially for any tenant,  unless expressly
    authorized to do so by the Building Superintendent.

    21. Owner  reserves the right to rescind,  alter,  waive,  expand or add any
    rule or  regulation  at any time  prescribed  for the Building  when, in its
    judgment,  it deems it necessary,  desirable or proper for its best interest
    and for the best  interests of the tenants,  and no  alteration or waiver of
    any rule or regulation in favor of one tenant shall operate as an alteration
    or waiver in favor of any other tenant.  Owner shall not be  responsible  to
    any tenant for the non-observance or violation by any other tenant of any of
    the rules and regulations at any time prescribed for the Building.


    23. Tenant shall have access to the demised premises  twenty-four  hours per
    day, seven days per week, excluding  Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and New
    Year's Day. If Tenant wishes to access the demised  premises on Thanksgiving
    Day,  Christmas Day or New Year's Day,  Tenant shall arrange for such access
    in advance with Owner. Owner may refuse admission to the Building outside of
    ordinary business hours to any person not known to the watchman in charge or
    not  having  a pass  issued  by Owner or not  properly  identified,  and may
    require all persons  admitted to or leaving the Building outside of ordinary
    business hours to register. Any person whose presence in the Building at any
    time  shall,  in the  judgment  of  Owner,  be  prejudicial  to the  safety,
    character, reputation and interests of the Building or of its tenants may be
    denied  access  to the  Building  or may be  ejected  therefrom.  In case of
    invasion,  riot,  public excitement or other commotion Owner may prevent all
    access to the Building  during the  continuance  of the same, by closing the
    doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property
    in the Building.  Owner may require any person leaving the Building with any
    package  or other  object  to  exhibit  a pass from the  tenant  from  whose
    premises the package or object is being removed,  but the  establishment and
    enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Owner
    for the  protection  of any tenant  against the removal of property from the
    premises of the Tenant.  Owner shall, in no way, be liable to any tenant for
    damages or loss  arising  from the  admission,  exclusion or ejection of any
    person to or from the tenant's premises or the Building under the provisions
    of  this  rule.  Canvassing,  soliciting  or  peddling  in the  Building  is
    prohibited and every tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same, in or about
    its premises.

    24.  Tenant  shall  not at any time  store or keep any  material,  supplies,
    furniture,  furnishings  or  equipment of any kind in any machine room or in
    any  mechanical or electrical  equipment  room in the Building  whether such
    room be within or outside premises demised to Tenant.

    25.  Owner may charge  Tenant for  directory  board  changes  subsequent  to
    initial  listings.  All requests for directory  board  listings  shall be in
    writing on Tenant's  letterhead  signed by an authorized  representative  of
    Tenant.

    26. In no event and under no circumstances shall hand trucks be brought into
    or used in any passenger elevators in the Building, it being understood that
    all  freight,  furniture,  business  equipment  and bulky  matters  of every
    description  shall be moved into and out of the Building and between  floors
    therein only on the freight elevator and otherwise in accordance with Rule 8
    and the other Rules annexed to this lease.

    27. Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall affix to its office entrance door
    and thereafter  maintain a sign or lettering,  whose design shall be subject
    to  Owner's  approval,  indicating  Tenant's  name or the  name of  Tenant's
    business.

    28. No tenant shall  perform any  alteration or  installations  in or to the
    demised premises  (including,  without  limitation,  the installation of any
    window treatments) which may be visible from outside of the demised premises
    or the Building without the prior written consent of Owner.




     Exhibit 21 to 1997 10-KSB 

                      Allstate Financial Corporation
                       Wholly-owned Subsidiary List



                                                          State of 
                     Name                               Incorporation

        Receivable Financing Corporation              Virginia

        Business Funding of Florida, Inc.             Florida

        Business Funding of America, Inc.             Virginia

        Premium Sales Northeast, Inc.                 Virginia

        Lifetime Options, Inc., a Viatical
          Settlement Company                          Maryland

        Settlement Solutions, Inc                     Virginia

        AFC Holding Corporation                       Delaware


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<CIK> 0000852220
<NAME> ALLSTATE FINANCIAL CORP
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                         4200050
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                 35827207
<ALLOWANCES>                                   1979931
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              42220680
<PP&E>                                         1302595
<DEPRECIATION>                                  808355
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                46918647
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         18320280
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         40000
<OTHER-SE>                                    23524040
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  46918647
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              10005843
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               5601638
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               1593555
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1170152
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                1640498
<INCOME-TAX>                                    606985
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            1033513
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   1033513
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .45
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .44
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission